TABLE OF CONTENTS

A. Statement of Purpose

B. General Information

1. Revision Log

2. Instructions

Safety Precautions
Instructions For Using This Manual
Disclaimer or Warranties and Limitation of Liability
Authorization to Include Vendor Documents
Notice of Proprietary and Copyright Conditions

3. Inspection/Activity Checklist

Inspection Checklist - Master

4. Forms

Walk-down Inspection Log

Temperature and Humidity Log
Nitrogen Pressure Log
Motors & Fans Log
Weekly Elect. Check – Megger Log
CT Humidity Indicator Inspection Sheet
Request For Information
Inspection Certification

5. Typical Power Plant Configurations

1 on 1 Combined Cycle Plant

2 on 1 Combined Cycle Plant

C. Critical Issue Alerts

D. Detailed Preservation, Storage, and Rehabilitation Instructions

1. Air System

53000 Instrument Air Receiver Tank Assembly

53010 Instrument Air Accessories
83765 P1C/P2C Sensor Panel

TABLE OF CONTENTS, SPM-2000 V5.DOC

 2. Control Oil

64000 Hydraulic Supply Skid

64010 Hydraulic Supply Startup Unit Package
64011 Hydraulic Supply Startup Spares

3. Cooling Air/Compressor Bleed

76601 Cooling Air Control Valves

76960 Rotor Cooling Air Thermocouple (TE35401)
76970 Compressor Discharge Thermocouple (TE35402)
80100 Rotor Cooling Air Cooler
80290 Kettle Boiler Level Switches
83105 Exhaust Cylinder Cooling Air Valves
83110 Exhaust Cylinder Cooling Air PT’s
83140 Low Pressure Compressor Bleed Valve
83321 Rotor Air Filter/Separator
83322 Rotor Air Temp Control Valve
83323 Rotor Air Startup Bypass Valve
83331 Stage 2 Air Temperature Control Valve
83332 Stage 2 Air Bypass Temperature Control Valve
83340 Rotor Air Cooler Bypass Temp Control Valve

4. Drain System

83701 Combustor Drain Valve

5. Fuel Gas

62000 Fuel Gas Skid

83772 Fuel Gas Control & Flow Panels
83861 Fuel Gas Pilot Throttle Valve
83862 Fuel Gas Stage A Throttle Valve
83863 Fuel Gas Stage B Throttle Valve
83864 Fuel Gas Pilot Stage Isolation Valve
83865 Fuel Gas Thermocouples
83866 Fuel Gas Pilot Thermocouple – TE
83867 Fuel Gas Main Pressure Control Valve
83871 Fuel Gas Stage C Throttle Valve
83872 Fuel Gas Stage A Overspeed Trip Valve
83873 Fuel Gas Stage B Overspeed Trip Valve
83874 Fuel Gas Stage C Overspeed Trip Valve
83875 Fuel Gas Main Overspeed Trip Valve
83876 Fuel Gas Pilot Overspeed Trip Valve
83877 Fuel Gas Stage Vent Valves
83878 Fuel Gas Meter Tube/Flow Computer
83879 Fuel Gas Orifice Plates

TABLE OF CONTENTS, SPM-2000 V5.DOC

 83895 Fuel Gas Start Pressure Regulation Valve
83900 Fuel Gas Main Vent Valve
83905 Fuel Gas Main Filter/Separator
83906 Fuel Gas Strainer
83907 Fuel Gas Pilot Filter/Separator
83910 Fuel Gas Main Isolation Valve
83915 Fuel Gas Main Throttle Valve
83916 Fuel Gas Start Throttle Valve

6. Fuel Oil

60000 Fuel Oil Pump Skid Assembly

79000 Fuel Oil/Water Injection (FOWI) Skid
83395 Fuel Oil Flow Meter
86355 Fuel Oil Stage A Check Valves
86356 Fuel Oil Stage B Check Valves
86357 Fuel Oil Pilot Check Valves

7. Generator

31000 Generator (Including ship loose items)

AEROPAC
AEROPAC II
TLRI
Typical Generator Ship Loose Items List

8. Lube Oil System

01186 Lube Oil Flushing Equipment

01240 Accumulator Charging System (Greer)
50000 Mechanical Package Assembly
59000 Mechanical Container
80300 Lube Oil Cooler Assembly (Fin-Fan, Shell & Tube, Plate)
80340 Lube Oil Cooler Assembly
80350 Lube Oil Cooler, RH
80360 Lube Oil Cooler, LH
83650 Lube Oil Bearing Drain Thermocouples
83670 Lube Oil Bearing Cavity Pressure Transmitter

9. NOx Steam Injection System

83071 Steam Injection Isolation Valve

83072 Steam Injection Blowdown Valve
83073 Steam Injection Strainer
83075 Steam Injection Throttle Valve
83076 Steam Injection Meter Tube

10. NOx Water Injection System

TABLE OF CONTENTS, SPM-2000 V5.DOC

 72000 Water Injection Pump Skid Assembly
72100 Fuel Gas Pilot Water Injection Skid
83881 Water Injection Stage A Flow Meter
83882 Water Injection Stage B Flow Meter
83883 Water Injection Pilot Flow Meter
83884 Water Injection Flow Meter – Stage A/B
83885 Water Injection Flow Meter
83887 Water Injection Check Valves
83889 Fuel Gas Pilot Water Injection Assembly
86360 Water Injection Stage A Check Valves
86361 Water Injection Stage B Check Valves
86362 Water Injection Pilot Check Valves

11. Power Augmentation

83081 Steam Power Augmentation Throttle Valve

83802 Steam Power Augmentation Isolation Valve
83083 Steam Power Augmentation Blowdown Valve
83084 Power Augmentation Pre-Heat Isolation Valve
83085 Steam Power Augmentation Strainer
83086 Thermocouple-TE36606
83087 Thermocouple-TE36608
83088 Steam Augmentation Flow Meter
83090 Power Augmentation Pre-Heat Isolation Valve

12. Purge Air

83460 Steam Injection Manifold Continuous Purge Valve

83465 Atomizing Air Manifold Continuous Purge Valve
83470 Fuel Gas Manifold Continuous Purge Isolation Valve #1
83471 Fuel Gas Manifold Continuous Purge Isolation Valve #2
83475 Fuel Gas Manifold Purge Vent Valve

13. Steam Cooling System

83160 Steam Cooling Filter/Separator

83171 Steam Cooling Inlet Flow Meter
83172 Steam Cooling Inlet Strainers
83173 Steam Cooling Inlet Block Valve
83174 Steam Cooling Preheat Check Valves
83175 Steam Cooling Inlet Upper/Lower Drain Valves
83176 Steam Cooling Inlet Bleed Valve
83177 Steam Cooling Inlet Throttle Valve
83178 Steam Cooling Inlet Thermocouples
83181 Steam Cooling Outlet Throttle Valve
83182 Steam Cooling Outlet Blowdown Valve
83183 Steam Cooling Outlet Drain Valves

TABLE OF CONTENTS, SPM-2000 V5.DOC

 83184 Steam Cooling Outlet Bleed Valve
83186 Steam Cooling Outlet Block Valve
83187 Steam Cooling Outlet Thermocouples
83190 Steam Cooling Instrumentation Panel

14. CT Design Integration

01295 Touch-up Paint

22100 Maintenance Tool List
22200 Service Lifts Assembly
36100 UV Detector Amplifier
76230 Combustion Turbine Thermal Detectors
76235 Combustion Turbine Temperature Measuring Point Seal Rings
76236 Combustion Turbine Temperature Measuring Point Thermocouples
82060 Exhaust Transition
84230 Inlet Guide Vane Position Indicator Assembly
84360 Exhaust Thermocouple Rake
84380 Exhaust Thermocouple Rake
84400 Exhaust Thermocouple Rake
84420 Exhaust Thermocouple Rake
85002 Combustion Turbine Package Assembly
85010 Combustion Turbine Section Assembly Hardware
85030 Seating Plates, Liners and Torsion Support
85050 Inlet Manifold Assembly
85200 Exhaust Manifold Section Assembly
85300 Exhaust Expansion Joint
85550 Coupling Cover – Combustion Turbine to Generator
86000 Combustion Turbine

15. Civil Structural

20152 Leveling Wedge & Clamp Assembly (BOMP)

30050 Turbine Enclosure
30065 FOWI (Fuel Oil Water Injection) Wall
30200 Econopac Stairs and Platforms Assembly
52110 Lube Oil Cooler/Vapor Extractor Support Structure
80120 Rotor Cooling Air Cooler Support Structure

16. Electrical

31029 Generator V/T Surge Cubicle

31030 Generator Lineside Cubicle/G-LSC Bus
31050 Generator Neutral Grounding Cabinet (BAB11)
31300 Generator Line & Neutral Tie Enclosure
31400 Generator Neutral Grounding Cubicle
31450 Generator Current Transformer
32140 Generator DC Bus, Exciter to Collector
32145 Generator Static Excitation System

TABLE OF CONTENTS, SPM-2000 V5.DOC

 32155 Static Excitation System Transformer
32205 Low Voltage Transformer
32210 Static Frequency Transformer
32220 Static Frequency Converter Switch Cabinet (BAB36)
40000 Electrical Package Assembly
40001 Power Control Center (V-Frame) UBA-01, UBA-02
44600 Battery
44700 Battery Charger
73300 Miscellaneous Electrical Specialties
84960 Cables
84985 Miscellaneous Electrical Specialties

17. Gas Turbine Controls: I & C Controls

36000 TELEPERM XP (TXP)

36200 UV Detector
36400 Vibration Equipment – Field (Also Sequence # 84330)
36500 Ignition Exciter Assembly (Also Sequence # 84300)
36550 Ignition Relay Assembly
36600 Ignition Exciter Input Power Cable (Also Sequence # 84325)
36700 Overspeed Pickups
36760 Combustor Dynamic Pressure Monitor Equipment – Field
36770 Combustor Dynamic Pressure Monitor Workstation
65500 Combustion Turbine Instrument Rack
73230 Combustion Turbine Cable Rack

18. Inlet, Exhaust and Cooling System: Compressor Wash

65000 Compressor Wash Package Assembly

19. Inlet, Exhaust and Cooling System: Cooler

80200 Generator Glycol Cooler

81055 Inlet Fogging System

20. Inlet, Exhaust and Cooling System: Exhaust

82172 Exhaust Stack and Diverter

82060 Exhaust Diffuser and Expansion Joint Assembly
82240 Exhaust Gas Diffuser
82250 Exhaust Gas Thermocouple
83820 Exhaust Pressure Panel

21. Inlet, Exhaust and Cooling System: Fire Protection

01500 Fire Protection System

TABLE OF CONTENTS, SPM-2000 V5.DOC

 22. Inlet, Exhaust and Cooling System: Inlet

81050 Inlet Duct & Silencer

81150 Inlet Filter
81170 Inlet Filter Media
81175 Inlet System Dehumidifier
84260 Inlet – Resistance Temperature Detectors

23. Inlet, Exhaust and Cooling System: Starting Package

22400 Rotor Indexing Device

33000 Starting Package Assembly
33010 Starting Motor

24. Piping and Related Accessories

General Instructions
76000 Turbine Piping Package Assembly
83050 Cooling Air/Compressor Bleed Interconnect Piping Assembly

TABLE OF CONTENTS, SPM-2000 V5.DOC

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE
REV. C
1-27-04

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE
STORAGE, PRESERVATION, AND REHABILITATION MANUAL
FOR ECONOPAC SYSTEMS
The information in this document has been compiled for the purpose of guiding
the user in the preservation, storage, and rehabilitation during the storage and
post storage period of non-operational pre-installation, of some or all
components making up an Econopac System. These are the minimum storage
requirements for a period of up to two years (24 months) from the time the
components covered are delivered to the designated storage location. Should
storage of said components exceed a storage period of two years (24 months),
the requirements of this manual may not apply. This manual is to be used along
with any other applicable documents, which are meant to instruct the user as to
the proper storage and care of equipment during the storage period. Examples
of such documents would include but not be limited to supplier manuals,
specifications, industry standards, etc..

The manual is conformed to an Econopac Project. The organization of the

contents of the manual follows the “Engineering Release Status Report” (ERSR)
for identifying equipment. Equipment can be located within the manual using the
ERSR sequence number or the equipment description. For the warranty to be
maintained on the equipment covered by this manual, the storage requirements
in this manual must be met and the user must show proof of compliance. All
equipment is subject to final inspection at the end of the storage period to confirm
acceptable equipment condition.

Equipment in Pre-Installation Storage must be maintained per this manual to

retain equipment warranty status. Any equipment rehabilitation requirements
must be performed. Equipment in Extended Construction must demonstrate
prudent installation and commissioning practices to retain warranty status, which
includes meeting the intent of the storage recommendations found in this
manual. Preparation for, and maintenance of the equipment in storage, should
be based upon the longest anticipated duration of storage. Owner of the
equipment is expected to take all prudent measures to ensure that the integrity of
the equipment and the equipment condition is maintained throughout the storage
period.

The purchaser is responsible for storing and preserving equipment in a protected

secure area that helps minimize the possibility of structural damage, pilferage,
and atmospheric damage. Equipment condition is the responsibility of the
customer. Equipment must be arranged to allow for proper air circulation and
periodic inspections. Outside lay-down areas must be properly prepared
providing for firm footing, proper drainage, and be free of plant growth and mud.

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE-C.DOC
Components stored near the seacoast, in industrial areas, or in climates with
high humidity, snow, etc. are especially susceptible to corrosion. Components
exposed to these types of aggressive atmospheres must be afforded special care
during storage. If equipment deterioration is found, immediate remedial action
must be taken.

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE-C.DOC
General Instructions
Revision Log
Storage, Preservation, and Rehabilitation Manual for Econopac Systems
SPM-2000 v5

Equipment
Sequence # Type of Change Description of Change
Description
Rehabilitation requirements added
Additional information
All All to existing storage and preservation
added to manual
requirements.
80120 Rotor Cooling Air Cooler Support Structure Change Made Storage Requirements, more detail, Frequency of Inspection from
30 to 60 days. Compliance documents required.

80340 Lube Oil Cooler Assembly Preservation Valves must be manipulated periodically
Activity added

83050 CA/CB Piping Assembly Change Made Storage Requirements, more detail, Indoor Storage now
required, nitrogen Pads now Required.

83862 Fuel Gas Stage A Throttle Valve Change Made Storage Code changed to D. Compliance documentation required

83863 Fuel Gas Stage B Throttle Valve Change Made Storage Code changed to D. Compliance documentation required

83915 Fuel Gas Main Throttle Valve Change Made Storage Code changed to D. Compliance documentation required

85050 Inlet Manifold Assembly Change Made Storage Requirements, more detail, Storage Code changed to
"C" only, Frequency of Inspection changed from 60 to 90 days.

85200 Exhaust Manifold Section Assembly Change Made Storage Requirements, more detail, added 90 days to Frequency
of Inspection.

REVISION LOG, SPM-2000 V4,B 2

Instructions
Safety Precautions
Some equipment referenced in this manual may contain hazards such as high voltages,
toxic substances, etc.. Death, serious personal injury or property damage can result if
manufacturer’s equipment or substance safety instructions are not followed.

The successful and safe operation of motors, pumps, generators, etc., is dependent upon
proper handling, installation, operation and maintenance. Failure to follow certain
fundamental installation and maintenance requirements may lead to personal injury and
the failure and loss of the equipment as well as damage to other property.

Only qualified personnel should work on or around equipment after becoming thoroughly
familiar with all warnings, safety notices and maintenance procedures associated with the
equipment. Only qualified personnel should be involved in the inspection, maintenance
and repair procedure and all plant safety procedures must be observed.

Qualified Person: For the purpose of this manual, a Qualified person is one who is
familiar with the operation and maintenance of the equipment and the hazards involved.
In addition, he or she has the following qualifications:

a. Is trained and authorized to energize, de-energize, clear, ground and tag circuits and
equipment in accordance with established safety practices.
b. Is trained in the proper care and use if the protective equipment, such as rubber
gloves, hard hat, safety glasses, face shields, flashing clothing, etc., in accordance
with established safety practices.
c. Is trained in rendering first aid.

Danger: For the purpose of this manual and product labels, Danger indicates an
imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.

Warning: For the purpose of this manual and product labels, Warning indicates a
potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury.

Caution: For the purpose of this manual and product labels, Caution indicates a
potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury. It is also used to alert against unsafe practices.

Electrical components should be grounded per local and national codes. Equipment
should not be operated or tested in excess of the values given on nameplates or contrary
to the manufacturer’s instructions. Operating or testing in excess of these conditions can
cause equipment stresses and strains beyond design limitations. Failure to heed this
warning may result in equipment damage and possibly personal injury.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Instructions For Using This Manual

This manual has been designed to provide information regarding the storage,
preservation, and rehabilitation activities required to preserve the equipment warranty.
Equipment can be located within the manual by referring to the table of contents, and
identifying the equipment by description or by sequence number.

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations of equipment, nor
provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with storage,
preservation, or rehabilitation. Should further information be required or should
particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the user’s purpose, the
matter should be referred to your SWPC representative.

Any drawings, sketches, checklists, etc. are provided as reference only.

The following is a description of the information included in each numbered tab.

Equipment Storage Requirements

Sequence # & CNS # for SWPC tracking and identification on packing list.
Equipment description
Storage code
Frequency of inspection
Storage and Preservation requirements
Forms required

Inspection/ Activity Checklist

List of the periodic inspection criteria for determining the general condition of
equipment.

Supplier Manuals

Supplier manuals or excerpts from manuals, which specifically address storage

and preservation, may be included. This information is provided as a compliment
to the Equipment Storage Requirements.

Equipment Drawings

May be included, and are provided as a reference, intended to be used for

information only.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING THIS MANUAL-D.DOC

 Inspection Logs

The purpose of the logs are to provide master copies to be used to document and
validate required storage and preservation inspections as described in the Storage
and Preservation Manual. It is required that these logs be maintained and
organized in a file or notebook, arranged by project and sequence number, and be
available for audit at any time.

Note: For some equipment there are requirements to periodically perform

inspections, complete inspection checklists, and submit those checklists to
SWPC or supplier. Where noted, these checklists are required for sustaining
the equipment warranties. Please review equipment requirements carefully.

Non-Conformance

In the event that an equipment related non-conformance is identified, the owner of

the equipment is responsible for implementing an acceptable remedy to resolve
the non-conformance. The appropriate SWPC representative must be notified as
soon as possible. Non-conformance includes anything that may effect the
equipment or packaging that is inconsistent with the original shipping condition,
including packaging. The form used for notification is the Request for
Information (RFI ) for storage related issues, and Field Action Request (FAR) for
technical issues. A master of the RFI form can be found in the forms section of
the manual, and FAR’s must be initiated through SWPC electronic systems.
Should inspections or material handling reveal any damage or change in the
shipping condition, such deficiencies must be recorded, the cause identified and
eliminated, and the equipment repaired. Follow all established and applicable
existing SWPC procedures and specifications.

Equipment Stacking

Unless otherwise stated in this manual, stacking of equipment or materials shall

be limited to a safe height and configuration which will be determined by the
type, size, and weight of the equipment being stored, and the conditions of the
storage area. Heights of stacked material should be limited to the height of the
shipping configuration. Equipment shall be properly blocked to ensure stability
and arranged in such a way as to avoid damage to the equipment. Cribbing
should be of a suitable material. A barrier must be provided between chemically
treated cribbing material and the equipment. A protective pad should be provided
between banding or strapping and the equipment to prevent staining and/or rust.
When ever equipment is subjected to the elements (such as rain, snow, wind, dust,
dirt, etc.) stacking or positioning of the equipment must be such that a sufficient
slope is maintained to promote drainage.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING THIS MANUAL-D.DOC

 Nitrogen Blankets

Some of the storage instructions for equipment include the requirement for, and
maintenance of a nitrogen blanket. Although specific pressure ranges have been
indicated, the intent is to maintain a consistent positive pressure within the
vessels. A drop in the nitrogen pressure may be an indication that a seal in the
nitrogen blanket has been compromised.

Record Retention Requirements (including but not limited to the following)

Inspection Log sheets

Request for Information forms ( RFI )
Receiving Records
Field Action Reports ( FAR )
Field Deficiency Reports ( FDR )
Material Safety Data Sheets ( MSDS )
Storage Change Notice (SCN)

Inspection logbooks, reports of equipment damage or deterioration, reports of

storage variations, repair orders, pictures, etc. are necessary records, and must be
kept by the purchaser, either at the job site or the storage facility. Upon removal
from storage, all maintenance records (including storage, preservation, and
rehabilitation) must be made available to SWPC.

Humidity

To help protect against condensation, maintain the storage environment’s relative

humidity below 40%, or maintain the component temperature at a minimum of 5
degrees C above the ambient air temperature.

Outdoor Storage

Area should be of sufficient size which is well suited for the equipment to be
stored. The area should be secure, and protected against floods, standing water,
snow, etc.. Storage area should also be protected from excess vibration,
particularly if used to store machines with rotating parts (such as bearings).
Covers or tarpaulins must adequately protect the equipment in the environment in
which it is stored. Covers or tarps must not come in contact with the equipment
or crates they are covering. Maintain adequate air circulation between the
equipment and the cover or tarp. Moisture barriers between the equipment and
the ground are recommended. All equipment must be cribbed to provide adequate
protection from the environment. Space cribbing to allow for proper weight
distribution, refer to manual for specific cribbing requirements where applicable.
All plywood should be covered to provide a moisture barrier. Cribbing should

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING THIS MANUAL-D.DOC

 not be overly resinous. Place materials so that the web areas of beams, channels,
etc., do not retain water. Equipment must be kept free of rodents, insects, etc..

Indoor Storage

Area should be maintained in a clean and dry condition. Dust covers may be
required to prevent the accumulation of dust or dirt on the equipment.
Contaminants in direct contact with some equipment may cause damage to the
equipment surface or coatings. Area should be free of rodents, insects, etc..

V-Frame Auxiliaries (unless identified by a sequence number)

Export packaging is designed to be effective for up to 12 months. After 12

months, desiccants ahould be replaced with like type and quantity. Some
packaging may include humidity indicating devices. If so, component packaging
is considered acceptable as long as humidity remains below 50%. Any non-
technical concerns or questions regarding storage or preservation should be
submitted to SWPC via an RFI (Request For Information).

Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements – Conditions and Assumptions

• Equipment must have been stored in conformance with the Storage,

Preservation, and Rehabilitation Manual for Econopac Systems (SPM-2000
v5).
• All equipment must be inspected prior to installation to ensure acceptable
condition. Photographic documentation is requested.
• Customer is responsible for the condition of the equipment, and is responsible
for restoring equipment to acceptable condition, if necessary.
• Failures detected during construction and commissioning, which are storage
related, will be rectified on the customer’s account.
• SWPC is not responsible for storage related failures during operation.
• Scheduling of equipment assessment/inspections must be coordinated through
SWPC.
Note:
o Sufficient time must be allowed for potential refurbishment activities
to avoid delays in the construction and commissioning schedule.
o To schedule supplier inspections and/or replacement of life time
limited components (at site or in workshop); a four (4) week supplier
notification is required.
o Cold Commissioning is recommended to ensure that equipment is in
proper operating condition.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING THIS MANUAL-D.DOC

 • The Rehabilitation Manual is a guide to the most important or sensitive
equipment in storage, but is not an “all inclusive” list.
• Equipment related storage issues must be documented using the SWPC Field
Action Report (FAR) system.

Additional Rehabilitation Considerations

• Electrical Motors – degradation of insulation due to moisture and atmospheric

pollutants can be difficult to detect. Drying motors prior to meggering,
energizing or operation is recommended.
• Primer - many assemblies are shipped with a primer coat only, and may
require surface preparation prior to application of the topcoat. In general,
refer to the SWPC paint specification 22T0917 and manufacturers data sheets
for proper instructions. All painted surfaces should be inspected for visual
paint failures. Defects should be repaired according to 22T0917 and paint
manufacturer’s recommendations.
• Shelf Life Components – some equipment may contain items that have a
specific usable shelf life. Any components that have exceeded their shelf life
must be replaced.

Contacts

For any questions relating to this manual, please contact

Kevin Lewis, phone: 407-736-4013, email:[email protected]

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING THIS MANUAL-D.DOC

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES
AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
THERE ARE NO UNDERSTANDINGS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OTHER
THAN THOSE SPECIFICALLY SET OUT BY ANY EXISTING CONTRACT
BETWEEN THE PARTIES. ANY SUCH CONTRACT STATES THE ENTIRE
OBLIGATION OF SELLER. THE CONTENTS OF THIS INSTRUCTION BOOK
SHALL REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF SIEMENS WESTINGHOUSE
POWER CORPORATION, AND SHALL NOT BECOME PART OF OR MODIFY
ANY PRIOR OR EXISTING AGREEMENT, COMMITMENT, OR RELATIONSHIP.

The information, recommendations, descriptions, illustrations, drawings, warnings,

cautions, and notes contained in this instruction book are based on Siemens
Westinghouse Power Corporation’s experience and judgment with respect to turbine-
generator operation and maintenance. Illustrations and drawings furnished in this
instruction book are provided for general reference purposes only and are not designed to
replace, modify, or supplement actual engineering drawing releases associated with this
unit. In all cases, users must refer to the latest engineering drawing revision prior to
planning, installation, operation and maintenance activities of any nature. THIS
INFORMATION SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED AS ALL-INCLUSIVE OR
COVERING ALL CONTINGENCIES. If further information is required, Siemens
Westinghouse Power Corporation should be consulted. NO WARRANTIES,
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY, OR WARRANTIES ARISING
FROM THE COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ARE MADE
REGARDING THE INFORMATION, RECOMMENDATIONS, DESCRIPTIONS,
WARNINGS, AND CAUTIONS CONTAINED HERIN. In no event will Siemens
Westinghouse Power Corporation be responsible to the user in contract, in tort (including
negligence), strict liability or otherwise for any special, indirect, incidental, or
consequential damage or loss whatsoever, including but not limited to damage to or loss
of use of equipment, plant, or power system; loss of capital; loss of profits or revenues;
cost of replacement power; additional expenses in the use of existing power facilities; or
claims against the user by its customers resulting from uses of the information,
recommendations, descriptions, illustrations, drawings, warnings, cautions, and notes
contained herein.

Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES
AUTHORIZATION TO INCLUDE
VENDOR DOCUMENTS

VENDOR COPYRIGHT INFORMATION

This instruction book contains one or more copyrighted documents provided by vendors
who have supplied equipment for your power-generating facility. These documents may
include, but are not limited to, drawings, sketches, specifications, illustration and
operation instructions, maintenance recommendations, troubleshooting procedures,
literature, and marketing brochures.

Each vendor document is protected by copyright and is included in this instruction book
by written permission from the supplying vendor.

No portion of any document may be graphically, electronically, or mechanically

reproduced, transmitted, disclosed, or otherwise used in any form, in whole or in part.
This includes the use of photocopying, recording, taping, or other information storage
and retrieval systems without the written consent of Siemens Westinghouse Power
Corporation.

Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation

AUTHORIZATION TO INCLUDE VENDOR DOCS

NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY AND
COPYRIGHT CONDITIONS

CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETATY INFORMATION

This document contains information proprietary to Siemens Westinghouse Power

Corporation and its suppliers. This information shall be protected in accordance with the
confidentiality terms of the existing contract between the parties. Acceptance of this
Confidential and Proprietary document constitutes acknowledgment of a confidential
relationship between you and Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. Information
contained herein shall remain the exclusive property of Siemens Westinghouse Power
Corporation throughout the operating life of this unit. It is to be used solely by you for
the purpose of operating and maintaining power generating equipment supplied by
Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation and its suppliers. This instruction book
document must be returned to Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation or destroyed
when no longer required for the purpose given.

COPYRIGHT 2001, SIEMENS WESTINGHOUSE POWER CORPORATION

All rights reserved. No portion of this document may be graphically, electronically, or

mechanically reproduced, transmitted, disclosed, or otherwise used in any form, in whole
or in part. This includes the use of photocopying, recording, taping, or other information
storage and retrieval systems without the written consent of Siemens Westinghouse
Power Corporation.

Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation

NOTICE OF PROPRIETARY AND COPYRIGHT

Inspection/Activity Checklist
Introduction

All equipment, materials, tools, spares, and other items are to be inspected periodically to
determine general condition. Extenuating circumstances such as severe weather
conditions will necessitate more frequent inspections. Refer to manual for specific
equipment storage and preservation requirements.

Inspections

Inspect equipment, materials, spares, and other items for the following:

1. Traces of moisture or condensation

2. Normal operation of all heating or air conditioning units

3. Any deterioration in protective coatings

4. Any break-down of packaging materials

5. Evidence of rust or corrosion

6. Presence of dirt and dust

7. Evidence of scratches or pitting of metal or painted surfaces

8. Evidence of rodent or vermin presence

9. If problems are found document, and take immediate action to resolve

10. Maintain supplier package wherever possible

*Information derived from I. L. 1700-0007-501F-STD

SPM-IL-200-001-1
07/05/02
LDT/KL/WKH 1
Forms
WALKDOWN INSPECTION LOG

PROJECT NAME:

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION:

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION:

MONTH INSPECTION INSPECTOR INSPECTOR DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTIONS ACTION REQUIRED

DATE (PRINT NAME) SIGNATURE
JAN

FEB

MAR

APR

MAY

JUN

JUL

AUG

SEP

OCT

NOV

DEC

All entries must be legible (please print) and in ink.

This Log will be used to verify that inspections have been properly performed.

SPM-IL-200-002-01240-2
07/24/02
LDT/KL/WKH 1
Inspection Log
Temperature and Humidity

Project: Month:
Equipment Description:
Frequency of Inspection: Days
Sequence #:

Temperature Humidity Inspector Inspector

Date Reading Reading (Print Name) Signature
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

07/05/02
IL-TEMP/HUM
Dew Point Matrix
Air Temperature in Degrees Fahrenheit
Air % of Relative Humidity
Temp
100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10
110 110 108 106 104 102 100 98 95 93 90 87 84 80 76 72 65 60 51 41
105 105 103 101 99 97 95 93 91 88 85 83 80 76 72 67 62 55 47 37
100 100 99 97 95 93 91 89 86 84 81 78 75 71 67 63 58 52 44 32
95 95 93 92 90 88 86 84 81 79 76 73 70 67 63 59 54 48 40 32
90 90 88 87 85 83 81 79 76 74 71 68 65 62 59 54 49 43 36 32
85 85 83 81 80 78 76 74 72 69 67 64 61 58 54 50 45 38 32
80 80 78 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 62 59 56 53 50 45 40 35 32
75 75 73 72 70 68 66 65 62 60 58 55 52 49 45 41 36 32
70 70 68 67 65 63 61 59 57 55 53 50 47 44 40 37 32
65 65 63 62 60 59 57 55 53 50 48 45 42 40 36 32
60 60 58 57 55 53 52 50 48 45 43 41 38 35 32
55 55 53 52 50 49 47 45 43 40 38 36 33 32
50 50 48 46 45 44 42 40 38 36 34 32
45 45 43 42 40 39 37 35 33 32
40 40 39 37 35 34 32
35 35 34 32
32 32

Air Temperature in Degrees Celsius

Air % of Relative Humidity
Temp 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10
43 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 35 34 32 31 29 27 24 22 18 16 11 5
41 41 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 29 28 27 24 22 19 17 13 8 3
38 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 30 29 27 26 24 22 19 17 14 11 7 0
35 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 27 26 24 23 21 19 17 15 12 9 4 0
32 32 31 31 29 28 27 26 24 23 22 20 18 17 15 12 9 6 2 0
29 29 28 27 27 26 24 23 22 21 19 18 16 14 12 10 7 3 0
27 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 19 18 17 15 13 12 10 7 4 2 0
24 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 14 13 11 9 7 5 2 0
21 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 8 7 4 3 0
18 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 7 6 4 2 0
16 16 14 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 3 2 0
13 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 4 3 2 1 0
10 10 9 8 7 7 6 4 3 2 1 0
7 7 6 6 4 4 3 2 1 0
4 4 4 3 2 1 0
2 2 1 0
0 0
Inspection Log
Nitrogen Pressure (psi)

Project: Month:
Equipment Description:
Frequency of Inspection: Days
Sequence #:

Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Inspector Inspector

Date #1 #2 #3 #4 (Print Name) Signature
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

07/05/02
IL-NITRO PRESS
Inspection Log
Motors and Fans

Project:
Equipment Description:
Frequency of Inspection: Days
Sequence #:

Date Motor Motor Fan Fan Inspector Inspector

Rotated #1 #2 #1 #2 (Print Name) Signature

Serial Number Model Number

Motor #1
Motor #2
Fan #1
Fan #2

Please list the serial numbers of each motor and fan.

07/05/02
IL-MOTORS/FANS
Inspection Log
Weekly Electrical Check)

Project: Month:
Equipment Description:
Frequency of Inspection: Days
Sequence #:

MEGOHMS
TIME PHASE 1 PHASE 2 PHASE 3
Wk 1 Wk 2 Wk 3 Wk 4 Wk 1 Wk 2 Wk 3 Wk 4 Wk 1 Wk 2 Wk 3 Wk 4
15 Seconds

30 Seconds

45 Seconds

1 Minute

1.5 Minutes

2 Minutes

3 Minutes

4 Minutes

5 Minutes

6 Minutes

7 Minutes

8 Minutes

9 Minutes

10 Minutes

Model & Serial Number:

Inspector (Print Name):
Inspector Signature:

Check each motor to determine specific megger requirements.

07/05/02
IL-NITRO PRESS
 HUMIDITY INDICATOR INSPECTION SHEET
Site Name:
Shop Order:
Date: Card Color Shrink-wrap Remarks Inspector Signature
Condition Name
Arriving
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:
Inspection
Date:

Inspection Date – Every month after arriving date.

Card color – Blue initially. Record and report every change in initial color.
Shrink-wrap Condition – Every tear or cut should be taped to seal with shrink-wrap tape.
Remarks – i.e. Storing conditions, if shrink-wrap was taped, position and size of openings

CT, FORM #6,HUMIDITY INDICATOR INSPECTION SHEET,6-21-02

Request For Information ( RFI ) RFI#

Use this form to describe any issues or concerns, with regard to stored equipment. When completed, this form
must be forwarded to the appropriate Siemens Westinghouse representative. Please ensure that all
applicable sections have been completed.

Urgency : low medium high

Date:

Project :

Equipment Description :

Sequence #

Description of Issue:

Field Recommendation :

Response:

Action Required :

Originator: date :
Responder: date :
 Inspection Certification Form
Project Name: ___________________________________________________________
Sequence # : ______________ Inspection Date: ________________
Equipment Description : _______________________________________________________________
Supplier of Equipment: _______________________________________________________________
Location of Equipment : __________________________________________________________
Equipment Identification (model#/serial#/PO#): _______________________________________

Reference SPM-2000 Rev.4 for storage and preservation requirements.

1. Based upon a visual inspection and review of the applicable documentation, has the equipment been stored
and preserved in an acceptable condition?
Yes No

Comments :
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

2. Is equipment in a warrantable condition and capable of performing its function as designed?

Yes No
Comments :
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

Explanation of defects and/or corrective actions required to continue warranty (if applicable)
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

Examiner Signature : _____________________________ Date________

Examiner Name (print) : ________________________________
Examiner Company Name: ______________________________
Title: ________________________________________________

ORIGINAL DOCUMENT MUST BE SENT TO PROJECT MANAGER. PLEASE SUBMIT ANY ADDITIONAL
APPLICABLE INFORMATION SUCH AS PHOTOS, ETC. ALONG WITH THIS FORM.
 Typical
Power Plant
Configurations
1 on 1 Combined Cycle Plant
Steam
Fuel gas Turbine and
preheater Generator

HRSG

Diffuser

Gas turbine
Generator
Elec. and I&C
container
Generator
leads Transformer yard
CC9
2 on 1 Combined Cycle Plant
Steam
Fuel gas Turbine and Intake
preheater Generator system

HRSG

Diffuser

Gas turbine
Generator
Elec. and I&C
container
Generator
leads Transformer yard
CC10
Critical Issue Alert
1/29/02

Basic Issue

Carbon steel components coated with CZ11 primer placed in extended storage.

Assumptions

Structural and miscellaneous carbon steel is primed with inorganic zinc ( Carboline
Carozinc – 11 , known as CZ11 or Ameron Dimecote 9).

Storage Requirements

No special storage requirements for up to one year, provided that inorganic zinc is
applied in a single coat to a properly prepared carbon steel . This one year period begins
at the time of shipment. After one year, surface preparation is required prior to
application of the top coat.

Preparation Requirements

After the equipment has been stored for more than one year, inorganic zinc requires
mechanical cleaning to remove salts & contaminants . Cleaning entails scubbing of
surfaces with a soap based solution.

Rev.001

CRITICAL ISSUE ALERT - CZ11 PRIMER.DOC

Detailed Instructions
Air Systems
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 53000

CNS # : 3587

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : INSTRUMENT AIR RECEIVER TANK ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DWON INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Ensure that any openings are
capped, and storage is such that the equipment will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Instrument Air Receiver Tank Assembly

Sequence Number: 53000 CNS Number: 3587

Equipment Category: tank Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Open drain valve, blow with clean, dry air or nitrogen source. Close drain valve, check for leaks (clean, dry air
or nitrogen source at 10 psi).

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-53000.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 53010

CNS # : 3587

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : INSTRUMENT AIR ACCESSORIES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Ensure that equipment will be
protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Instrument Air Accessories

Sequence Number: 53010 CNS Number: 3587

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-53010.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83765

CNS # : 3583

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : P1C/P2C SENSOR PANEL

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: P1C/P2C Sensor Panel

Sequence Number: 83765 CNS Number: 3551

Equipment Category: panel Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools with capability to test pressure gauges, transducers, and RTD's

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83765.xls 1/23/2004
Control Oil
Equipment Storage Requirements

SEQUENCE # : 64000

CNS # : 3533

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : HYDRAULIC SUPPLY SKID ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30/90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALKDOWN INSPECTION LOG, MOTORS AND PUMPS LOG, WEEKLY
ELECTRICAL CHECK

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Skid consists of (2) AC pumps/motors, filters, accumulators, reservoir, instrumentation, and a fin-fan type
cooler. Assembly should be stored indoors on adequate cribbing. Cover to minimize exposure to dust
and dirt, maintain adequate air circulation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Rotate AC pump/motor shafts 10-15 rotations and position 180 degrees apart from previous position
every 3 months. Lubricate bearings every 3 months. Ensure that all pump/motor shafts are lightly coated
with hydraulic oil to prevent rust. Energize motor space heaters and megger motor windings every 3
months. Place desiccate bags inside reservoir and check every 30 days. All ports and tube connections
are to be sealed with a blank flange or plastic cap. All carbon steel exposed internal surfaces are to be
coated with hydraulic oil to prevent rust as required.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Hydraulic Supply Skid

Sequence Number: 64000 CNS Number: 3533

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC, Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools with capability to test pressure gauges, transducers, and RTD's.

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Visually inspect reservoir for cleanliness. Cap and check for leaks (clean, dry air or nitrogen source at 10 psi)

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-64000.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 64010

CNS # : 3533

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : HYDRAULIC SUPPLY STARTUP PACKAGE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Hydraulic Supply Startup Unit Package

Sequence Number: 64010 CNS Number: 3533

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more than 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

None

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-64010.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 64011

CNS # : 3533

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : HYDRAULIC SUPPLY STARTUP SPARES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Hydraulic Supply Startup Spares

Sequence Number: 64011 CNS Number: 3533

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-64011.xls 1/23/2004
Cooling Air/Compressor Bleed
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 76601

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COOLING AIR CONTROL VALVES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location.

Actuator: All end covers must remain in place. Conduit entries must be sealed with threaded metal
plugs. O-ring seals must remain intact and undisturbed. Desiccant in the limit switch compartment and
the control compartment must be maintained. Must be stored in a vibration free environment off the floor
and covered to avoid dust. Maintain adequate air circulation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Cooling Air Control Valves

Sequence Number: 76601 CNS Number: 3546

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC, Customer or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Motor: megger test, re-grease bearings, inspect for corrosion.

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation, and rehabilitation.

RHv1-76601.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 76960

CNS # : 3542

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : ROTOR COOLING AIR THERMOCOUPLE (TE35401)

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Thermocouple will ship installed in the pipe rack (sequence # 76000). There is no need to remove it. The
thermocouple inside the piping will be protected by virtue of the protection for the piping system. The
thermocouple head will not need special protection provisions if stored indoors. All thermocouples shall
be checked for continuity prior to installation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHO USE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Rotor Cooling Air Thermocouple (TE35401)

Sequence Number: 76960 CNS Number: 3542

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Visual inspection for damage and test

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-76960.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 76970

CNS # : 3542

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE THERMOCOUPLE (TE35402)

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Thermocouple will ship installed in the pipe rack (sequence # 76000). There is no need to remove it. The
thermocouple inside the piping will be protected by virtue of the protection for the piping system. The
thermocouple head will not need special protection provisions if stored indoors. All thermocouples shall
be checked for continuity prior to installation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Compressor Discharge Thermocouple (TE35402)

Sequence Number: 76970 CNS Number: 3542

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Visual inspection for damage and test

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-76970.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements

SEQUENCE # : 80100

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : ROTOR AIR COOLER (FIN-FAN)

STORAGE CODE : A

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30/60/180 DAYS

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

All equipment can be stored outdoors with adequate cribbing to protect equipment. All equipment should
be covered with a tarp, allowing for protection of the equipment while maintaining adequate air circulation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Tube bundles may be shipped with a nitrogen blanket, pressure must be maintained at ~5 psi. All gages
must be checked and recorded daily to ensure that proper pressure is maintained. Replace nitrogen as
required. Electric motors should be covered to minimize the effects of dirt and dust in such a way as to
maintain adequate air circulation. Space heaters must be energized ( 120V/1ph/6hz), and checked
monthly to verify proper operation. Motors and fans should be rotated a minimum of ten (10) rotations
every two months. All structural steel and exposed must be inspected monthly (refer to the equipment
inspection checklist). Bearings must be repacked every 6 months.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Rotor Air Cooler

Sequence Number: 80100 CNS Number: 3541

Equipment Category: cooler Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorzed Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC, Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Functional testing of pumps and bypass controllers must be performed

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation, and rehabilitation.

RHv1-80100.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 80290

CNS # : 3542

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : KETTLE BOILER LEVEL SWITCHES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Kettle Boiler Level Switches

Sequence Number: 80290 CNS Number: 3542

Equipment Category: switch/gauge Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-80290.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83105

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST CYLINDER COOLING AIR VALVES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Valve is a fail open valve, so disc will be in the open
position. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Cylinder Cooling Air Valves

Sequence Number: 83105 CNS Number: 3541

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83105.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83110

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST CYLINDER COOLING AIR PT

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Cylinder Cooling Air PT's

Sequence Number: 83110 CNS Number: 3541

Equipment Category: switch/gauge Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools with capability to test pressure gauges, transducers, and RTD's

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83110.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83140

CNS # : 3546

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LP COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Valve is a fail open valve, so disc will be in the open
position. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Low Pressure Compressor Bleed Valve

Sequence Number: 83140 CNS Number: 3546

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83140.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83321

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION: ROTOR AIR FILTER/SEPARATOR

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Rotor Air Filter/Separator

Sequence Number: 83321 CNS Number: 3541

Equipment Category: filter/strainer Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools, borescope

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83321.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83322

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : ROTOR AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Valve is a fail open valve, so disc will be in the open
position. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Rotor Air Temp Control Valve

Sequence Number: 83322 CNS Number: 3541

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83322.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83323

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : ROTOR AIR START-UP BYPASS VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Valve is a fail open valve, so disc will be in the open
position. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Rotor Air Startup Bypass Valve

Sequence Number: 83323 CNS Number: 3541

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83323.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83331

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STAGE 2 AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Valve is a fail open valve, so disc will be in the open
position. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Stage 2 Air Temperature Control Valve

Sequence Number: 83331 CNS Number: 3541

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83331.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83332

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STAGE 2 AIR BYPASS TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Valve is a fail open valve, so disc will be in the open
position. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Stage 2 Air Bypass Temperature Control Valve

Sequence Number: 83332 CNS Number: 3541

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83332.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83340

CNS # : 3542

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : RAC BYPASS TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment is properly packaged to adequately protect from
damage and moisture. Remove graphite packing. Provide clear identification on valve that the packing is
not installed, and must be reinstalled prior to installation. Wrap valve and actuator assembly in protective
plastic with desiccate inside. Valve is a fail open valve, so disc will be in the open position. Ensure
storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Rotor Air Cooler Bypass Temp Control Valve

Sequence Number: 83340 CNS Number: 3541

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83340.xls 1/23/2004
Drain System
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83701

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTOR DRAIN VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Valve is a fail open valve, so disc will be in the open
position. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Combustor Drain Valve

Sequence Number: 83701 CNS Number: 3566

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83701.xls 1/23/2004
Fuel Gas
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 62000

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS SKID

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Fuel Gas Skid is included in the Mechanical Container or separate when a Mechanical Container is not
furnished. Inspect for rust and hydraulic fluid leakage.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Skid

Sequence Number: 62000 CNS Number: 3523

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Hydraulic valves need to have seal replacement and be recalibrated by supplier

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools, capability to test thermocouples, pressure gauges, transducers, and RTD's.
Performed at vendor shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Skid contains hydraulic actuators and instrumentation that should be refurbished by the supplier at the vendor
shop

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-62000.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83772

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS CONTROL PANEL

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Ensure that all bulkhead tubing connections are plugged. Maintain original shipping packaging. Store in
a clean dry location.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHO USE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Control & Flow Panels

Sequence Number: 83772 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: panel Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools with capability to test pressure gauges, transducers, and RTD's

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83772.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83861

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS PILOT THROTTLE VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Pilot Throttle Valve

Sequence Number: 83861 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC or Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Process valve must be repacked

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

forklift

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation, and rehabilitation.

RHv1-83861.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements

SEQUENCE # : 83862

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS STAGE A THROTTLE VALVE

STORAGE CODE : D

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUUIRED: WALKDOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Valve and actuator assembly
must be wrapped in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the equipment
will be protected from any impact. Shipping crates must be stored in an upright position, and remain
unopened and in the same condition as shipped. Storage environment must be maintained between 50
degrees F and 80 degrees F, and less than 70% relative humidity. VIP plastic bags containing valves
must remain unopened and sealed. Unit must contain the residual Mobil DTE hydraulic fluid as shipped
from supplier.

Proof of storage conditions must be documented and provided to SWPC in the form of a signed
document certifying than the proper storage conditions have been met.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Stage A Throttle Valve

Sequence Number: 83862 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC or Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Process valve must be repacked

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

forklift

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation, and rehabilitation.

RHv1-83862.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements

SEQUENCE # : 83863

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS STAGE B THROTTLE VALVE

STORAGE CODE : D

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUUIRED: WALKDOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Valve and actuator assembly
must be wrapped in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the equipment
will be protected from any impact. Shipping crates must be stored in an upright position, and remain
unopened and in the same condition as shipped. Storage environment must be maintained between 50
degrees F and 80 degrees F, and less than 70% relative humidity. VIP plastic bags containing valves
must remain unopened and sealed. Unit must contain the residual Mobil DTE hydraulic fluid as shipped
from supplier.

Proof of storage conditions must be documented and provided to SWPC in the form of a signed
document certifying than the proper storage conditions have been met.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Stage B Throttle Valve

Sequence Number: 83863 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC or Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Process valve must be repacked

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

forklift

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation, and rehabilitation.

RHv1-83863.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83864

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : PILOT/STAGE ISOLATION VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Valve is a fail open valve, so disc will be in the open
position. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Pilot Stage Isolation Valve

Sequence Number: 83864 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation, and rehabilitation.

RHv1-83864.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83865

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS MAIN FLOW THERMOCOUPLE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain original shipping packaging. All thermocouples shall be checked for continuity prior to
installation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Thermocouples

Sequence Number: 83865 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83865.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83866

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS PILOT THERMOCOUPLE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain original shipping packaging. All thermocouples shall be checked for continuity prior to
installation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Pilot Thermocouple - TE

Sequence Number: 83866 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83866.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83867

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS MAIN PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve in protective plastic
with desiccate inside. Remove plastic plugs and replace with metal plugs. Ensure storage is such that
the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Main Pressure Control Valve

Sequence Number: 83867 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation, and rehabilitation.

RHv1-83867.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements

SEQUENCE # : 83871

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS STAGE C THROTTLE VALVE

STORAGE CODE : D

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUUIRED: WALKDOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Valve and actuator assembly
must be wrapped in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the equipment
will be protected from any impact. Shipping crates must be stored in an upright position, and remain
unopened and in the same condition as shipped. Storage environment must be maintained between 50
degrees F and 80 degrees F, and less than 70% relative humidity. VIP plastic bags containing valves
must remain unopened and sealed. Unit must contain the residual Mobil DTE hydraulic fluid as shipped
from supplier.

Proof of storage conditions must be documented and provided to SWPC in the form of a signed
document certifying than the proper storage conditions have been met.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Stage C Throttle Valve

Sequence Number: 83871 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Process valve must be repacked

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

forklift

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation, and rehabilitation.

RHv1-83871.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83872

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS STAGE A OVERSPEED TRIP VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Stage A Overspeed Trip Valve

Sequence Number: 83872 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83872.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83873

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS STAGE B OVERSPEED TRIP VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Stage B Overspeed Trip Valve

Sequence Number: 83873 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83873.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83874

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS STAGE C OVERSPEED TRIP VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Stage C Overspeed Trip Valve

Sequence Number: 83874 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83874.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83875

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS MAIN OVERSPEED TRIP VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Main Overspeed Trip Valve

Sequence Number: 83875 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83875.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83876

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS PILOT OVERSPEED TRIP VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve in protective plastic
with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Pilot Overspeed Trip Valve

Sequence Number: 83876 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83876.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83877

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS VENT VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Stage Vent Valves

Sequence Number: 83877 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83877.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83878

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS METER TUBE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-D0WN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location. Ensure that all
openings are capped, and all instrument taps are plugged.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Meter Tube/Flow Computer

Sequence Number: 83878 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83878.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83879

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS ORIFACE PLATES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Orifice Plates

Sequence Number: 83879 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: piping Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83879.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83895

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS START PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve in protective plastic
with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Start Pressure Regulation Valve

Sequence Number: 83895 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Pumps: Dismantle, inspect and replace mechanical seals and elastomers. Flow Indicators: replace o-rings.
Valves: replace o-rings. Pipe Gaskets: replace all.

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83895.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83900

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS MAIN VENT VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve in protective plastic
with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:

A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED

B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Main Vent Valve

Sequence Number: 83900 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Visually inspect, borescope if necessary. Stroke full open and full closed. Check for leak tightness with rig
test.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83900.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements

SEQUENCE # : 83905

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS MAIN FILTER/SERARATOR

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED : WALKDOWN INSPECTION LOG, NITROGEN PRESSURE LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Place on adequate cribbing. Piping flange covers must be secured, external unprotected steel must be
coated with a corrosion inhibitor. Vessel and piping are carbon steel. It is preferred that no corrosion
inhibitors be applied to vessel interior, if a nitrogen blanket is to be applied. Position all valves in the
open position. Maintain a positive nitrogen pressure of 1-2 psig (if applicable). Check gauges weekly to
ensure positive pressure, add nitrogen as required. Inspect external surfaces every 90 days for signs of
rust or corrosion. If rust is found, clean with appropriate wire brush and apply a zinc rich rust inhibitor.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Main Filter/Separator

Sequence Number: 83905 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: filter/strainer Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC or Customer

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83905.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83906

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS STRAINER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Strainer

Sequence Number: 83906 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: filter/strainer Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC or Customer

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83906.xls 1/26/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements

SEQUENCE # : 83907

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS PILOT FILTER/SERARATOR

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED : WALKDOWN INSPECTION LOG, NITROGEN PRESSURE LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Place on adequate cribbing. Piping flange covers must be secured, external unprotected steel must be
coated with a corrosion inhibitor. Vessel and piping are carbon steel. It is preferred that no corrosion
inhibitors be applied to vessel interior, if a nitrogen blanket is to be applied. Position all valves in the
open position. Maintain a positive nitrogen pressure of 1-2 psig (if applicable). Check gauges weekly to
ensure positive pressure, add nitrogen as required. Inspect external surfaces every 90 days for signs of
rust or corrosion. If rust is found, clean with appropriate wire brush and apply a zinc rich rust inhibitor.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Pilot Filter/Separator

Sequence Number: 83907 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: filter/strainer Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC or Customer

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83907.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83910

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS MAIN ISOLATION VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the equipment will be
protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Main Isolation Valve

Sequence Number: 83910 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC or Customer

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83910.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements

SEQUENCE # : 83915

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS MAIN THROTTLE VALVE

STORAGE CODE : D

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Valve and actuator assembly
must be wrapped in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the equipment
will be protected from any impact. Shipping crates must be stored in an upright position, and remain
unopened and in the same condition as shipped. Storage environment must be maintained between 50
degrees F and 80 degrees F, and less than 70% relative humidity. VIP plastic bags containing valves
must remain unopened and sealed. Unit must contain the residual Mobil DTE hydraulic fluid as shipped
from supplier.

Proof of storage conditions must be documented and provided to SWPC in the form of a signed
document certifying than the proper storage conditions have been met.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Main Throttle Valve

Sequence Number: 83915 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation, and rehabilitation.

RHv1-83915.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83916

CNS # : 3522

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS START THROTTLE VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the equipment will be
protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Start Throttle Valve

Sequence Number: 83916 CNS Number: 3522

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation, and rehabilitation.

RHv1-83916.xls 1/23/2004
Fuel Oil
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 60000

CNS # : 3523

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL OIL PUMP SKID

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30/180 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Pump/Motor: Manually rotate 10-15 rotations every 30 days. Energize space heaters.

Suction Filter: Manually rotate transfer valve 10-15 rotations every 180 days.

Oil Throttle Valve: Apply a corrosion inhibitor to external surfaces. Ensure that all valve ends are
capped. Cover external valve actuator with a plastic cover to minimize the effects of dust and dirt. Allow
for adequate air circulation. Replace valve seals if storage extends beyond two (2) years.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Oil Pump Skid Assembly

Sequence Number: 60000 CNS Number: 3523

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC, Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Soft part such as gaskets, seals, etc.may need to be replaced based upon storage conditions and duration

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Motor: megger test, re-grease bearings, inspect for corrosion.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-60000.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 79000

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL OIL WATER INJECTION SKID

STORAGE CODE : A, C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Throttle Valves: Cap all valve ends, bag external valve actuators with vapor phase inhibitor. If stored
beyond two years, have valve seals replaced.
Flow Dividers: Ensure that all openings are capped. Apply a corrosion inhibitor to external surfaces
every 180 days.
Multifunctional Pilot, Stage A and Stage B Valves: Should have a vapor phase inhibitor applied to
external surfaces.
Water Injection Throttle Valves, Converter: maintain original shipping packaging.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Oil/Water Injection (FOWI) Skid

Sequence Number: 79000 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorzed Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC, Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Pipe gaskets may need to be replaced

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-79000.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83395

CNS # : 3523

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL OIL FLOW METER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Oil Flow Meter

Sequence Number: 83395 CNS Number: 3523

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83395.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 86355

CNS # : 3523

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL OIL STAGE A CHECK VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Oil Stage A Check Valves

Sequence Number: 86355 CNS Number: 3523

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Refer to SWPC specifications for inspections and represervation

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-86355.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 86356

CNS # : 3523

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL OIL STAGE B CHECK VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALKDOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Oil Stage B Check Valves

Sequence Number: 86356 CNS Number: 3523

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Refer to SWPC specifications for inspections and represervation

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-86356.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 86357

CNS # : 3523

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL OIL PILOT CHECK VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Oil Pilot Check Valves

Sequence Number: 86357 CNS Number: 3523

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Refer to SWPC specifications for inspections and represervation

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-86357.xls 1/23/2004
Generator
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 31000

CNS # : 3600

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : GENERATOR , EXCITER, ENCLOSURE (INCLUDING SHIP LOOSE

ITEMS)

STORAGE CODE : A, C, 1, 3

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30/90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG,

WEEKLY ELECTRICAL CHECK LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Generators may be stored outdoors (indoors storage is preferred), as long proper environmental
protection is provided (refer to specific information pertaining to each Generator type.
Ship Loose items are to be stored as follows: Outside storage for collector housing assembly, collector
duct, inlet duct, CPLG cover support assembly, collector stairway assembly, outer enclosure (columns,
walls, roof, panels).
Structural steel, acoustic panels and ventilation equipment (filter house, silencers and ductwork) are
shop primed to protect the components from significant rusting for up to six (6) months maximum,
provided they are properly stored and maintained. If storage longer than 6 months is expected, an
intermediate or final coating system must be applied to prevent deterioration of the metal surface. For
short term storage (6 months or less), outdoor storage is acceptable as long as components are properly
covered with a tarp, and adequate cribbing is provided. Storage of components indoors or under-roof is
required if long term storage is anticipated. Steel and panels are to be sorted and placed with the
perforated side down on blocking or pallets, off the ground and with sufficient slope to promote drainage.
Ensure blocking is long enough in length to support panels without damage to the interior face liner. The
interior liner cannot support the load of the panel. Given acceptable solid ground conditions, the panels
should be stacked to a maximum height of eight (approximate height 5’-0”) panels, or in the same manner
as received on the trucks (the same height of the stack, number and spacing of blocking).
Filter house is to be covered with a tarp. Tarps should be held off from the steel surface to allow for
adequate ventilation.
Electrical components, expandable flashing, rivets, screws, vapor barrier, caulking, building tape,
gaskets, spray glues, primer paints, touch-up paints, and acoustical insulation are to be stored in
original shipping packaging and stored indoors in a clean dry location.
Hazardous materials must be stored in an appropriate area. Items must be kept away from caustic
substances.
Ensure that a tool & material control procedure is in place whenever any work (including periodic
inspections) is being done on or around generators and related equipment.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS
See specific equipment requirements as described within each section.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
Summary of AeroPac I Generator Storage and Preservation
Requirements
Scope

This information describes the requirements for AeroPac I air-cooled generators to

provide adequate protection against corrosion, contamination, and physical damage
during long-term storage.

Shipping Preparation

As shipped, the AeroPac I generator is protected from the weather by a custom fitting
blue tarp. The generator stator is protected by a weather tight steel enclosure and the
ends of the unit containing the bearings, pedestals and rotor shaft ends are encased in
weatherproof plywood shipping covers.

Receiving Inspection

Thoroughly inspect the exterior of the generator and packaging for signs of damage
during shipping. Document and record all damage in the inspection report. Repair the
shrink-wrapping, tarp, shipping covers, caulking, etc. as necessary to restore the
generator shipping preservation to its original condition.

Preservation and Storage

1. Enclosure - Provide a covered protective environmental enclosure, temporary or

permanent to adequately protect he generator from the environment. Unprotected
outdoor storage of the generator is not acceptable since prolonged exposure to
moisture (rain), salt air, sea spray, etc. will lead to certain damage of generator
components and equipment. The enclosure must be weatherproof and must
completely enclose the generator. The enclosure must be large enough to house
both the generator and any supplemental convective space heaters, if they become
necessary, while maintaining access clearance on all sides of the generator for
inspection and maintenance.
2. Support - The surface supporting the generator at the storage location should be a
concrete pad or other similar foundations surface that is both solid and flat enough
to support the total weight of the generator load. The generator should be resting
directly on hardwood blocks (or equivalent). A sheet of polyethylene is to be
placed between the blocking and the generator. The polyethylene acts as a vapor
barrier to avoid contact between the generator and any moisture, chemicals, or
corrosives in the blocking. All components must be stored on blocking high
enough so that temporary surface water from rain of emergency situations (such
as flash flooding of overflow of nearby rivers, streams, etc.) cannot come in
contact with the components.

SUMMARY OF AEROPAC I GENERATOR STORAGE AND PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

3. Pest Control - Pest control inside the protective generator enclosure must be
maintained on a monthly basis to prevent rodent or insect infestation inside the
generator and enclosure.
4. Space Heaters - Space heaters should be used to maintain the internal
temperature of any unsealed generator at least 10 degrees C above the ambient air
temperature. The acceptable temperature range for storage is –35 degrees C to
+40.6 degrees C (-31 degrees F to +105 degrees F). If an air- conditioned storage
environment is provided, then the temperature range requirement can be waived if
the relative humidity in the air-conditioned environment is maintained below
45%.
5. Stator & Rotor Windings – Stator & Rotor Windings units must be visually
inspected every 30 days for any signs of detrimental changes to the insulation,
insect and/or rodent infestation, accumulation of moisture, any discoloration or
change in appearance. Visual inspection can be easily achieved by opening the
access covers located on each side of the steel enclosure at the TE (turbine end)
and EE (excitation end). Mirrors and optic probes may be useful during visual
inspection. Insulation resistance tests must be performed every 30 days. Stator
winding insulation resistance must have a minimum of 1000 megohm/phase at 25
degree C (77 degree F) when measured for 10 minutes with a 2500 DC-volt
megger. The polarization index (PI) , ratio of the 10 minute resistance to the 1-
minute resistance must not be less than 2. Megger each phase separately,
grounding the remaining leads during the test. Properly ground all components to
any metal surface on the generator bedplate. The megger readings must be
recorded in an inspection book to enable detection of any deterioration in the
windings over time. The inspection book is also used to document proper storage
of the generator. The period between inspections must be shortened if any
deterioration is detected during successive inspections. Meggering of the rotor
windings is not required during long-term storage.
6. Shaft Ends and Bearing Pedestals – The shaft ends are protected from the
environment with plywood shipping covers. Inspect the shaft ends every 90 days.
7. Collector Brush and Ring Assembly – During long-term storage, the collector
brush and ring assemblies should be inspected and serviced. Visually inspect the
collector and brush rigging for evidence of oil, dirt, contaminates, or corrosion.
Contact SWPC for instructions if any such conditions are found.
8. Bedplate Frame and Trunnions – Bedplate Frame and Lifting Trunnions are not
protected by shipping covers. Inspect every 30 days for signs of corrosion.
Cosmetic or surface rust may appear on painted, non-machined surfaces. While
not harmful, the affected surfaces should be wire-brushed (wire an appropriate
brush for the surface being cleaned) to remove corrosion.
9. Relative Humidity (RH) Monitoring – Humidity, temperature, and any other
pertinent environmental factors inside the generator housing must be monitored
and recorded a minimum of every 7 days.

SUMMARY OF AEROPAC I GENERATOR STORAGE AND PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Summary of AeroPac II Generator Storage and Preservation
Requirements
Scope

This information describes the requirements for AeroPac II air-cooled generators to

provide adequate protection against corrosion, contamination, and physical damage
during long-term storage.

AeroPac II generators are shipped using two different preservation methods. Some units
are covered with a custom fitting blue tarp, and some are sealed, or “cocooned”, with
white Isocon preservation materials. These two methods are referred to throughout this
information as “tarped” or “cocooned.”

The cocooning method uses Isocon and Isobond materials to seal the unit in a dry air
environment that includes desiccant inside the generator and exciter. This preservation
method is intended to eliminate the need for weekly insulation resistance tests and
expensive drying out procedures.

Shipping Preparation

As shipped, the AeroPac II generator is protected from the weather by either a custom
fitting blue tarp or by the sprayed on cocooning materials. In addition, there is oil soluble
preservative on each rotor journal and slushing preservative on the turbine end coupling.

On Collector applications, the collector rings are covered with vapor corrosion inhibiting
wrapping. Do not remove these packing materials until the generator is installed on its
foundation and completely enclosed by the outer enclosure that is present for permanent
operation on the generator.

Receiving Inspection

Thoroughly inspect the exterior of the generator and packaging for signs of damage
during shipping. On cocooned units, check and record the internal relative humidity
(RH). If RH is >50%, notify SWPC for further instructions. Document and record all
damage and RH readings in the inspection report. Repair the shrink-wrapping, tarp,
shipping covers, caulking, etc. as necessary to restore the generator shipping preservation
to its original condition.

Preservation and Storage

1. Enclosure - Provide a covered protective environmental enclosure, temporary or

permanent to adequately protect he generator from the environment. Unprotected
outdoor storage of the generator is not acceptable since prolonged exposure to
moisture (rain), salt air, sea spray, etc. will lead to certain damage of generator
components and equipment. The enclosure must be weatherproof and must

SUMMARY OF AEROPAC II GENERATOR STORAGE AND PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

 completely enclose the generator. The enclosure must be large enough to house
both the generator and any supplemental convective space heaters, if they become
necessary, while maintaining access clearance on all sides of the generator for
inspection and maintenance.
2. Support - The surface supporting the generator at the storage location should be a
concrete pad or other similar foundations surface that is both solid and flat enough
to support the total weight of the generator load. The generator should be resting
directly on hardwood blocks (or equivalent). A sheet of polyethylene is to be
placed between the blocking and the generator. The polyethylene acts as a vapor
barrier to avoid contact between the generator and any moisture, chemicals, or
corrosives in the blocking. All components must be stored on blocking high
enough so that temporary surface water from rain of emergency situations (such
as flash flooding of overflow of nearby rivers, streams, etc.) cannot come in
contact with the components.
3. Pest Control - Pest control inside the protective generator enclosure must be
maintained on a monthly basis to prevent rodent or insect infestation inside the
generator and enclosure.
4. Space Heaters - Space heaters (480 volt) are installed in both the stator end
windings and a space heater (120 volt) is installed in the collector or the exciter.
On tarped units, and cocooned units if all of the cocooning material has been
removed, these space heaters should be energized whenever the generator is not
operating for extended periods of time, in order it minimize the possibility of
condensation occurring on critical generator components. The generator must be
unsealed whenever the space heaters are energized. Do not, under any
circumstances, operate the space heaters on a cocooned unit until all of the
cocooning material has been removed. Space heaters should be used to maintain
the internal temperature of any unsealed generator at least 10 degrees C above the
ambient air temperature. The acceptable temperature range for storage is –35
degrees C to +40.6 degrees C (-31 degrees F to +105 degrees F). If an air-
conditioned storage environment is provided, then the temperature range
requirement can be waived if the relative humidity in the air-conditioned
environment is maintained below 50%.
5. Stator & Rotor Windings – Stator & Rotor Windings on tarped units must be
visually inspected every 30 days for any signs of detrimental changes to the
insulation, insect and/or rodent infestation, accumulation of moisture, any
discoloration or change in appearance. Visual inspection can be easily achieved
by opening the access covers located on each side of the steel enclosure at the TE
(turbine end) and EE (excitation end). Mirrors and optic probes may be useful
during visual inspection. Insulation resistance tests must be performed every 30
days. Stator insulation resistance should be checked with a 2500 VDC megger
per phase for ten minutes. The required minimum resistance per phase is 1000
megohm. The polarization index (PI) is required to be at least 2. Rotor
insulation resistance should be checked with a 500 VDC megger for ten minutes.
The required minimum resistance is 50 megohm.
6. Shaft Ends and Bearing Pedestals – On tarped units, the shaft ends are covered
with plywood shipping covers. Inspect the shaft ends every 90 days.

SUMMARY OF AEROPAC II GENERATOR STORAGE AND PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

7. Exciter – During long-term storage, the collector brush and ring assemblies
should be inspected and serviced. Visually monitor the condition of the exciter
for corrosion and deterioration of preservative materials. On tarped units, take
megger readings every 30 days. On cocooned units, it is only necessary to
inspect the humidistat card in the exciter every 7 days.
8. Bedplate Frame and Trunnions – Bedplate Frame and Lifting Trunnions are not
protected by shipping covers. Inspect every 30 days for signs of corrosion.
9. Relative Humidity (RH) Monitoring – With cocooned units, the humidistat
cards shipped inside the generator should be checked at least every 7 days, and
more often during humid weather. These humidistat cards are located behind
Plexiglas inspection windows. If the internal RH on any of the humidistat cards is
noted to be above 50%, SWPC must be notified immediately.

SUMMARY OF AEROPAC II GENERATOR STORAGE AND PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Summary of TLRI Generator Storage and Preservation Requirements
Scope

This information describes the requirements for TLRI generators to provide adequate
protection against corrosion, contamination, and physical damage during long-term
storage.

Shipping Preparation

As shipped, the TLRI generator is packaged to provide protection from the weather.
Humidity indicators are installed and can be viewed through inspection windows.

Receiving Inspection

Thoroughly inspect the exterior of the generator and packaging for signs of damage
during shipping. Check and record the internal relative humidity (RH). If RH is >50%,
notify SWPC for further instructions. Document and record all damage and RH readings
in the inspection report. Repair the shrink-wrapping, tarp, shipping covers, caulking, etc.
as necessary to restore the generator shipping preservation to its original condition.

Preservation and Storage

1. Enclosure - Provide a covered protective environmental enclosure, temporary or

permanent to adequately protect he generator from the environment. Unprotected
outdoor storage of the generator is not acceptable since prolonged exposure to
moisture (rain), salt air, sea spray, etc. will lead to certain damage of generator
components and equipment. The enclosure must be weatherproof and must
completely enclose the generator. The enclosure must be large enough to house
both the generator and any supplemental convective space heaters, if they become
necessary, while maintaining access clearance on all sides of the generator for
inspection and maintenance.
2. Support - The surface supporting the generator at the storage location should be a
concrete pad or other similar foundations surface that is both solid and flat enough
to support the total weight of the generator load. The generator should be resting
directly on hardwood blocks (or equivalent). A sheet of polyethylene is to be
placed between the blocking and the generator. The polyethylene acts as a vapor
barrier to avoid contact between the generator and any moisture, chemicals, or
corrosives in the blocking. All components must be stored on blocking high
enough so that temporary surface water from rain of emergency situations (such
as flash flooding of overflow of nearby rivers, streams, etc.) cannot come in
contact with the components.
3. Components – A storage location which is well ventilated, dry and clean must be
provided. Components in storage must be accessible from all sides is preferred.
In cases where open-air storage is unavoidable, the stored goods shall be

SUMMARY OF TLRI GENERATOR STORAGE AND PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

 protected by either a durable outer packing or an equivalent form of surface
protection.
4. Pest Control - Pest control inside the protective generator enclosure must be
maintained on a monthly basis to prevent rodent or insect infestation inside the
generator and enclosure.
5. Bedplate Frame and Trunnions – Bedplate Frame and Lifting Trunnions are not
protected by shipping covers. Inspect every 30 days for signs of corrosion.
6. Relative Humidity (RH) Monitoring – With cocooned units, the humidistat
cards shipped inside the generator should be checked at least every 7 days, and
more often during humid weather. These humidistat cards are located behind
Plexiglas inspection windows. If the internal RH on any of the humidistat cards is
noted to be above 50%, SWPC must be notified immediately.

SUMMARY OF TLRI GENERATOR STORAGE AND PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Generator Inspection Checklist

Frequency
of AeroPac II AeroPac II
Description of Inspection AeroPac I TLRI*
Inspection (Tarped) (Cocooned)
(days)

Visual Inspections

30 X
Stator Windings
90 X
Collector Brush & Ring Assembly
90 X
Shaft Ends
90 X
Bearing Pedestals
30 X X X X
Bedplate Frames & Trunnions
7 X X
Relative Humidity in Temporary Enclosure
7 X X
Relative Humidity in Generator Housing
7 X X
Relative Humidity in Exciter
30 X X
Rodent Control
30 X X X X
Equipment Condition (all Components)
30 X X X X
Storage Condition (site, blocking, vapor barrier,enclosure, etc.)

Electrical Tests

30 X X
Stator Windings - Insulation Resistance
30 X
Rotor Windings - Insulation Resistance
30 X
Exciter - Insulation Resistance

Electrical Connections
upon receipt
X X
Space Heaters to storage

Required Logs

X X
Relative Humidity in Temporary Enclosure
X X
Relative Humidity in Generator Housing
X
Relative Humidity in Exciter

Results from all Visual Inspections X X X X

*TLRI = Turbogenerator Luft (Air ) Radially vented rotor Indirectly cooled stator.

Generator Inspection Checklist, revsion 01 11/12/03

 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Generator

Sequence Number: 31000 CNS Number: 3600

Equipment Category: generator Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools, megger device

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Review monthly megger records, crawl through inspection to check for rust and/or vermin or contamination
issues. Perform stator and rotor megger test

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-31000.xls 1/22/2004
Lube Oil System
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 01186

CNS # : 3532

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LUBE OIL FLUSHING EQUIPMENT

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:

A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED

B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Lube Oil Flushing Equipment

Sequence Number: 1186 CNS Number: 3532

Equipment Category: tools Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Check the o-rings and replace if necessary

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-1186.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 01240

CNS # : 3532

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : ACCUMULATOR CHARGE SYSTEM

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

All loose hoses should be stored in black plastic bags to prevent exposure to UV rays. Equipment should
be stored in a dry cool location to prevent oil seal leakage. A hose and pressure gauge come packaged
in a black plastic case.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Accumulator Charging System (Greer)

Sequence Number: 1240 CNS Number: 3532

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-1240.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 50000

CNS # : 3532

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : MECHANICAL PACKAGE ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30/90/180 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG,

WEEKLY ELECTRICAL CHECK LOG, MOTORS & FANS LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

The Mechanical Package is a self-contained weatherproof structure containing equipment for oil and air
supply to the combustion turbine. The package consists of the following equipment: PS&G cabinet, Lube
Oil temp control valve, air compressor assembly, oil mist eliminator, bearing pressure regulator valve,
Lube Oil filter assembly, Lube Oil AC pump #1 & #2, Lube Oil DC pump, piping, reservoir,
instrumentation, accumulators, and structure.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Lube Oil AC #1 & #2 pump/motor shafts, and Lube Oil DC pump/motor shafts must be rotated 10-15
rotations and positioned 180 degrees apart from previous position every 3 months. Check shafts every 3
months and re-coat with rust preventative. Motor space heaters on these motors also need to be
energized, and megger readings taken every 3 months. Re-fill vertical pump thrust bearing fill port with
lube oil every 3 months. Check oil level and connect 460 VAC power to air compressor oil level and start
every 3 months. Remove Lube Oil filter and oil mist eliminator vessel covers every 6 months, inspect and
remove corrosion. Coat with lube oil as required. Rotate Lube Oil filter transfer valve handle every 6
months. Place desiccate bags inside reservoir and check every 30 days. All ports and tube connections
are to be sealed with blank flanges or plastic caps. Apply lube oil to carbon steel internal surfaces to
prevent rust as required. Place on adequate cribbing to support cubicle. Record temperature and
relative humidity within the Mechanical Package every 7 days. Record all preservation activities.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
Connection Instructions

Date: 5/31/02
Sequence #: 50000
Equipment: Mechanical Package

Description

This is a fully enclosed cubicle consisting of the following equipment:

PS&G Cabinet, Lube Oil Temperature Control Valve, Oil Mist Eliminator, Air
Compressor Assembly, Bearing Pressure Regulator Valve, Lube Oil Filter Assembly,
Lube Oil AC Pump #1&#2, Lube Oil DC Pump, Piping, Reservoir, Instrumentation,
Accumulators and Structure.

Electrical

Space heaters on the Lube Oil AC pump motors (100hp/3600rpm/460VAC/3 phase,

60hz), and on the DC Lube Oil pump motors (15hp/3500rpm) must be energized. Space
Heaters are both 120VAC. It is also recommended that the input power be supplied to
run the lights and possibly a portable space heater or dehumidifier as required. This
cubicle does not have a main electrical panel, but rather, there is a spool of conductors
located inside the cubicle. To energize a specific piece of equipment, or take a megger
reading, identify the appropriate lead from the spool. Space heaters require 120VAC. It
may be advantageous to create a temporary 120VAC junction box to provide convenient
access for components such as extra lighting, portable space heaters, and dehumidifiers.
Megger readings should be matched to the specifications of the motor.

Mechanical

Rotation of the motors should be done manually. Direction of rotation is indicated on the
motor housing.

Miscellaneous

Cubicle must be grounded during storage.

DOCUMENT1
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Mechanical Package Assembly

Sequence Number: 50000 CNS Number: 3532

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC or Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Soft parts such as gaskets, elastomers, hoses, etc. may required replacement based upon storage conditions
and duration

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools, capability to test thermocouples, pressure gauges, transducers, and RTD's

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Valves: check for operation & replace o-rings. Pipe Gaskets: replace all. Air Compressor: return to original
mfg. for repair & test. Transducers,gauges, RTD's bench tested & recalibrated. Megger motors & regrease
bearings

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site. Return Air Compressor to supplier for test and/or repair
if required.

RHv1-50000.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 59000

CNS # : 3521

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : MECHANICAL CONTAINER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

The Mechanical Container is a self-contained weatherproof structure. Container typically includes the
Hydraulic supply skid (seq# 64000), Fuel Gas Skid (seq# 62000), and HP CO2 Tank. Refer to
Sequence numbers within this manual for any specific preservation requirements for these components.
Internal environment of the container must be controlled so as to avoid the accumulation and effects of
moisture or condensation. Temporary power for space heaters or dehumidifiers may be required.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Mechanical Container

Sequence Number: 59000 CNS Number: 3521

Equipment Category: enclosure Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-59000.xls 1/28/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 80300

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LUBE OIL COOLER (FIN-FAN/SHELL & TUBE/PLATE)

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30/180 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

All equipment should be stored indoors with adequate cribbing to protect equipment. All equipment
should be stored with a protective cover, allowing for protection of the equipment while maintaining
adequate air circulation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Tube bundles may be shipped with a nitrogen blanket, pressure must be maintained at ~5 psi. All gages
must be checked and recorded daily to ensure that proper pressure is maintained. Replace nitrogen as
required. If equipped with electric motors, motors should be covered to minimize the effects of dirt and
dust in such a way as to maintain adequate air circulation. Motors and fans should be rotated a minimum
of ten (10) rotations every two months. All structural steel and exposed must be inspected monthly (refer
to the equipment inspection checklist). Energize space heaters to control equipment moisture as required
(120 VAC, 1 phase). Verify proper operation monthly. Place valve operating handle in mid position. Seal
valve ports with plastic seals and bolt plywood covers over seals.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Lube Oil Cooler Assembly (Fin-Fan, Shell&Tube, Plate)

Sequence Number: 80300 CNS Number: 3531

Equipment Category: cooler Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Packing rings and gaskets may require replacement based upon storage conditions and duration

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, and inspection tools, forklift

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-80300.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 80340

CNS # : 3531

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LUBE OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Assembly consists of plate and frame Lube Oil coolers, Lube Oil cooler transfer valve, piping, and frame.
DO NOT REMOVE STEEL BLANKS DURING STORAGE. All other pipe and tube openings must be
closed with pipe plugs and end caps. DO NOT REMOVE END CAPS. Place on cribbing and tarp
adequately if required.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Transfer valves must be manipulated a minimum of every 180 days. Recommendation is to fully
manipulate valves several times, and return the valve to a position 180 degrees from start. Refer to
inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Lube Oil Cooler Assembly

Sequence Number: 80340 CNS Number: 3531

Equipment Category: cooler Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

LO Cooler Gaskets and packing rings may need to be replaced

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-80340.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 80350

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LUBE OIL COOLER (RH)

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain original supplier shipped packaging. Provide an adequate cover to protect from the environment
and to provide for a clean dry storage location. Shrink wrap with desiccant bag may be used to ensure
that the effects of moisture on the equipment are avoided. Protected from damaged, and inspect every
30 days for any signs of rust or corrosion.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to walk-down inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Lube Oil Cooler Assembly (RH)

Sequence Number: 80350 CNS Number: 3531

Equipment Category: cooler Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

LO Cooler Gaskets and packing rings may need to be replaced

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-80350.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 80360

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LUBE OIL COOLER (LH)

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain original supplier shipped packaging. Provide an adequate cover to protect from the environment
and to provide for a clean dry storage location. Shrink wrap with desiccant bag may be used to ensure
that the effects of moisture on the equipment are avoided. Protected from damaged, and inspect every
30 days for any signs of rust or corrosion.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to walk-down inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Lube Oil Cooler Assembly (LH)

Sequence Number: 80360 CNS Number: 3531

Equipment Category: cooler Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

LO Cooler Gaskets and packing rings may need to be replaced

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-80360.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83650

CNS # : 3532

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LUBE OIL DRAIN TERMOCOUPLE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Lube Oil Bearing Drain Thermocouples

Sequence Number: 83650 CNS Number: 3532

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83650.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83670

CNS # : 3532

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LUBE OIL BEARING CAVITY PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Lube Oil Bearing Cavity Pressure Transmitter

Sequence Number: 83670 CNS Number: 3532

Equipment Category: switch/gauge Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools with capability to test pressure gauges, transducers, and RTD's

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83670.xls 1/23/2004
Nox Steam Injection System
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83071

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION ISOLATION VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the equipment will be
protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Injection Isolation Valve

Sequence Number: 83071 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83071.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83072

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION BLOWDOWN VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the equipment will be
protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Injection Blowdown Valve

Sequence Number: 83072 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83072.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83073

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION STRAINER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap component in protective
plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the equipment will be protected from any
impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Injection Strainer

Sequence Number: 83073 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: filter/strainer Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83073.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83075

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION THROTTLE VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the equipment will be
protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Injection Throttle Valve

Sequence Number: 83075 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83075.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83076

CNS # : 3565

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION POWER AUGMENTATION METER TUBE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Store indoors with the ends of the tubes covered and protected. The stainless steel meter tubes should
need no maintenance, except that they should not be in contact with carbon steel products as this will
cause discoloration on the stainless steel tubes. Carbon steel tubes must have a light-weight (10 wt or
lighter) oil mist sprayed into the meter tube every 90 days. After the oil has been applied, the ends of the
tubes should be resealed and protected.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Injection Meter Tube

Sequence Number: 83076 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83076.xls 1/23/2004
Nox Water Injection System
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 72000

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : WATER INJECTION PUMP SKID ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Store in a clean dry location.

Pump/Motor Assembly: Manually rotate10-15 rotation every month. Access can be gained through the
removal of the motor fan cover. Connect desiccant tube to vent connection of the gear box and replace
when color of desiccant indicates moisture. Insert one (1) quart V032 Oil and one (1) quart vapor phase
inhibitor (VPI) into the pump casing and cap. Energize space heater.

Pump Suction Filter, Pressure Regulator Valve: Maintain original shipping packaging.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Water Injection Pump Skid Assembly

Sequence Number: 72000 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: SWPC, Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Pipe gaskets may need to be replaced

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Motor: megger test, re-grease bearings, inspect for corrosion.

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-72000.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 72100

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS PILOT WATER INJECTION SKID ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Manually rotate pump motor every 30 days. Access can be made through the removal of the motor
shroud cover. Connect desiccant tube to vent connection of the gear box and replace when the color
indicates the presents of moisture. Insert one (1) quart VG32 oil and one (1) quart vapor phase inhibitor
(VPI) into pump casing and cap. Energize space heater in motor. Apply VPI to the inside open piping
and accessible valves and cap.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Pilot Water Injection Skid

Sequence Number: 72100 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Motor: megger test, re-grease bearings, inspect for corrosion.

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-72100.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83881

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : WATER INJECTION STAGE A FLOW METER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Water Injection Stage A Flow Meter

Sequence Number: 83881 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83881.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83882

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : WATER INJECTION STAGE B FLOW METER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Water Injection Stage B Flow Meter

Sequence Number: 83882 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83882.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83883

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : WATER INJECTION PILOT FLOW METER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Water Injection Pilot Flow Meter

Sequence Number: 83883 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83883.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83884

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : WATER INJECTION FLOW METER- STAGE A/B

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Water Injection Flow Meter - Stage A/B

Sequence Number: 83884 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83884.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83885

CNS # : 3565

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : WATER INJECTION FLOW METER ATAGE A & STAGE B

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Water Injection Flow Meter

Sequence Number: 83885 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83885.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83887

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : WATER INJECTION CHECK VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Water Injection Check Valves

Sequence Number: 83887 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83887.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83889

CNS # :

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS PILOT WATER INJECTION ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED : WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Assembly consists of stainless steel pipe spools.

General: Dissimilar metals should be stored separately. External surfaces of carbon steel structures,
pipes and carbon steel flanges should be examined for rust every 30 days. If rust is detected, it should
be removed using a wire brush and coated with CZ-11 primer or a zinc-rich inhibitor such as “ZRC” as
appropriate. Any non-stainless steel hardware must be coated with a corrosion inhibitor every 30 days.
Assembly must be stored on cribbing using a minimum of 4”x4” spaced at 8’. Ensure that all openings
are capped and sealed.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED S TORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Pilot Water Injection Assembly

Sequence Number: 83889 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Mechanical seals, elastomers, o-rings, pipe gaskets

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Pumps: Dismantle, inspect and replace mechanical seals and elastomers. Flow Indicators: replace o-rings.
Valves: replace o-rings. Pipe Gaskets: replace all.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site, rehabilitation would need to be performed at supplier
shop

RHv1-83889.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 86360

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : WATER INJECTION STAGE A CHECK VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Water Injection Stage A Check Valves

Sequence Number: 86360 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Refer to SWPC specifications for inspections and represervation

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-86360.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 86361

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : WATER INJECTION STAGE B CHECK VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Water Injection Stage B Check Valves

Sequence Number: 86361 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Refer to SWPC specifications for inspections and represervation

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-86361.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 86362

CNS # : 3561

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : WATER INJECTION PILOT CHECK VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Water Injection Pilot Check Valves

Sequence Number: 86362 CNS Number: 3561

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Refer to SWPC specifications for inspections and represervation

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-86362.xls 1/23/2004
Power Augmentation
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83081

CNS # : 3565

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION POWER AUGMENTATION THROTTLE VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Power Augmentation Throttle Valve

Sequence Number: 83081 CNS Number: 3565

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83081.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83082

CNS # : 3565

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION POWER AUGMENTATION ISOLATION VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Power Augmentation Isolation Valve

Sequence Number: 83082 CNS Number: 3565

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83082.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83083

CNS # : 3565

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION POWER AUGMENTATION BLOWDOWN

VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Power Augmentation Blowdown Valve

Sequence Number: 83083 CNS Number: 3565

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83083.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83084

CNS # : 3565

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION POWER AUGMENTATION METER TUBE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

The carbon steel tubes must have a light-weight oil mist sprayed into the meter tube once every 3 months
(10 wt or lighter), after this oil has been applied the ends should be resealed and protected.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Injection Power Augmentation Meter Tube

Sequence Number: 83084 CNS Number: 3565

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83084.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83085

CNS # : 3565

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION POWER AUGMENTATION STEAM STRAINER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Power Augmentation Strainer

Sequence Number: 83085 CNS Number: 3565

Equipment Category: filter/strainer Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83085.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83086

CNS # : 3565

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : THERMOCOUPLE TE 36606

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Thermocouple - TE 36606

Sequence Number: 83086 CNS Number: 3565

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83086.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83087

CNS # : 3565

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : THERMOCOUPLE TE 36608

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Thermocouple - TE 36608

Sequence Number: 83087 CNS Number: 3565

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83087.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83088

CNS # : 3565

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM AUGMENTATION FLOW METER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:

A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED

B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Augmentation Flow Meter

Sequence Number: 83088 CNS Number: 3565

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83088.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83090

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : POWER AUGMENTATION PRHEAT ISOLATION VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Power Augmentation Pre-Heat Isolation Valve

Sequence Number: 83090 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83090.xls 1/23/2004
Purge Air
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83460

CNS # : 3544

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM INJECTION MANIFOLD CONTINUOUS PURGE VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Injection Manifold Continuous Purge Valve

Sequence Number: 83460 CNS Number: 3544

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83460.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83465

CNS # : 3544

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : ATOMIZING AIR MANIFOLD CONTINUOUS PURGE VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Atomizing Air Manifold Continuous Purge Valve

Sequence Number: 83465 CNS Number: 3544

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83465.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83470

CNS # : 3544

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS MANIFOLD CONTINUOUS PURGE ISOLATION VALVE

#1

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Manifold Continuous Purge Isolation Valve #1

Sequence Number: 83470 CNS Number: 3544

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83470.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83471

CNS # : 3544

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS MANIFOLD CONTINUOUS PURGE ISOLATION VALVE

#2

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Manifold Continuous Purge Isolation Valve #2

Sequence Number: 83471 CNS Number: 3544

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83471.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83475

CNS # : 3544

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL GAS MANIFOLD PURGE VENT VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fuel Gas Manifold Purge Vent Valve

Sequence Number: 83475 CNS Number: 3544

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83475.xls 1/23/2004
Steam Cooling System
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83160

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING FILTER SEPARATOR

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Filter/Separator

Sequence Number: 83160 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: filter/strainer Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83160.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83171

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING FLOW METER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Inlet Flow Meter

Sequence Number: 83171 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: meter Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools, borescope

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83171.xls 1/26/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83172

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING INLET STRAINER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap component in protective
plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that component will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Inlet Strainers

Sequence Number: 83172 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: filter/strainer Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools, borescope

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83172.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83173

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING ISOLATION VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Inlet Block Valve

Sequence Number: 83173 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83173.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83174

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING PREHEAT CHECK VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Preheat Check Valves

Sequence Number: 83174 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Visually inspect, borescope if necessary

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83174.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83175

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING DRAIN VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Inlet Upper/Lower Drain Valves

Sequence Number: 83175 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Seals and Gaskets may need to be replaced

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83175.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83176

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING BLEED VALVES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Inlet Bleed Valve

Sequence Number: 83176 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Seals and Gaskets may need to be replaced

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83176.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83177

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING THROTTLE VALVES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Inlet Throttle Valve

Sequence Number: 83177 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83177.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83178

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING INLET THERMOCOUPLES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap component in protective
plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that component will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Inlet Thermocouples

Sequence Number: 83178 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83178.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83181

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING THROTTLE VALVES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Outlet Throttle Valve

Sequence Number: 83181 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83181.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83182

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING BLOWDOWN VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Outlet Blowdown Valve

Sequence Number: 83182 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83182.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83183

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING OUTLET DRAIN VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap valve and actuator
assembly in protective plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that the disc will be protected
from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Outlet Drain Valves

Sequence Number: 83183 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83183.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83184

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING BLEED VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WAKL-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Outlet Bleed Valve

Sequence Number: 83184 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Seals and Gaskets may need to be replaced

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83184.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83186

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING ISOLATION VALVE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FROM REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Outlet Block Valve

Sequence Number: 83186 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: valve Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-83186.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83187

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING OUTLET THERMOCOUPLES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Wrap component in protective
plastic with desiccate inside. Ensure storage is such that component will be protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Outlet Thermocouples

Sequence Number: 83187 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83187.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83190

CNS # : 3545

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STEAM COOLING INSTRUMENT PANEL

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED; WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Steam Cooling Instrumentation Panel

Sequence Number: 83190 CNS Number: 3545

Equipment Category: panel Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools with capability to test pressure gauges, transducers, and RTD's

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83190.xls 1/23/2004
CT Design Integration
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 01295

CNS # : 3671

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE ECONOPAC TOUCH-UP PAINT

STORAGE CODE : D, 3

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Storage shelf life for Carbo-Zinc 11 and Thermaline 4765 is 12 months. Storage shelf life for Carboline
890 is 36 months. Discard and reorder paint if shelf life is exceeded.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Accumulator Charging System (Greer)

Sequence Number: 1295 CNS Number: 3671

Equipment Category: paint Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Visual Inspection

Special Considerations/Recommendations

If manufacturer's shelf life has been exceeded, disgard and reorder

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-1295.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 22100

CNS # : 3525

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : MAINTENANCE TOOL LIST

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 60 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Lists consist of the following:

Trolly, Tracks, Rollers, Jacks, Chain Hoists, Beams, and miscellaneous tools and hardware.
Must be stored indoors in a clean and dry location. Ensure that material is properly packaged to avoid
rust and corrosion.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Open crate every 60 days, look for evidence of rust or corrosion. Clean with solvent 55812CB and apply
a coat of 53535CA if necessary.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Maintenance Tool List

Sequence Number: 22100 CNS Number: 3525

Equipment Category: tools Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-22100.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 22200

CNS # : 3525

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LIFTING ASSEMBLY SERVICES

STORAGE CODE : A, C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30/90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

The beam and spreaders can be stored outdoors. Place the beam and spreaders on minimum 6”
cribbing. The crate containing miscellaneous items requires indoor storage. Equipment will have
preservative applied prior to shipment to all the hardware that may be susceptible to rust.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

The beam and spreaders will need visual inspection every 30 days. Rust bleed could occur on the non-
seal weld joints. If this condition is found, the rusted area should be cleaned with a power brush and
touch up paint should be applied. The packing crate should be opened once very 90 days for a visual
inspection of the contents. If rust should appear clean rusted area with solvent 55812CB and apply a
protective coating of 53535CA.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Service Lifts Assembly

Sequence Number: 22200 CNS Number: 3525

Equipment Category: tools Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Lifting capability re-certification may be required

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Forklift

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Coatings may need to be rejuvenated

Comments

Equipment must be returned to supplier if recertification is required

RHv1-22200.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 36100

CNS # : 8411

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : UV DETECTOR AMPLIFIER ( aka: SCANNER/FLAME DETECTOR

SEQUENCE# 84280)

STORAGE CODE : D

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

The flame switch contains a relay and other electrical components which are affected by temperature and
humidity conditions. The products should be stored in a controlled environment which will ensure that the
o
equipment can be maintained at ambient 85 F ( or lower ) temperature in a dry location.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:

A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED

B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: UV Flame Detector Amplifier

Sequence Number: 36100 CNS Number: 8411

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-36100.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 76230

CNS # : 3583

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE THERMAL DETECTORS

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Combustion Turbine Thermal Detectors

Sequence Number: 76230 CNS Number: 3583

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Visual inspection for damage and test

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-76230.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 76235

CNS # : 3583

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE TEMPERATURE MEASURING POINT

SEAL RINGS

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: CT Temperature Measuring Point Seal Rings

Sequence Number: 76235 CNS Number: 3583

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Visual inspection for damage and test

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-76235.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 76236

CNS # : 3583

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE TEMPERATURE MEASURING POINT

THERMOCOUPLE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain original shipping packaging. All thermocouples shall be checked for continuity prior to
installation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: CT Temperature Measuring Point Thermocouple

Sequence Number: 76236 CNS Number: 3583

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Visual inspection for damage and test

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-76236.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 82060

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST TRANSITION AND EXPANSION JOINT

STORAGE CODE : A, C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Outdoor storage: Ductwork must be blocked up off the ground to avoid standing water and must be
positioned in such a manner so as to avoid water accumulation on the duct work.

Indoor storage: wooden crates are to be blocked up on adequate cribbing, ensure that expansion joints
should be stored in a dry location.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 84230

CNS # : 3584

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : INLET GUIDE VANE POSITION INDICATOR ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location.

Actuator: All end covers must remain in place. Conduit entries must be sealed with threaded metal
plugs. O-ring seals must remain intact and undisturbed. Desiccate in the limit switch compartment and
the control compartment must be maintained. Must be stored in a vibration free environment off the floor
and covered to avoid dust. Maintain adequate air circulation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Inlet Guide Vane Position Indicator Assembly

Sequence Number: 84230 CNS Number: 3584

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Elastomers and packings if stored more that 24 months

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Performed at supplier shop

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Equipment (especially valves) may need to be returned to supplier shop for assessment, rejuvenation and
rehabilitation. Determination to be made during assessment.

RHv1-84230.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 84360

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE RAKE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location. Place on
shelf out of the way of traffic in warehouse.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Thermocouple Rake

Sequence Number: 84360 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-84360.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 84380

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE RAKE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location. Place on
shelf out of the way of traffic in warehouse.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Thermocouple Rake

Sequence Number: 84380 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-84380.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 84400

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE RAKE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location. Place on
shelf out of the way of traffic in warehouse.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Thermocouple Rake

Sequence Number: 84400 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-84400.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 84420

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE RAKE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location. Place on
shelf out of the way of traffic in warehouse.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Thermocouple Rake

Sequence Number: 84420 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-84420.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 85002

CNS # : 3671

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE PACKAGE ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Supplier will coat the parts in a heavier corrosion inhibiting oil and plastic wrap. These coatings must be
maintained throughout the storage period. Crate (s) should not be opened until ready for use. If opened (
for inspection ) close and reseal to maintain original shipping packaging.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURC E
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Combustion Turbine Section Assembly Hardware

Sequence Number: 85002 CNS Number: 3671

Equipment Category: hardware Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-85002.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 85010

CNS # : 3671

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE SECTION ASSEMBLY HARDWARE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Equipment must be stored off the
ground on minimum 4” cribbing. Upon receipt, equipment and contents of crates must be inspected for
any damage, and notification provided to the proper parties. Crates or other packaging must then be
closed and re-sealed to ensure proper protection to equipment.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Combustion Turbine Section Assembly Hardware

Sequence Number: 85010 CNS Number: 3671

Equipment Category: hardware Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-85010.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 85030

CNS # : 3671

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : SEATING PLATES, LINERS, AND TORSION SUPPORTS

STORAGE CODE : A

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. All equipment must be adequately tarped, and placed on
adequate cribbing. Bare metal surfaces should be coated with a corrosion inhibitor to prevent surface
rust.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Seating Plates, Liners, and Torsion Support

Sequence Number: 85030 CNS Number: 3671

Equipment Category: tools Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-85030.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 85050

CNS # : 3551

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : INLET MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30/90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Horizontal Inlet Base: 154.0" L x 90.0"W x 112.0"H - Total Weight 5,150.00#

Horizontal Inlet Cover: 154.0"L x 90.0"W x 112.0"H - Total Weight 5,150.00#
Parts Crate: 82.0"L x 25.0"W x 20.0"H - Total Weight 315.0#
Vertical Inlet Base: 124.0"L x 85.0"W x 68.0"H - Total Weight 4,630.00#
Vertical Inlet Cover: 267.0"L x 73.0"W x 78.0"H - Total Weight 5,878.00#
Parts Crate: 82.0"L x 25.0"W x 20.0"H - Total Weight 480.00#

The Inlet Manifold halves and parts crate require indoor storage in an environment where the climate can be
monitored and controlled. The manufacturer of the Porcelon paint has recommended that extended storage after
application of paint (used on the interior surface) should be in an environment of 55ºF to 95ºF and between 40% and
60% relative humidity. Monitor and record weekly.

Inspection

The inlet manifold halves should be inspected every 90 days. Header piping sleeves will be capped by the
Manufacturer. Check caps to assure header piping is sealed. Machined flanges are coated with a preservative, but
the preservative may deteriorate and require a re-application. If any rust is found on the machined surfaces, the
rusted area should be cleaned with solvent 55812CB (Ranbar BS-110 w/15 or Kauri-Butanol 35-39) and apply a
protective coating of 53535CA (Shell Ensis SDB or Tectyl 894 Mil-c-16173 Gr 3). The holes in both flanges are to
be included in this inspection and preservation process. The crate stored indoors should be opened once every 90
days for visual inspection of contents. If any rust is found on the machined surfaces, the rusted area sould be cleaned
with solvent 55812CB (Ranbar BS-110 w/15 or Kauri-Butanol 35-39) and apply a protective coating of 53535CA
(Shell Ensis SDB or Tectyl 894 Mil-c-16173 Gr 3).

Note: Rust could bleed from the areas that are not seal welded. If this occurs, clean the rust with a power brush and
touch up with CZ-11 paint, which would be provided by SMCI upon request.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Inlet Manifold Assembly

Sequence Number: 85050 CNS Number: 3551

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-85050.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 85200

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST MANIFOLD SECTION ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : A, C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30/90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Exhaust Manifold 172"L x 160.0"W x 168.0"H - Total Weight 20,460#

Parts Crate: 96.0"L x 48.0"W x 30.0"H - Total Weight 2,066#

This item is shipped with insulation installed, and the insulation must be kept dry. Indoor storage would be the
preferred means to assure a dry condition. If the exhaust manifold is stored outdoors, the following
recommendations should be followed;

a) Store in the horizontal position. Place the temporary supports on cribbing so that the lowest insulation surface is
at least 12" above ground.
b) Cover with 18-20 ounce tarpaulin to protect from moisture.
c) Open ventilation under the exhaust is required. The tarp should be at least 6" above ground level.
d) The crate containing the ship loose insulation and equipment requires indoor storage.

Inspection

a) The exhaust manifold should be inspected for moisture every 30 days. Examine the tarpaulin to assure there are
no tears or holes. Visually examine the seams between insulation blankets in the lower areas of the exhaust for
moisture.
b) The crate stored indoors should be opened once every 90 days for visual inspection of contents. The
miscellaneous nuts and bolts will be preserved prior to shipment. However, preservation could deteriorate and may
need to be reapplied. If any rust is found, the rusted area should be cleaned with solvent 55812CB (Ranbar BS-110
w/15 or Kauri-Butanol 35-39) and apply a protective coating of 53535CA (Shell Ensis SDB or Tectyl 894 Mil-c-
16173 Gr 3).

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Manifold Section Assembly

Sequence Number: 85200 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-85200.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 85300

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST EXPANSION JOINT

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Equipment must be placed on adequate cribbing. Store is
a clean dry protected location.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Expansion Joint

Sequence Number: 85300 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-85300.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 85550

CNS # : 3671

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COUPLING COVER TURBINE TO GENERATOR

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DWON INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard original supplier shipped packaging (banded to a pallet). Store in a clean, dry and
protected location.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Coupling Cover - Combustion Turbine To Generator

Sequence Number: 85550 CNS Number: 3671

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-85550.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 86000

CNS # : 9562

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE (501 D/F/G, V84.xx)

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30/90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, CT HUMIDITY & UNIT RECEIPT

INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Outdoor storage of the Combustion Turbine is acceptable as long as a suitable temporary shelter is
provided to protection against direct weather conditions. Indoor storage, with a protective cover is
preferred. V84.xx must be stored indoors. Store in a location where the Combustion Turbine and ship
loose parts will be kept clean, dry and protected from the environment at all times. Engine must remain
free of contaminants and debris both internally and externally. Maintain standard supplier shipped
packaging whenever possible. Combustion Turbine must be stored on a suitable foundation to
adequately support the engine and provide for proper drainage for the duration of the storage period. A
moisture barrier between the engine and the ground may be required. Ensure that all turbine openings
are properly sealed to prevent moisture penetration.

Inspect monthly to ensure that the protective cover or shrink-wrap on exterior of turbine is not damaged,
and that humidity indicators (if applicable such as Hygrometer, etc) do not show an unacceptable level of
moisture. After the first 12 months of storage, and on a subsequent annual basis, a baseline inspection
(see below) must be performed and directed by SWPC. Any parts shipped loose must be stored indoors,
and should be inspected every 90 days for signs of corrosion, damage from moisture, or damage from
temperature. Inspect for signs of damage to the equipment or the protective packaging.

The gas turbine engine (when shipped from the factory) is protected against corrosion from environmental
attack, using different methods in order to obtain the most effective and adequate internal and external
surface treatment. Relative humidity and temperature readings from the electronic Hygro-Thermometer
should be recorded at least once a week, and more frequent readings may be required depending on
specific site conditions. The log should be kept on unit file for reference. If relative humidity is more then
50%, report through a P-FAR (Project Field Action Request) to Engineering for assessment.

An exterior protective covering (such as shrink-wrap or a tarp) should be maintained at all times (before
shipping, during transportation, on site), and if any damage is found, restored to initial condition (tape to
seal with shrink-wrap tape) for efficient protection. A humidity indicating device is placed inside the
engine, and viewable at the Plexiglas cover of the 14" flange situated on the turbine cylinder base, on the
right side looking with flow. If a humidity indication device is not shipped in the engine, one must be
installed upon receipt of the engine into storage. The external condition of the engine at minimum
should be inspected monthly. If the humidity-indicating device shows internal relative humidity greater
than 50%, notify the SWPC project engineer immediately. If damage is found, submit a report (including
pictures) to SWPC Project Engineer.
 Reference Only
SWPC Proprietary Information

Storage Inspection and Re-preservation

Checklist/Report for Gas Turbines

1.0 PURPOSE

1.1 The purpose of this checklist is to provide an overview of the requirements of the
applicable internal SWPC document (22T8849) which addresses the control, inspection,
and re-preservation of the W501 frame combustion turbine unit that is in storage,
extended construction or hibernation, and to ensure it is maintained in an acceptable
condition. Please contact the SWPC Project Representative to request the actual
specification.

2.0 APPLICABLE PROCESS SPECIFICATIONS

83342U1 - Preservation of Industrial Gas Turbines against Environmental Attack

during Shipping and Storage
85311U2 - Shrink Wrapping for Turbine Components and Assemblies
83342WZ - Protective Painting Systems for Corrosion and Oxidation Resistance for
Gas Turbine Components
83342RL - Application of Vapor Space Corrosion Inhibitor Lube Oil For Lubrication
Systems

3.0 INSPECTION

3.1 The storage inspection and re-preservation should be repeated at 12 month

intervals

3.2 The inspection steps described at paragraphs 3.3 to 3.8 should be

documented with pictures and written descriptions (see section 6.0
ATTACHMENTS)

3.3 Unit and Location Information:

Date: ……………………………… Inspector: ……………………………………..

Unit Serial No.(SO): ……………… Model/Frame No.: ……………………………
Owner: …………………………………………………………………………………………….
Storage Location: …………………………………………………………….………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………..
indoors………….. tarp cover…………
outdoors………… tent………………..
Comment on Storage Environment: (temperature, relative humidity, pollutants, shelter,
etc.)

22T8849 INSPECTION CHECKLIST

 3.4 Exterior of Combustion Turbine

Remove the Shrink-Wrap and visually inspect all exterior surfaces for:

a) dirt or foreign material Completed Inspector

- as found condition: …………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………….………..
- clean up completed: ………….. …………
b) openings to be closed per PS 83342U1
- as found condition: …………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………….………..
- closures intact or restore per PS 83342U1: ………….. …………
c) rust on all external machined surfaces / variable IGV links / etc.
- as found condition: …………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………….………..
- clean up completed: ………….. …………
- re-coating of machined surfaces and hardware
with VpCI 369 as per PS 83342U1 completed: …………..
…………
d) painted and insulated surfaces
- as found condition: ……………………………………………
……………………………….…….………………………………..
- perform cleaning and touch-up painting if needed for external
cylinder surface: gray primer per PS 83342WZ, Part 2. …………..
…………
- check insulation for damage and/or moisture and
replace if needed ………….. …………
e) re-apply shrink wrap per PS 85311U2 (If Applicable)

3.5 Combustion Turbine Bearings

Inspect bearing and adjacent rotor surfaces by boroscope inspection of the inlet
journal and thrust bearing areas. Remove the vibration probe/pipe plug at the
12:00 location on the bearing housing cover and boroscope through the port.
Repeat for the exhaust end journal bearing.

Completed By Inspector:

- as found condition of Inlet Journal Bearing: …………..

…………………………………………………………….…….
- as found condition of Inlet Thrust Bearing: ……………
…………………………………………………………….…….
- as found condition of Exhaust Journal Bearing: ………
…………………………………………………………….…….
- apply in all bearing housings 2 liters of Vapor Space

Corrosion Inhibitor Lube Oil VSI 68 as per PS 83342RL

- re-install the vibration probe/plug. ………….. …………

22T8849 INSPECTION CHECKLIST

 3.6 Interior of Combustion Turbine

Temporarily remove the large (plywood) covers on both the inlet and the exhaust
cylinders (or cut an opening in each cover*) to permit visual access into each end
of the unit. Visually inspect all viewable interior surfaces at both the inlet and
exhaust ends. Perform thorough boroscope inspection of all compressor, turbine
and rotor components (see Figure 1).

Completed By Inspector:

- as found condition: ………………………………………….

…………..…………………………………………………….
-re-preserve interior as per PS 83342U1**

* Patch and seal the openings prior to re-preservation

**Note - total atmospheric exposure of each silicagel bag will not
exceed one hour until engine is completely sealed.

3.7 Engine Boroscope Locations

22T8849 INSPECTION CHECKLIST

 3.8 Auxiliary Equipment (If Applicable)

Confirm inventory of all separately packed and stored items against the unit
Consolidated Packing and Shipping List (CPSL). Visually inspect all packages /
boxes to confirm they are intact, secure and show no evidence of moisture or
temperature damage, and are properly identified.

Completed By Inspector:

Only open packages that require repair and re-preserve contents.

- as found condition: ………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………….…..
- inventory confirmed ………….. …………
- inspection completed and preservation intact …………..

22T8849 INSPECTION CHECKLIST

 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Combustion Turbine

Sequence Number: 86000 CNS Number: 3505

Equipment Category: engine Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools, borescope

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Refer to SWPC specifications for inspections and represervation

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-86000.xls 1/23/2004
Civil Structural
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 20152

CNS # : 6295

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LEVELING WEDGES AND CLAMP ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Components shall be treated with a rust corrosion inhibiting protectant, and sealed in plastic. Maintain
original shipping packaging. Store on adequate cribbing.

1. The shipment must be stored indoors, in a facility that monitors and controls the internal
environmental conditions to provide for clean and dry storage of the equipment. The shipment
must not come into contact with rain, snow or water at anytime.

2. The shipment must be stored on the floor with nothing stacked on it. Materials must be inspected
upon delivery and supplier notified of any claim at the time the shipment is received.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Leveling Wedge & Clamp Assembly (BOMP)

Sequence Number: 20152 CNS Number: 6295

Equipment Category: tools Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-20152.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 30050

CNS # : 6295

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : GAS TURBINE ENCLOSURE

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 60 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, MOTORS & FANS LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Storage
ITEM TASK
Code
Structural columns & Verify the quantity of columns in storage, are the amount shipped A
beams and received. To prevent damage by weathering, it is necessary to
double tarp the columns during storage. Make sure no weathering
has occurred. Must be placed on cribbing.
Panels Verify the quantity of Panels in storage, are the amount shipped A
and received. If the panels are constructed with insulation and
perforated material, the panel must be stored with the inside
down. Panels should be cribbed in the same manner as they are
loaded on trucks and must have a sheet of Poly-Plastic placed
under them (between the ground and the actual parts) to act as a
moisture barrier. To prevent damage by rain or snow, it is
necessary that the panels and component crates be double
tarped.
Electrical ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE STORED INDOORS C
Components AND PROTECTED FROM MOISTURE & DUST.
Gasket materials Gasket material must be stored in clean dry area and checked on C
a regular basis to verify adhesive.
Actuators linkage for Mark the location of the linkage rod connection with permanent C
louvers marker and then loosen linkage rod from actuator.
Actuators Remove actuators from holding bracket and linkage and store C
inside OR provide 15 PSI air pressure to actuators to ensure
rubber diaphragm inside actuator does not dry rot.
Louvers and Check all moving parts and linkage by moving slightly by hand in C
Dampers the back and forth direction
Fans Turn motor, drive, and propeller by hand checking for C
misalignment. Check all fasteners, tighten if necessary. Check
clearance and linkage operation; make sure these control devices
are returned to the original positions.
Fan Bearings/ Keep bearings full of grease and periodically rotated to make C
Belts/Propeller certain that all internal parts are coated with grease. Even a full
bearing will eventually fill with moisture therefore bearings should
be purged with new grease. (Apply per manufacturer’s
specification for storage of equipment regarding fan bearings;
make sure to follow manufacturer’s instructions completely.)
Fan Motors Motors should be stored under cover in a clean, dry, vibration-free C
location. (Follow Manufacturer’s instructions for Motor storage and
follow them completely.)
A baseline megger reading should be taken upon receipt of
equipment and listed on this table.
Regular megger readings are recommended to determine if
moisture is collecting.
Installation of motor heaters is required if moisture becomes
present. Motor heaters are available from CFI.
Paint/ Coating Check painted and coated surfaces for any scratches or flaking of A,C
the protective coating. If the protected coating becomes scratched
flaked or white rust can occur from moisture build up, remove by
lightly sanding and touch-up.
Heaters Electric Air heaters are for dry indoor use only. Do not immerse in C
water or allow to get wet during storage. Do not store or use in
areas exposed to rain or snow.
Ductwork and Hoods Ductwork and hoods are shipped wrapped in plastic shrink wrap A
which should not be removed

Notes:
1. All items stored outdoors require a waterproof tarp and a poly-tarp sheet between the ground and the
equipment to prevent damage from ground moisture. All items stored indoors must be protected
from moisture and dust. Galvanized material should not be tarped.
2. Equipment should not be removed from original shipping containers (wooden crates).
3. Plastic wrap should be used to cover all boxes.
4. Store hardware and loose items indoors.

Verification of compliance to these requirements must be documented and submitted to SWPC within 5
days of the inspection frequencies indicated in the preceding table.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Intake and exhaust fans/motors/shafts must be rotated a minimum of ten (10) revolutions every two
months. Electric motors are not required to be meggered on a periodic basis. It is recommended that a
baseline megger reading be established at the time of receipt into storage, and again prior to installation
to ensure that moisture is not present.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 STORAGE VERIFICATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Combustion Turbine Enclosure

THIS STORAGE VERIFICATION INSPECTION TABLE MUST BE COMPLETED AND SENT TO SWPC WITHIN 15 DAYS AFTER THE
PRODUCT HAS BEEN RECEIVED AT THE JOBSITE OR STORAGE FACILITY OR 25 DAYS AFTER THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN
TRANSMITTED TO YOU AND THEN AT EACH INTERVAL TIME AS LISTED ON THE TABLE.

PANELS, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS & DUCTWORK CAN BE STORED OUTDOORS WITH A WATERPROOF COVERING TARP OVER
AND A POLY TARP SHEET BETWEEN THE GROUND AND THE COMPONENTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM GROUND MOISTURE.
ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS MUST BE STORED INDOORS AND PROTECTED FROM MOISTURE AND DUST.

Frequency Performed Performed

ITEM TASK COMMENTS
DATE BY On
Structural columns Verify the quantity of columns in storage, are the amount 60 DAYS
& beams shipped and received. To prevent damage by weathering,
it is necessary to double tarp the columns during storage.
Make sure no weathering has occurred.
Panels Verify the quantity of Panels in storage, are the amount 60 DAYS
shipped and received. If the panels are constructed with
insulation and perforated material, the panel must be
stored with the inside down. Panels should be cribbed in
the same manner as they are loaded on trucks and must
have a sheet of Poly-Plastic placed under them (between
the ground and the actual parts) to act as a moisture
barrier. To prevent damage by rain or snow, it is
necessary that the panels and component crates be double
tarped.
Electrical ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE 60 DAYS
Components STORED INDOORS AND PROTECTED FROM
MOISTURE & DUST.
Gasket materials Gasket material must be stored in clean dry area and 60 DAYS
checked on a regular basis to verify adhesive.
Actuators linkage Mark the location of the linkage rod connection with 60 days
for louvers permanent marker and then loosen linkage rod from
actuator.
Actuators Remove actuators from holding bracket and linkage and 60 days
store inside OR provide 15 PSI air pressure to actuators to
ensure rubber diaprahm inside actuator does not dry rot.
Louvers and Check all moving parts and linkage by moving slightly by 60 days
Dampers hand in the back and forth direction

CFI STORAGE CHECKLIST, CT ENCLOSURE,8-7-03

Fans Turn motor, drive, and propeller by hand checking for 60 days
misalignment. Check all fasteners, tighten if necessary.
Check clearance and linkage operation; make sure these
control devices are returned to the original positions.
Fan Bearings/ Keep bearings full of grease and periodically rotated to 60 DAYS
Belts/Propeller make certain that all internal parts are coated with grease.
Even a full bearing will eventually fill with moisture
therefore bearings should be purged with new grease.
(Apply per manufacturer’s specification for storage of
equipment regarding fan bearings; make sure to follow
manufacturer’s instructions completely.)
Fan Motors Motors should be stored under cover in a clean, dry, 60 DAYS
vibration-free location. (Follow Manufacturer’s
instructions for Motor storage and follow them
completely.)
A baseline megger reading should be taken upon receipt
of equipment and listed on this table.
Regular megger readings are recommended to determine
if moisture is collecting.
Installation of motor heaters is required if moisture
becomes present. Motor heaters are available from CFI.
Paint/ Coating Check painted and coated surfaces for any scratches or 60 DAYS
flaking of the protective coating. If the protected coating
becomes scratched flaked or white rust can occur from
moisture build up, remove by lightly sanding and touch-
up.
Heaters Electric Air heaters are for dry indoor use only. Do not 60 DAYS
immerse in water or allow to get wet during storage. Do
not store or use in areas exposed to rain or snow.

Verification of compliance must be submitted to SWPC every 60 days.

Date submitted: ____________________________Date Received:__________________________

 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Turbine Enclosure

Sequence Number: 30050 CNS Number: 6295

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

same as loading/unloading equipment, megger device

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Perform megger test on electric motors. Ensure that electric motors are properly dried prior to megger test

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-30050.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 30065

CNS # : 6295

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : FUEL OIL/WATER INJECTION WALL

STORAGE CODE : A, C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 60 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Storage
ITEM TASK
Code
Structural columns & Verify the quantity of columns in storage, are the amount shipped A
beams and received. To prevent damage by weathering, it is necessary to
double tarp the columns during storage. Make sure no weathering
has occurred. A minimum of 12” cribbing spaced at 8’ is required.
Panels Verify the quantity of Panels in storage, are the amount shipped A
and received. If the panels are constructed with insulation and
perforated material, the panel must be stored with the inside
down. Panels should be cribbed in the same manner as they are
loaded on trucks and must have a sheet of Poly-Plastic placed
under them (between the ground and the actual parts) to act as a
moisture barrier. To prevent damage by rain or snow, it is
necessary that the panels and component crates be double
tarped.
Gasket materials Gasket material must be stored in clean dry area and checked on C
a regular basis to verify adhesive.
Louvers and Check all moving parts and linkage by moving slightly by hand in C
Dampers the back and forth direction
Paint/ Coating Check painted and coated surfaces for any scratches or flaking of A,C
the protective coating. If the protected coating becomes scratched
flaked or white rust can occur from moisture build up, remove by
lightly sanding and touch-up.

Note: Galvanized material should not be tarped. Any loose parts must be stored indoors.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Verification of compliance must be submitted to SWPC every 60 days. Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 STORAGE VERIFICATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Fuel Oil Water Injection Wall

PANELS, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS & DUCTWORK CAN BE STORED OUTDOORS WITH A WATERPROOF COVERING TARP OVER

AND A POLY TARP SHEET BETWEEN THE GROUND AND THE COMPONENTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM GROUND MOISTURE.

Frequency Performed Performed

ITEM TASK COMMENTS
DATE BY On
Structural columns Verify the quantity of columns in storage, are the amount 60 DAYS
& beams shipped and received. To prevent damage by weathering,
it is necessary to double tarp the columns during storage.
Make sure no weathering has occurred.
Panels Verify the quantity of Panels in storage, are the amount 60 DAYS
shipped and received. If the panels are constructed with
insulation and perforated material, the panel must be
stored with the inside down. Panels should be cribbed in
the same manner as they are loaded on trucks and must
have a sheet of Poly-Plastic placed under them (between
the ground and the actual parts) to act as a moisture
barrier. To prevent damage by rain or snow, it is
necessary that the panels and component crates be double
tarped.
Gasket materials Gasket material must be stored in clean dry area and 60 DAYS
checked on a regular basis to verify adhesive.
Louvers and Check all moving parts and linkage by moving slightly by 60 days
Dampers hand in the back and forth direction
Paint/ Coating Check painted and coated surfaces for any scratches or 60 DAYS
flaking of the protective coating. If the protected coating
becomes scratched flaked or white rust can occur from
moisture build up, remove by lightly sanding and touch-
up.

Verification of compliance must be submitted to SWPC every 60 days.

Date submitted : ___________________________ Date received:____________________________

 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: FOWI (Fuel Oil Water Injection) Wall

Sequence Number: 30065 CNS Number: 6295

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

same as loading/unloading equipment

Special Considerations/Recommendations

same as loading/unloading equipment

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-30065.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 30200

CNS # : 6295

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STAIRS AND PLATFORM ASSEMBLIES

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 60 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

A POLY TARP SHEET BETWEEN THE GROUND AND THE COMPONENTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE
FROM GROUND MOISTURE.
Storage
ITEM TASK
Code
Structural columns & Verify the quantity of columns, beams, grating & handrails in A
beams storage, are the amount shipped and received. To prevent
Grating, handrails damage by weathering, it is necessary to double tarp during
storage. Make sure no weathering has occurred. A minimum of
12” cribbing spaced at 8’ is required.
Gasket & Bolting Gasket & bolting material must be stored in clean dry area and C
materials checked on a regular basis to verify adhesive & finish.
Paint/ Coating Check painted and coated surfaces for any scratches or flaking of A
the protective coating. If the protected coating becomes scratched
flaked or white rust can occur from moisture build up, remove by
lightly sanding and touch-up.

Note: Galvanized material should not be tarped. Any loose parts must be stored indoors.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Verification of compliance must be submitted to SWPC every 60 days. Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 STORAGE VERIFICATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

PLATFORM & STRUCTURE ASSEMBLIES

STRUCTURAL COLUMNS GRATING & HANDRAILS CAN BE STORED OUTDOORS WITH A WATERPROOF COVERING TARP OVER
AND A POLY TARP SHEET BETWEEN THE GROUND AND THE COMPONENTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM GROUND MOISTURE.

Frequency Preformed by: Date

Item Task
Date Performed
Structural columns Verify the quantity of columns, beams, grating & 60 DAYS
& beams handrails in storage, are the amount shipped and received.
Grating, handrails To prevent damage by weathering, it is necessary to
double tarp the during storage. Make sure no weathering
has occurred.
Gasket & Bolting Gasket& bolting material must be stored in clean dry area 60 DAYS
materials and checked on a regular basis to verify adhesive & finish.
Paint/ Coating Check painted and coated surfaces for any scratches or 60 DAYS
flaking of the protective coating. If the protected coating
becomes scratched flaked or white rust can occur from
moisture build up, remove by lightly sanding and touch-
up.

Verification of compliance must be submitted to SWPC every 60 days.

Comment area:

Date submitted :____________________________Date received :__________________________________

 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Econopac Stairs and Platforms Assembly

Sequence Number: 30200 CNS Number: 6295

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

same as loading/unloading equipment

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-30200.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 52110

CNS # : 3532

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LUBE OIL COOLER/VAPOR EXTRACTOR SUPPORT STRUCTURE

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 60 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

A POLY TARP SHEET BETWEEN THE GROUND AND THE COMPONENTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE
FROM GROUND MOISTURE.

Storage
ITEM TASK
Code
Structural columns & Verify the quantity of columns, beams, grating & handrails in A
beams storage, are the amount shipped and received. To prevent
Grating, handrails damage by weathering, it is necessary to double tarp the during
storage. Make sure no weathering has occurred. A minimum of
12” cribbing spaced at 8’ is required.
Gasket & Bolting Gasket & bolting material must be stored in clean dry area and C
materials checked on a regular basis to verify adhesive & finish.
Paint/ Coating Check painted and coated surfaces for any scratches or flaking of A
the protective coating. If the protected coating becomes scratched
flaked or white rust can occur from moisture build up, remove by
lightly sanding and touch-up.

Note: Galvanized material should not be tarped. Any loose parts must be stored indoors.

Verification of compliance must be submitted to SWPC every 60 days.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 STORAGE VERIFICATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST
LUBE OIL COOLER/VAPOR EXTRACTOR SUPPORT STRUCTURE

A POLY TARP SHEET BETWEEN THE GROUND AND THE COMPONENTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE
FROM GROUND MOISTURE.

Storage Performed Comments Date

ITEM TASK
Code By Performed
Structural columns & Verify the quantity of columns, beams, grating & handrails in A
beams storage, are the amount shipped and received. To prevent
Grating, handrails damage by weathering, it is necessary to double tarp the during
storage. Make sure no weathering has occurred. A minimum of
12” cribbing spaced at 8’ is required.
Gasket & Bolting Gasket & bolting material must be stored in clean dry area and C
materials checked on a regular basis to verify adhesive & finish.
Paint/ Coating Check painted and coated surfaces for any scratches or flaking of A
the protective coating. If the protected coating becomes scratched
flaked or white rust can occur from moisture build up, remove by
lightly sanding and touch-up.

Note: Any loose parts must be stored indoors.

Verification of compliance must be submitted to SWPC every 60 days.

Date Submitted: _____________________________ Date Received: _____________________________________________

 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Lube Oil Cooler/Vapor Extractor Support Structure

Sequence Number: 52110 CNS Number: 3532

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Same as loading/unloading equipment

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Visually inspect for damage. Install clean, dry air of nitrogen source, check for leaks.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-52110.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 80120

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : ROTOR COOLING AIR COOLER SUPPORT STRUCTURE

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 60 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

PLACE A POLY TARP SHEET BETWEEN THE GROUND AND THE COMPONENTS TO PREVENT
DAMAGE FROM GROUND MOISTURE.

Storage
ITEM TASK
Code
Structural columns & Verify the quantity of columns, beams, grating & handrails in A
beams storage, are the amount shipped and received. To prevent
Grating, handrails damage by weathering, it is necessary to double tarp the during
storage. Make sure no weathering has occurred. A minimum of
12” cribbing spaced at 8’ is required.
Gasket & Bolting Gasket & bolting material must be stored in clean dry area and C
materials checked on a regular basis to verify adhesive & finish.
Paint/ Coating Check painted and coated surfaces for any scratches or flaking of A
the protective coating. If the protected coating becomes scratched
flaked or white rust can occur from moisture build up, remove by
lightly sanding and touch-up.

Notes:
1. Material must be properly stored with sufficient blocking between each piece to allow ample free air
flowing between each galvanized piece. Galvanized materials should not be tarped.
2. Any loose parts must be stored indoors.

Verification of compliance must be submitted to SWPC every 60 days.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 STORAGE VERIFICATION INSPECTION TABLE
ROTOR COOLING AIR COOLER SUPPORT STRUCTURE

PLACE A POLY TARP SHEET BETWEEN THE GROUND AND THE COMPONENTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM GROUND MOISTURE.

Storage Performed Comments Date

ITEM TASK
Code By Performed
Structural columns & Verify the quantity of columns, beams, grating & handrails in A
beams storage, are the amount shipped and received. To prevent
Grating, handrails damage by weathering, it is necessary to double tarp the during
storage. Make sure no weathering has occurred. A minimum of
12” cribbing spaced at 8’ is required.
Gasket & Bolting Gasket & bolting material must be stored in clean dry area and C
materials checked on a regular basis to verify adhesive & finish.
Paint/ Coating Check painted and coated surfaces for any scratches or flaking of A
the protective coating. If the protected coating becomes scratched
flaked or white rust can occur from moisture build up, remove by
lightly sanding and touch-up.

Notes:
1. Galvanized material should not be covered with a tarp. Store with sufficient blocking between each piece to allow ample free air flowing
between each galvanized piece.
2. Any loose parts must be stored indoors.

Verification of compliance must be submitted to SWPC every 60 days.

Date Submitted: ________________________________________ Date Received: ____________________________________________

 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Rotor Cooling Air Cooler Support Structure

Sequence Number: 80120 CNS Number: 6295

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorzed Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools, possibly loading/unloading equipment

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-80120.xls 1/23/2004
Electrical
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 31029

CNS # : 7150

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER SURGE PROTECTION CUBICLE

STORAGE CODE : C, 1

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Cubicle is shipped as a complete unit. Maintain suppliers shipping packaging. Provide adequate cribbing
to protect from the environment. Do not allow moisture to penetrate.

Provide 120v, 1 phase AC temporary power supply for energizing compartment space heaters. Maintain
the cubicle temperature above the dew point with the cubicle thermostat.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Generator V/T Surge Cubicle

Sequence Number: 31029 CNS Number: 7150

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Inspect bare copper components for corrosion, Ensure proper movement of PT drawers, megger insulation
resistance to ground of active electrical parts. Measure capacitance of surge capacitors. Test voltage
withstand capacity of Surge Arrestor.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-31029.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 31030

CNS # : 7150

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : GENERATOR LINESIDE CUBICLE / BUS

STORAGE CODE : C, 1

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Cubicle is shipped as a complete unit. Maintain suppliers shipping packaging. Provide adequate cribbing
to protect from the environment. Do not allow moisture to penetrate.

Provide 120v, 1 phase AC temporary power supply for energizing compartment space heaters. Maintain
the cubicle temperature above the dew point with the cubicle thermostat.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Generator Lineside Cubicle/ G-LSC Bus

Sequence Number: 31030 CNS Number: 7150

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Inspect bare copper components for corrosion, Ensure proper movement of PT drawers, megger insulation
resistance to ground of active electrical parts. Measure capacitance of surge capacitors. Test voltage
withstand capacity of Surge Arrestor.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-31030.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 31050

CNS # : 7150

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : GENERATOR NEUTRAL GROUNDING CABINET (BAB11)

STORAGE CODE : C, 1

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Cubicle is shipped as a complete unit. Maintain suppliers shipping packaging. Provide adequate cribbing
to protect from the environment. Do not allow moisture to penetrate.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Replace desiccant every 180 days. Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Generator Neutral Grounding Cubicle

Sequence Number: 31050 CNS Number: 7150

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Re-installation of two (2) ADTECH Modules. Megger neutral grounding transformer insulation to ground and
between windings after assuring dryness and cleanliness of cubicle

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-31050.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 31400

CNS # : 7150

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : GENERATOR NEUTRAL GROUNDING CUBICLE

STORAGE CODE : C, 1

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Cubicle is shipped as a complete unit. Maintain suppliers shipping packaging. Provide adequate cribbing
to protect from the environment. Do not allow moisture to penetrate.

Provide 120v, 1 phase AC temporary power supply for energizing compartment space heaters. Maintain
the cubicle temperature above the dew point with the cubicle thermostat.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Generator Neutral Grounding Cubicle

Sequence Number: 31400 CNS Number: 7150

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Megger neutral grounding insulation to ground and between windings after assuring dryness and cleanliness
of the cubicle.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-31400.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 31450

CNS # : 7340

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : GENERATOR CURRENT TRANSFORMER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/ 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG,

NITROGEN PRESSURE LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Storage indoors is recommended, in a dry clean location. Ventilating openings should be covered to
keep out dust. If stored outdoors, equipment must be protected to prevent moisture and foreign material
from entering. Maintain original shipping packaging. Record temperature and humidity readings every 7
days.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Generator Current Transformer

Sequence Number: 31450 CNS Number: 7150

Equipment Category: transformer Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Check intergrity of the components for physical damage or deterioration. Assure dryness.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-31450.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 32140

CNS # : 7340

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : GENERATOR DC BUS, EXCITER TO COLLECTOR

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 60 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

All Items except Galvanized Steel (indoor storage):

Store in a traffic free, clean, dry location. Bus duct should be stored indoors and remain stationary until
ready for installation and should not be continually moved from place to place. DO NOT uncrate bus duct
until it is ready to be installed. Any silver plated connections found to be exposed must be coated with
protective grease.

If stored longer than 12 months, the following activities are required every 12 months:
· Uncover silver plated connections (if required).
· Remove existing grease and clean the silvered surfaces with a clean cloth (solvent may be needed).
· Reapply new grease.
· Recover connections.
· Restore original shipping packaging.
· Ensure that the enclosure end is completely sealed and taped.
· Punch holes at the lowest point of the plastic wrap to allow condensation to drain.
· Activities must be documented, and available for review.

Galvanized steel (outdoor or indoor storage):

· Protect the equipment from rain and water spray.
· Never place the steel directly on the ground, provide at least 12” cribbing.
· Store material such that rainwater cannot pool.
· Steel should be stacked to allow for adequate air circulation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Generator DC Bus, Exciter To Collector

Sequence Number: 32140 CNS Number: 7340

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

crane or forklift

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Inspect general integrity of the structure against physical damage. Megger insulation resistance from copper
to ground after assuring dryness and cleanliness of the cubicle.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-32140.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 32145

CNS # : 7340

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE GENERATOR STATIC EXCITER & STATIC

FREQUENCY CONVERTER

STORAGE CODE : A, C, 3

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/14/30/90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY, WEEKLY

ELECTRICAL CHECK LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Outdoor type: The equipment enclosure is furnished with two (2) redundant HVAC units. It is necessary
to have these HVAC units commissioned. All electrical work for commissioning of the electrical equipment
shall be performed by certified electrician familiar with the National Electrical Code. The enclosure unit
shall be grounded. Read the instruction manuals for the HVAC units. Prepare the HVAC units for
commissioning. Connect temporary 480 V AC, 3 phase electrical power to the main distribution panel
located within the enclosure. Energize the two HVAC circuits and the lighting circuit. Set the enclosure
thermostat above dew point. Alternate HVAC units every month. All other feeders circuits shall remain in
OFF position.

Indoor type: The excitation equipment cubicles shall be stored indoors. The cubicle space heaters shall
be provided with 120 V AC and the excitation equipment thermostat shall be set above dew point.
Maintain storage environment’s relative humidity below 40%, or maintain the component temperature at a
minimum of 5 degrees C above the ambient air temperature. Power (120 VAC) should be connected to
each house, so that the space heaters can be energized. Allow adequate air circulation through the
excitation control cubicle, in the bottom and out of the top. Avoid placing strain on the equipment, such
as stacking cartons, during storage. Ensure that the equipment is storage on a level surface.

Duct work and hardware: These should remain in original shipping containers and stored indoors.

Touch-up paint and other hazardous materials received with the shipment should be stored per
specification.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Temperature and humidity readings must be recorded weekly. Inspect every 14 days for evidence of
rodent or insect damage. Perform walk-down inspection every 30 days. Visually inspect every 90 days
for signs of moisture or corrosion. Periodically test the heater circuits for proper operation. Maintain
original shipping packaging. At the time equipment is energized (during storage), acceptance testing
consisting of ratio, megger, and hipot are requested. Test certificates need to be sent to SWPC for
approval.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
Connection Instructions

Date: 5/31/02
Sequence #: 32145
Equipment: Excitation Cubicle

Description

Excitation cubicle is fully enclosed and climate controlled. It is equipped with dual
HVAC systems and space heaters.

Electrical

Cubicle requires 480 VAC temporary power, which is run to the ACTBX terminal block,
which is located in the 120/240v distribution panel cabinet. Lift the leads on terminals
1,2 & 3, and replace with the three temporary input power lines. Run ground to cubicle
grounding bus, and out to grounding bar as required. Temporary power is brought into
the cubicle by creating an access hole through the temporary bus duct shipping cover.
Seal opening as necessary. Set thermostat on primary AC to 74 deg. F, and secondary to
78 deg. F. Switch thermostats monthly to alternate between primary and secondary to
ensure that both units obtain run time. Space heater thermostat in Regulator Cabinet
should be set to 70 deg., and is used in conjunction with the cubicle HVAC system to
maintain a moisture free internal environment. Disengage any fuses for equipment not
being energized.

Mechanical

Not Applicable.

Miscellaneous

Cubicle must be grounded during storage. Change A/C filters monthly or as required
depending on environmental conditions. Remove HVAC shipping packaging prior to
operation. Lock all outside compartment doors to prevent unauthorized entry.

DOCUMENT1
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Generator Static Excitation System

Sequence Number: 32145 CNS Number: 7340

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

lifting equipment

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Special attention should be paid to HVAC, space heaters, batteries, filters to ensure acceptable condition and
proper operation. Replace as required.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-32145.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 32155

CNS # : 7340

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STATIC EXCITATION SYSTEM TRANSFORMER

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/ 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG,

NITROGEN PRESSURE LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Dry Type, VPI Sealed, Cast Coil

Storage indoors is recommended, in a dry clean location. Ventilating openings should be covered to
keep out dust. If stored outdoors, equipment must be protected to prevent moisture and foreign material
from entering. Condensation and the absorption of moisture can be prevented or greatly reduced by the
immediate installation of space heaters or small electric heaters. For transformer ratings 750 KVA three
phase and below, use 6-150 watt lamps, above 750 KVA three phase, use 6 – 300 watt lamps or
equivalent. Two lamps should be located under each coil, one on each side of the core. Lamps or
heaters should be kept 4-6 inches from transformer coils and should never be allowed to come in contact
with transformer coil insulation.

Indoor Ventilated Dry Type

Storage indoors is recommended, in a dry clean location. If stored outdoors, adequate protection from
the environment must be provided. Protection should include an initial wrap of first quality canvas with a
final outside covering of plastic tarpaulin. It would also be desirable to include desiccant such as a silicon
gel dryout system to reduce the moisture content inside the assembly.

Liquid Filled
Oil filled transformers may be stored outdoors. Sufficient nitrogen gas pressure must be maintained to
allow a positive pressure of 1-2 PSI in the transformer at all times through high and low ambient
temperature. Pressure readings should be taken every 7 days. Transformers are shipped with nitrogen
in the gas space. The nitrogen should be purged by pumping dry air into the gas space for a period of ½
hour before entering the tank.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Temperature and humidity readings must be recorded every 7 days. Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Static Excitation System Transformer

Sequence Number: 32155 CNS Number: 7450

Equipment Category: transformer Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Special attention should be paid to encloure filters to ensure acceptable condition. Megger all winding
insulation after assuring dryness. Inspect condition of bare copper components for corrosion or deterioration.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-32155.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 32205

CNS # : 7340

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/ 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG,

NITROGEN PRESSURE LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Dry Type, VPI Sealed, Cast Coil

Storage indoors is recommended, in a dry clean location. Ventilating openings should be covered to
keep out dust. If stored outdoors, equipment must be protected to prevent moisture and foreign material
from entering. Condensation and the absorption of moisture can be prevented or greatly reduced by the
immediate installation of space heaters or small electric heaters. For transformer ratings 750 KVA three
phase and below, use 6-150 watt lamps, above 750 KVA three phase, use 6 – 300 watt lamps or
equivalent. Two lamps should be located under each coil, one on each side of the core. Lamps or
heaters should be kept 4-6 inches from transformer coils and should never be allowed to come in contact
with transformer coil insulation.

Indoor Ventilated Dry Type

Storage indoors is recommended, in a dry clean location. If stored outdoors, adequate protection from
the environment must be provided. Protection should include an initial wrap of first quality canvas with a
final outside covering of plastic tarpaulin. It would also be desirable to include desiccant such as a silicon
gel dryout system to reduce the moisture content inside the assembly.

Liquid Filled
Oil filled transformers may be stored outdoors. Sufficient nitrogen gas pressure must be maintained to
allow a positive pressure of 1-2 PSI in the transformer at all times through high and low ambient
temperature. Pressure readings should be taken every 7 days. Transformers are shipped with nitrogen
in the gas space. The nitrogen should be purged by pumping dry air into the gas space for a period of ½
hour before entering the tank.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Temperature and humidity readings must be recorded every 7 days. Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Low Voltage Transformer

Sequence Number: 32205 CNS Number: 7450

Equipment Category: transformer Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Inspect general integrity of transformer package against physical damage. Megger insulation from copper to
ground.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-32205.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 31300

CNS # : 7150

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : GENERATOR LINE & NEUTRAL TIE ENCLOSURE

STORAGE CODE : C, 1

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Cubicle is shipped as a complete unit. Maintain suppliers shipping packaging. Provide adequate cribbing
to protect from the environment. Do not allow moisture to penetrate.

Provide 120v, 1 phase AC temporary power supply for energizing compartment space heaters. Maintain
the cubicle temperature above the dew point with the cubicle thermostat.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Generator Line & Neutral Tie Enclosure

Sequence Number: 31300 CNS Number: 7150

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Inspect condition of bared copper componets and other electrical parts for corrosion or deterioration. Megger
ground insulation from copper to ground after assuring dryness and cleanliness of the cubicle.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-31300.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 32210

CNS # : 7340

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STATIC FREQUENCY TRANSFORMER

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/ 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG,

NITROGEN PRESSURE LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Dry Type, VPI Sealed, Cast Coil

Storage indoors is recommended, in a dry clean location. Ventilating openings should be covered to
keep out dust. If stored outdoors, equipment must be protected to prevent moisture and foreign material
from entering. Condensation and the absorption of moisture can be prevented or greatly reduced by the
immediate installation of space heaters or small electric heaters. For transformer ratings 750 KVA three
phase and below, use 6-150 watt lamps, above 750 KVA three phase, use 6 – 300 watt lamps or
equivalent. Two lamps should be located under each coil, one on each side of the core. Lamps or
heaters should be kept 4-6 inches from transformer coils and should never be allowed to come in contact
with transformer coil insulation.

Indoor Ventilated Dry Type

Storage indoors is recommended, in a dry clean location. If stored outdoors, adequate protection from
the environment must be provided. Protection should include an initial wrap of first quality canvas with a
final outside covering of plastic tarpaulin. It would also be desirable to include desiccant such as a silicon
gel dryout system to reduce the moisture content inside the assembly.

Liquid Filled
Oil filled transformers may be stored outdoors. Sufficient nitrogen gas pressure must be maintained to
allow a positive pressure of 1-2 PSI in the transformer at all times through high and low ambient
temperature. Pressure readings should be taken every 7 days. Transformers are shipped with nitrogen
in the gas space. The nitrogen should be purged by pumping dry air into the gas space for a period of ½
hour before entering the tank.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Temperature and humidity readings must be recorded every 7 days. Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Static Frequency Transformer

Sequence Number: 32210 CNS Number: 7450

Equipment Category: transformer Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Special attention should be paid to enclosure filters to ensure acceptable condition. Megger all winding
insulation after assuring dryness. Inspect condition of bare copper components for corrosion or deterioration.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-32210.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 32220

CNS # : 7340

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : SFC DISCONNECT SWITCH CABINET (BAB36)

STORAGE CODE : C, 1

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/ 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Cubicle is shipped as a complete unit. Maintain original shipping packaging. Provide adequate cribbing
to protect from the environment. Do not allow moisture to penetrate.

501 Series Engines: Provide 120v, 1 phase AC temporary power supply for energizing compartment
space heaters. Maintain the cubicle temperature above the dew point with the cubicle thermostat.

V Series Engines: Provide 240v, 1 phase AC temporary power supply for energizing compartment space
heaters. Maintain the cubicle temperature above the dew point with the cubicle thermostat.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: SFC Switch Disconnect Cabinet (BAB36)

Sequence Number: 32220 CNS Number: 7150

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Inspect for general integrity of the enclosure or package. Inspect internal electrical components against
corrosion and damage.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-32220.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 40000

CNS # : 7790

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : ELECTRICAL PACKAGE

STORAGE CODE : A, 1

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Package consists of the following:

The Electrical Package is fully enclosed cubicle with its own HVAC system and the following additional equipment:
AC and DC Motor Control Centers (MCCs)
CT Generator Protective Relay (GPR) Panel
DCS System and various Electronic Equipment
Battery and Battery Charger

Please read the Instruction Manual and familiarize with the Electrical Package. All electrical work within
the electrical package shall be performed by certified electrician familiar with the National Electrical Code
and shall be in accordance with the NEC.

Read the instruction manual for the two HVAC units and prepare the same for operation. Disconnect and
tape the power feed coming from the MCC feeders at the respective HVAC units. Connect 480 V 3 phase
temporary electrical power to the HVAC units at the incoming terminal within the HVAC unit. Start one unit
at a time and alternate the units every month.

Locate the 120V/240V ACPower Dist. Panel within the AC MCC and locate the lighting circuit feeding the
electrical package. Disconnect lighting circuit from the breaker on the panel. Connect 120 V AC
temporary power to this lighting circuit feeder cable and ensure that all lights and exits signs are lit.

Care must be taken not to backfeed any power into the MCC.
Electrical Package internal temperature must be maintained between 72 deg. F to 80 deg F (22.2 deg. C
to 26.7deg.C). Electrical Package must be grounded during storage. Temperature and humidity readings
must be recorded weekly.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to walk-down inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
Connection Instructions

Date: 5/31/02
Sequence #: 40000
Equipment: Electrical Package

Description

This is a fully enclosed cubicle, with HVAC, consisting of the following equipment:

Motor Control Center AC&DC, Combustion Turbine Generator Protective Relay Panel,
Input/Output Panel, Battery Rack, Battery Charger, TXP Cabinet, UV Detector,
Vibration Rack, Overspeed Pickups, Voltage Regulator, Combustion Turbine Local
Panel.

Electrical

This cubicle has a bottom feed entry power system. Remove exterior electrical access
panel and replace with suitable temporary substitute. Run power supply source through
temporary panel and seal appropriately. Temporary power is supplied to the cubicle
through the 480V input panel, and wired so that A & B buses are jumpered together. IQ
DP400 monitoring system for each bus will be activated when power is supplied. Switch
HVAC breakers to the “on” position. Set thermostat on primary AC to 74 deg. F, and
secondary to 78 deg. F. Switch thermostats monthly to alternate between primary and
secondary to ensure that both units obtain run time. Switch breaker for 120VAC
accessories to the “on” position. This will activate interior lighting.

Mechanical

Not Applicable.

Miscellaneous

Cubicle must be grounded during storage. Internal emergency lighting units over the
exits are shipped with connections to their batteries lifted. These must be reconnected to
enable the batteries to charge. Change A/C filters monthly or as required depending on
environmental conditions. Remove HVAC shipping packaging prior to operation.

DOCUMENT1
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Electrical Package Assembly (PCC#1)

Sequence Number: 40000 CNS Number: 7790

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SE&A

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

HVAC Filters

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, testing and inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

HVAC systems must be evaluated and serviced, filters replaced as required. Contract may provide for TFA
support. Inspect prior to installation.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-40000.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 40001

CNS # : 7790

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : POWER CONTROL CENTER (V MACHINES) UBA01

STORAGE CODE : A, 1

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Package consists of the following:

The Power Control Centers are fully enclosed cubicles with self contained HVAC system and the following
additional equipment:

Static Frequency Convertor/Static Excitation System

Please read the Instruction Manual and familiarize with the Power Control Center. All electrical work within the
electrical package shall be performed by certified electrician familiar with the National Electrical Code.
Read the instruction manual for the redundant HVAC units. Locate the 120V/240V Power Dist. Panel within the
Power Control Center which feeds interior lighting. Provide
120 V AC temporary power to this distribution panel with all circuit breakers de-energized. With power source
connected energize the lighting circuit only.
Locate the 480 V Junction Box which feeds the redundant HVAC units. Disconnect the incoming power source.
Connect a 480 V temporary power source to the Junction Box. Prepare the HVAC units for commissioning. Start
one unit at a time and alternate the units every month.
Care must be taken to ensure that the temporary power does not back feed any other motor starter/electrical load
within the Power Control Center.

Cubicle internal temperature must be maintained between 72 deg. F to 80 deg F (22.2 deg. C to
26.7deg.C). Unit must be grounded during storage. Temperature and humidity readings must be recorded
weekly.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to walk-down inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: PCC#2

Sequence Number: 40001 CNS Number: 7790

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SE&A

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

HVAC Filters

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, testing and inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

HVAC systems must be evaluated and serviced, filters replaced as required. Contract may provide for TFA
support. Inspect prior to installation.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-40001.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 44600

CNS # : 7310

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : BATTERY BANK

STORAGE CODE : C, 3

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Dry Charge or Moist Charge Batteries

Batteries may be shipped with a dry charge or moist charge and contain some acid. These batteries may
be stored up to five years without deterioration in cool, low humidity location with temperature less than
90 degrees F and humidity less than 50%. No additional preservation activities are required during
this period.

Wet Batteries
Maximum storage time for batteries shipped wet (with acid) from shipment to initial charge is six months
for batteries stored at ambient temperature 77 degrees or below. Storage in higher temperatures will
result in accelerated rates of self-discharge and possible deterioration of battery life. For storage
temperatures greater than 77 degrees F, the battery must be recharged one month sooner for every 5
degrees F increase above 77 degrees F. Maximum total storage time for batteries filled with electrolyte is
two (2) years from the date of shipment from the factory.
Freshening charges are required a minimum of every six months during the storage time period.
Freshening charge to be 2.27 v/cell (136.2 v/60 cell) applied approximately 48 hours.

VRLA Batteries
Store batteries in a clean, cool and dry area. A freshening charge must be applied to the batteries
periodically depending on the storage temperature. Charging frequency is to be determined by the table
below. Failure to observe this could result in permanent damage to batteries.

Storage Temperature Storage Time

32 deg. F to 50 deg. F 9 months

51 deg. F to 77 deg. F 6 months
78 deg. F to 92 deg. F 3 months

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Battery (Lead Selenium)

Sequence Number: 44600 CNS Number: 7310

Equipment Category: battery Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

testing device, Forklift

Special Considerations/Recommendations

If not properly stored, batteries will need to be discarded and repurchased

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-44600.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 44700

CNS # : 7310

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : BATTERY CHARGER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain original shipping packaging. Store in a clean dry location. Ambient storage temperature must be between
-25 degrees C (0degrees F) and 70 degrees C (135 degrees F) to prevent damage to electronic equipment.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Battery Charger

Sequence Number: 44700 CNS Number: 7320

Equipment Category: battery Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-44700.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 73300

CNS # : 7760

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL SPECIALTIES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location. Place on
shelf out of the way of traffic in warehouse.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Miscellaneous Electrical Specialties

Sequence Number: 73300 CNS Number: 7760

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-73300.xls 1/28/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 84985

CNS # : 7760

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL SPECIALTIES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location. Place on
shelf out of the way of traffic in warehouse.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Miscellaneous Electrical Specialties

Sequence Number: 84985 CNS Number: 7760

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-84985.xls 1/23/2004
I&C Controls
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 36200

CNS # : 8411

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : UV DETECTOR

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: UV Detector

Sequence Number: 36200 CNS Number: 8411

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-36200.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 36400

CNS # : 8411

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : VIBRATION EQUIPMENT - FIELD

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Vibration Equipment - Field (Also Sequence 84330)

Sequence Number: 36400 CNS Number: 8411

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Recertification may be required

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-36400.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 36500

CNS # : 8411

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : IGNITION KIT (P/N 4659A81G01)

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Store indoors in a clean dry location. If the storage environment is above 85 degrees F ambient
temperature or especially humid, it is recommended that desiccant be added to the packaging.
Equipment contains components with potential shelf life issues. The UV Tube is an active element with
potential degradation over time. The flame switch contains a relay and other electrical components
which are affected by temperature and humidity.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Ignition Exciter Assembly (Also Sequence 84300)

Sequence Number: 36500 CNS Number: 8411

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-36500.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 36550

CNS # : 8411

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : IGNITION RELAY ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture. Ensure that equipment will be
protected from any impact.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Ignition Relay Assembly

Sequence Number: 36550 CNS Number: 8411

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC, Supplier, or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-36550.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 36600

CNS # : 3671

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : IGNITION EXCITER INPUT POWER CABLE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Ignition Exciter Input Power Cable (Also Sequence 84325)

Sequence Number: 36600 CNS Number: 8411

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC, Supplier, or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-36600.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 36700

CNS # : 8411

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : OVERSPEED PICKUP ( ALSO SEQUENCE# 36055)

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Overspeed Pickups

Sequence Number: 36700 CNS Number: 8411

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-36700.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 36760

CNS # : 8411

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTOR DYNAMIC PRESSURE MONITOR EQUIPMENT -

FIELD

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Combustor Dynamic Pressure Monitor Equipment - Field

Sequence Number: 36760 CNS Number: 8411

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Recertification may be required

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-36760.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 36770

CNS # : 8411

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTOR DYNAMIC PRESSURE MONITOR WORKSTATION

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Combustor Dynamic Pressure Monitor Workstation

Sequence Number: 36770 CNS Number: 8411

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Recertification may be required

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-36770.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 65500

CNS # : 3583

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE INSTRUMENT RACK

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Combustion Turbine Instrument Rack

Sequence Number: 65500 CNS Number: 3583

Equipment Category: rack Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools with capability to test pressure gauges, transducers, and RTD's.

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Inspect to ensure that lines are free of debris, install clean dry air of nitrogen source,check for leaks and
correct operation.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-65500.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 73230

CNS # : 7760

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE CABLE RACK

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Combustion Turbine Cable Rack

Sequence Number: 73230 CNS Number: 7770

Equipment Category: rack Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-73230.xls 1/28/2004
CT Compressor Systems
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 65000

CNS # : 3674

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMPRESSOR WASH PACKAGE ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 60 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Skids and components shall be shrink-wrapped. Carbon steel reservoirs, and the interior of carbon steel
piping shall be coated with vapor inhibiting oil (SHELL VSI oil or equal). All nozzle openings shall be
closed with metal covers and gaskets to provide an air tight seal. All unpainted machined carbon steel
surfaces (i.e. machined motor pads) shall be coated with a Cosmoline preservative oil. Desiccant bags
shall be installed within all electrical enclosures, tanks etc.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist. For storage beyond 12 months, remove belts and rotate pump shafts and
fan motors a minimum of 10-15 rotations every 60 days.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Compressor Wash Package Assembly

Sequence Number: 65000 CNS Number: 3674

Equipment Category: mechanical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

O-rings, seals and gaskets

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools, testing device(s)

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Flow Indicator Switch: replace o-rings. Valves: check for opertion and replace o-rings. Pipe Gaskets: replace
all. Deck: touch-up paint as necessary. Pressure test. Motor: meggar test, re-grease bearings, inspect for
corrosion

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-65000.xls 1/23/2004
CT Cooling Systems
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 80200

CNS # : 3541

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : GENERATOR GLYCOL COOLER (FIN-FAN)

STORAGE CODE : A, C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30/60/180 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

All equipment can be stored outdoors with adequate cribbing to protect equipment. All equipment should
be covered with a tarp, allowing for protection of the equipment while maintaining adequate air circulation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Tube bundles may be shipped with a nitrogen blanket, pressure must be maintained at ~5 psi. All gages
must be checked and recorded daily to ensure that proper pressure is maintained. Replace nitrogen as
required. Electric motors should be covered to minimize the effects of dirt and dust in such a way as to
maintain adequate air circulation. Space heaters must be energized ( 120V/1ph/6hz), and checked
monthly to verify proper operation. Motors, pumps and fans should be rotated a minimum of ten (10)
rotations every two months. All structural steel and exposed must be inspected monthly (refer to the
equipment inspection checklist). Bearings must be repacked every 6 months.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Generator Glycol Cooler

Sequence Number: 80200 CNS Number: 3681

Equipment Category: cooler Storage Sensitivity Rating: Medium

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorzed Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-80200.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 81055

CNS # : 3551

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : INLET FOGGING SYSTEM

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

The fogging systems are crated in sealed wooden boxes that can keep the equipment protected for
extended periods of time. No special treatment is required for storage of up to one year or beyond. Units
are to be stored in a dry location out of the weather.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Inlet Fogging System

Sequence Number: 81055 CNS Number: 3551

Equipment Category: inlet Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

forklift, ladder, hand tools, electricity

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Special attention should be paid to the skid equipment containing pumps, valves, etc. to ensure proper
condition and operation

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-81055.xls 1/23/2004
CT Exhaust Systems
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 82172

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST STACK AND DIVERTER

STORAGE CODE : A, C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30/180 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Insulated sections of exhaust stack and diverter, silencer baffles, electrical components, fibre insulation
rolls, seals air fans, expansion joints, are strongly recommend to be stored indoors and must be
maintained in a clean dry location with original shipping packaging maintained. If indoors storage is not
available, these components could be stored outdoors, provided that equipment is blocked a minimum of
4” off the ground and covered with a tarp. The tarp must be applied in such a way as to protected the
equipment from the environment, avoid the collection of water, and provide for air circulation between the
equipment and the tarp. Structural steel, platforms and ladders, can be stored outdoors provided that the
equipment is blocked a minimum of 4” off the ground, covering with a tarp is recommended but not
required. Equipment with painted surfaces should be covered to reduce the effects of UV exposure. If a
tarp is used to cover the equipment, the tarp must be applied in such a way as to protected the equipment
from the environment, avoid the collection of water, and provide for air circulation between the equipment
and the tarp. Hydraulic power units must be stored indoors in a clean dry location, with original shipping
packaging maintained. Stainless steel surfaces should be protected at all times with tarps of covers.

Baffles: Ensure that equipment is adequately supported with appropriate cribbing. Do not stack higher
that 10 high, to a maximum height of 6 feet. Ensure that the baffles are kept dry and protected from the
environment. Completely cover with tarps.

Store any components that may be susceptible to deterioration indoors. Supplier requires a brief
written report, every 6 months, providing equipment inspection results and status of equipment
condition.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Stack and Diverter

Sequence Number: 82172 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-82172.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 82060

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST TRANSITION AND EXPANSION JOINT

STORAGE CODE : A, C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Outdoor storage: Ductwork must be blocked up off the ground to avoid standing water and must be
positioned in such a manner so as to avoid water accumulation on the duct work. Stack so that external
surfaces are facing up. Cover with a tarp to adequately protect the equipment from the environment while
allowing for adequate air circulation between the tarp and equipment.

Indoor storage: wooden crates are to be blocked up on adequate cribbing, ensure that expansion joints
should be stored in a dry location, in such a way that the fabric belt does not come in contact with any
type of liquid.

Painted Carbon Steel Surfaces: Must be inspected for signs of rust or corrosion. If rust or corrosion is
found, surface must be cleaned and spot-primed to restore surface protection. Indoor storage is
recommended, but not required.

Liner Material on Exhaust Ducting: Must be inspected for signs of rust or corrosion. If rust or corrosion
is found, surface must be cleaned and restored to “as shipped” condition. Indoor storage is
recommended.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Diffuser and Expansion Joint Assembly

Sequence Number: 82060 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Expansion joint is highly susceptible to damage caused by exposure to moisture

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site. If expansion joint fabric is damaged, replacement is
required

RHv1-82060.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 82240

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST GAS DIFFUSER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Gas Diffuser

Sequence Number: 82240 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: structures Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-82240.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 82250

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST GAS THERMOCOUPLE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain original shipping packaging. All thermocouples shall be checked for continuity prior to
installation.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Gas Thermocouple

Sequence Number: 82250 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-82250.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83820

CNS # : 3571

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : EXHAUST PRESSURE PANEL

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Exhaust Pressure Panel

Sequence Number: 83820 CNS Number: 3571

Equipment Category: panel Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83820.xls 1/23/2004
CT Fire Protection Systems
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 01500

CNS # : 3567

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COMBUSTION TURBINE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

STORAGE CODE : C, D, 3

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Fire Protection Systems consists of pipes, conduit, valves, fittings, tanks, sensors, electronic panels, wire,
and gas cylinders. Pipes and conduit should be banded and may be stored as per “C” storage code with
ends covered. Electronic sensors, nozzles, cabinets and wire should be stored under cover in a clean
and dry environment. Batteries have a typical shelf life of approximately five years, depending upon
storage conditions. For proper storage of batteries, keep in original shipping packaging, do not place on
concrete floors, ideal storage temperature is between 51 degrees F and 77 degrees F. Additional
maintenance of batteries during the storage period is not required. For FM-200 systems prior to storage,
perform a bubble leak test on the tank(s) to ensure that there no pressurization loss. Tanks should be
stored against a wall or other solid structure and chained.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Ideal storage temperature for cylinders is about 70 deg F. FM200 and HPCO2 tanks, electronic sensors,
fire panels, and wire should be stored in a temperature less than 80 deg F. Piping comes without primer
or paint, so a protective coating must be applied to prevent rust.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Fire Protection System

Sequence Number: 1500 CNS Number: 3567

Equipment Category: fire protection Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or authorized contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Batteries must be replaced after 36 months storage

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Contract may provide for TFA support. Inspect prior to installation. Megger motors after being properly dried.
Inspect wires & internals of junction boxes to determine acceptable condition. Megger wiring to ground
insulation at terminal blocks.

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, Rehabilitation can be performed at site

RHv1-1500.xls 1/22/2004
CT Inlet Systems
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 81050

CNS # : 3551

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : INLET DUCT AND SILENCER

STORAGE CODE : A, C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30/180 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Assembly consists of Expansion Joints (#1 & #2), Extension Duct, Inlet Silencer, Transition Duct w/Trash
Screen (#1 & #2), External Lagging, Enclosure Flashing, Loose Parts.

Indoor storage is preferred, especially for units with internal perforated liners. If it is not possible to store
indoors, equipment must be kept covered and protected from the environment. Provide adequate
cribbing a minimum of 4” from the ground. Do not remove shipping braces until so instructed in the
installation instructions.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Inspect the internals of each component every 180 days for excessive corrosion. Clean as necessary.
Inspect the caulking for the external lagging every 180 days. Remove and replace if necessary. Perform
walk-down inspection every 30 days.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Inlet Duct & Silencer

Sequence Number: 81050 CNS Number: 3551

Equipment Category: inlet Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Shelf-life items such as touch-up paint, adhesives, caulk, touch-up primer coating

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-81050.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 81150

CNS # : 3551

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : INLET FILTER ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : A,C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

All mechanical and power control components must be stored indoors in a clean dry location. Maintain
original shipping packaging. Hoods, Bird Screens, Filter Modules, Filter Blank Frame, Clean Air Plenum,
Platforms, Ladders/Handrails, and Structural Steel can be stored outdoors. Any equipment that may be
damaged must be adequately covered with a tarp to provide protection from the environment. Place on
cribbing a minimum of 4” from the ground. Inspect every 30 days to ensure equipment integrity.

Refer to document in this section for instruction regarding long term requirements for the Air Compressor.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Inlet Filter House

Sequence Number: 81150 CNS Number: 3551

Equipment Category: inlet Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

A second external coating should must be applied to equipment in longterm storage, shelf-life items such as
caulk must be replaced after 12 months storage

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, pressure washer, paint application equipment

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-81150.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 81170

CNS # : 3551

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : INLET FILTER HOUSE MEDIA

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

All mechanical equipment must be shrink wrapped and stored indoors in a dry location. All filters and
cooler media must be shrink wrapped and palletized, and stored along side the mechanical equipment.
Monthly inspections of the equipment are required to ensure the integrity of the shrink wrap packaging.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Inlet Filter Media

Sequence Number: 81170 CNS Number: 3551

Equipment Category: inlet Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Media is highly sensitive to moisture, rodent infestation and damage during storage. If media is damaged,
replacement is required

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-81170.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 81175

CNS # : 3551

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : INLET SYSTEM DEHUMIDIFIER

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry location and ensure that equipment
is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and moisture.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Inlet System Dehumidifier

Sequence Number: 81175 CNS Number: 3551

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-81175.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 84260

CNS # : 3551

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : THERMOCOUPLE INLET AIR TEMPERATURE TE35101

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location. Place on
shelf out of the way of traffic in warehouse.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Inlet - Resistance Temperature Detectors

Sequence Number: 84260 CNS Number: 3551

Equipment Category: electrical Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-84260.xls 1/23/2004
CT Starting Package Systems
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 22400

CNS # : 3525

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : ROTOR INDEXING DEVICE

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging. Unit should not be removed from its carrying case.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Rotor Indexing Device

Sequence Number: 22400 CNS Number: 3525

Equipment Category: tools Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-22400.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 33000

CNS # : 3582

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STARTING PACKAGE (consisting of ; electric starting motor, torque

converter, turning gear system with motor, coupling, magnetic speed pickups, electrical junction box, oil valves,
piping, and instrumentation)

STORAGE CODE : A, 1

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30/60/120/180 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG,

WEEKLY ELECTRICAL CHECKS LOG, MOTORS & FANS LOG,

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

The two major suppliers of the SWPC Starting Packages are Voith Turbo and Koenig Engineering.
Components are inside an enclosure designed to protect the components over the life of the starting
package. This enclosure can be stored outdoors, on a minimum of 12” cribbing, but should always be
stored in a secure, cool, dry, vibration free, clean environment which limits the equipment’s exposure to
the elements. Indoor storage is preferred. The bottom of this enclosure is open, and therefore steps
should be taken to protect the equipment inside the enclosure from dirt and moisture. This can be
accomplished by installing a poly-plastic tarp underneath the equipment between the equipment and the
top of the cribbing, to act as a moisture barrier. Components are pre-wired to a junction box to which
power should be supplied, unit should be grounded during storage. Temperature and humidity must be
recorded weekly, and electrical check and motor rotation logs must be maintained.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Koenig Starting Package

Painted surfaces may deteriorate over time, and should be renewed as required. Exposed machine
surfaces must be inspected for coating deterioration and/or rust blush. Renew coating as required with
Dow Corning Metal Protective Coating or equivalent.
SSS Clutch and Turning Gear Output Shaft bearings are interconnected by a common lubrication
system. If system is to be stored in excess of four (4) months, the following activities must be performed:

1. Pour one (1) quart of Nox Rust VCI-10 Oil or equivalent into the one (1) inch vent connection.
Reinstall vent plug.
2. Connect and energize space heaters in the AC Acceleration Motor and DC Turning Gear
Motors.
3. Rotate assembly every six (6) months.

Kop-Flex Coupling are high performance couplings designed to operate for extended periods without
the need for lubrication or maintenance. Visual inspection of the disc packs is sufficient to assess the
operational condition of the coupling.

Page 1 of 2
Worm Gear (IMO Delroyd Speed Reducers) must be maintained properly during storage, special
attention must be paid to avoid rust and deterioration of seals. Replace breathers with pipe plugs, wiring
the breathers to the unit to prevent loss. Fill the reducer with recommended lubricant to the proper level
and operate once a month for a few minutes, or completely fill the unit, or use desiccants or vapor phase
inhibitors. Cover the reducer with a tarpaulin or cover, leaving an opening underneath for ventilation.
Periodically drain any accumulated water from the bottom of the oil reservoir and replace desiccants or
vapor phase inhibitors.
Acceleration Motor (AC) and Turning Gear Motor (DC) - Space heaters in the motors are to be
energized. Megger readings must be taken monthly and recorded.
Motor shafts should be rotated ten or more rotations every two months to ensure proper lubrication.
Induction motor shafts must be rotated a minimum of ten rotations each month. If drain plugs are
provided they must be drained monthly to remove water accumulation.
Turning gear motor brushes should be lifted from commutator surface during long term storage. A four
(4) month inspection is required for the turning gear motor. Manually rotate the turning gear motor at the
DC motor accessory shaft by 180 degrees of the torque converter shaft
Enclosure should be maintained at a uniform internal temperature between 40 deg F (4.5 deg C) and
140 deg F (60 deg C) throughout the room with at least 10 deg F (5.5 deg C) above dew point. It is
preferred that the Relative humidity be 50% or less. Temperature and humidity readings must be
recorded weekly.

Voith Starting Package

Requirements for the individual components making up this package can be found within this section.
All motor heaters must be energized. Amperage is to be measured with clamp on ammeter.
Booster Pump ports must be covered and sealed and the operating chamber filled with turbine oil.
Blind pipe flanges and gaskets are to be used for pump ports and exposed pipe connections.
Motor and Torque Converter train shafts are to be rotated at least ten revolutions every 60 days, with
final rest point approximately 90 degrees from last previous rest point. Corrosion protection coating is to
be maintained on exposed ferrous metal parts.
Motor bearing housings are to be filled with lubricating oil to the level control weir (approximately half
way up the site glass).
Torque Converter bearings are to be lubricated prior to every other 2 month shaft rotation (i.e. every
120 days). Lubrication points are marked on the drawing included within this section. Approximately 4
ounces of oil will be required for each bearing per application.
Torque Converter output must be rotated at least 2 revolutions every 2 months. This can be
accomplished by installing the turning adapter to the accessory shaft of the DC motor and rotating the
motor shaft at least 1200 revolutions. The turning adapter has a ¾” square drive. Without a load, an
electric or battery powered drill will turn the shaft easily.
The Maintenance Record must be maintained at each maintenance event. A copy of the Maintenance
Record must be mailed or faxed to SWPC or Voith every 60 days.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

Page 2 of 2
Starting Package - Koenig
 W501FD AEROPAC PMG
COMBUSTION TURBINE
STARTING PACKAGE

ENGINEERING INC.

410 Eagleview Boulevard

Suite 104
Exton, PA 19341

Telephone: (610) 458-0153

Facsimile: (610) 458-0404

F/doc/sp/M020675
 ENGINEERING INC

LONG TERM STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS

W501D/W501F/W701D GAS TURBINE

STARTING PACKAGE

The unit as it left the factory was prepared for in-transit protection against the elements and is not
intended as protection for long-term storage. In the event the unit cannot be installed and placed into
service, the unit mounted on its skid is to be stored in a secure, cool, dry, vibration free and clean
environment limiting its exposure to the elements. Tag unit to show date placed in storage or
decommissioned and current status relating to storage procedure per the following outline.

Initially and then at appropriate intervals, inspect the unit for the following:

1. Paint deterioration, renew as required.

2. Exposed machined surfaces for coating deterioration and/or rust blush. Renew coating
as required with Dow Corning Metal Protective Coating or equivalent.

3. The Turning Gear Lubrication System is separate from the Starting System Lubricating
System. Completely fill the Turning Gear with the recommended lubricant immersing
the gear completely in oil and maintaining this level. Before operation, sufficient oil
must be drained to restore proper oil level and the "oil breather" installed.

4. The Torque Converter and Input Gear Assembly, as well as the Starting System Output
Shaft are interconnected by a common lubrication system. If the system is to be stored
in excess of four (4) months it is to be preserved for long term storage utilizing a
corrosion inhibitive lubricating oil as follows:

a. Referring to the Piping Assembly drawing, disconnect Torque Converter Input

Gear
Vent by removing vent connection and pouring three (3) quarts of Nox Rust VCI-10
Oil or its equivalent into the gear casing. Reconnect the vent line.

b. Referring to the Piping Assembly drawing, disconnect torque converter pump

discharge gage assembly and pour one (1) quart of Nox Rust VCI-10 Oil or its
equivalent into pump discharge. Reconnect the gage assembly.

c. Connect and energize space heaters in the Starting Motor and Turning Gear Motor
when provided. Refer to Section II.

When preparing the unit for installation, care should be exercised when removing the blank flanges on
the oil supply and drain headers to catch any oil which may have drained back to this point.

F/doc/sp/w501w701
 ENGINEERING INC

LONG TERM STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS

If after installation and commissioning, the unit is to be decommissioned or out of service for extended
periods, the following procedure should be followed.

1. Maintain the level of lubricant in the speed reducer using the sight gage to periodically
check the level.

2. Once a month, energize the power plants lube oil system and while circulating oil, operate
the Turning Gear Unit for a few minutes and every six month operate the unit for two (2)
hours. This can be done with the unit main coupling connected or disconnected from the
main power plant. The power plant operating procedures must be observed when operating
the Turning Gear.

For additional information refer to the following:

TURNING GEAR SYSTEM

The following IMO Industries, Inc., Delroyd Worm Gear Division engineering document provides
instructions for long term storage of the Turning Gear and Emergency Gear. (See page 8 of this
section).

Refer to Section IV of Instruction Manual for specified lubrication, feed and drain connections.

INPUT GEAR/TORQUE CONVERTER ASSEMBLY

Prior to any shaft rotation of this assembly, the main turbine plant lube oil system should be energized
to provide oil through the oil header for lubrication.

This assembly should be lubricated and rotated (input and output shafts) at least five (5) revolutions at
intervals of every six (6) months.

MAIN MOTOR
TURNING GEAR MOTOR

Please refer to Section II of Instruction Manual. Manufacturers recommendations for storage,

withdrawal from service, and maintenance are provided.

F/doc/sp/w501w701
 ENGINEERING INC

LONG TERM STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS

OUTPUT COUPLINGS

High performance dry type flexible couplings are designed to operate for extended periods without the
need for lubrication or maintenance. Visual inspection is sufficient to assess the operational condition
of the couplings.

Prior to commissioning following long term storage, it is recommended the coupling alignments be
checked. Even when a coupling is well aligned at installation, subsequent settling of foundation or
shifting of equipment, etc., may cause the initial alignment to deteriorate.

Refer to Section V of Instruction Manual for installation, alignment, and maintenance

recommendations.

EMERGENCY DRIVE MORSE "M" SERIES CLUTCH

Refer to Section V of the Instruction Manual. See Morse Form 4146-002 dated September 1980 for
lubrication, filling procedures, capacity and maintenance procedures.

SSS DUO-CONCENTRIC CLUTCH AND OUTPUT SHAFT ASSEMBLY

This assembly should be lubricated and rotated at intervals of every six (6) months. Refer to Section
III of Instruction Manual for additional information.

CAUTION

PRIOR TO ANY SHAFT ROTATION OF THIS ASSEMBLY, THE MAIN

TURBINE PLANT LUBE OIL SYSTEM SHOULD BE ENERGIZED TO
PROVIDE OIL THROUGH THE OIL HEADER TO LUBRICATE THE
SSS DUO-CONCENTRIC CLUTCH AND ITS SUPPORT BEARINGS.

F/doc/sp/w501w701
DAUBERT
NOX RUST VCI-1O OIL

NOX RUST VCI-lO Oil is a volatile corrosion [1] Since drive clutch and steering clutch assemblies
inhibitive lubricating oil for use in the preservation of are subject to corrosion within their compartments dur-
ferrous metal parts in enclosed ‘systems. ing shipment and storage, this problem was overcome by
fogging three ounces of VCI-i0 to the hydraulic test oil.
After testing, an additional three ounces are added.
Having combined the protective properties of a
preservative oil with those of volatile corrosion
[2] Corrosion of hydraulic cylinders can cause leak-
inhibitors, VCI-l0 Oil makes possible long term age. Protection of cylinders and circulating systems is
protection against rust within what are termed “closed” provided by adding 2% VCI-lO to the hydraulic test oil.
systems or voids. After testing, an additional three ounces are added.
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS [3] To forestall rust which will foul a diesel
(Typical Values, Not Specifications) injection system, one ounce of VCI—l0 per each 7—1/2
Viscosity @ lOO°F. SUS: 210 gallons (1 cubic foot) capacity is fogged into the fuel tanks.
Pour Point: -10°F If tank contains oil or gasoline, one ounce of VCI-l0 is
Flash Point: 300°F added for each gallon present.
Specific Gravity: 0.931
Film Thickness @ 77°F: 0.2 mils [4] To protect crankshaft, bearings, rocker arms
Coverage: 800 sq ft per gal and all surfaces normally lubricated by crankcase oil,
Volatile: 5% 1% VCI-1O, by volume, is added to the crankcase oil.
Accelerated Corrosion Test, Humidity JAN—H-792,
100% RH § 1209F: 300 Hours [5] To protect upper cylinder walls and valves in
Vapor Phase Protection, diesel or gasoline engines, eight ounces of VCI10 are
MIL-P-46002A Procedure: Pass introduced through the air filterand sucked into the
cylinders by turning over the motor with ignition off.
NOX RUST VCI-l0 Oil is intended for use in the pres-
ervation of enclosed systems where the volatile compo- [6] For transmissions, 2% VCI-10 is added to the
nents will provide protection above the oil level. It pro- lubricant.
vides an effective contact preservative oil film. Typical
examples of “closed” systems in which VCI-l0 Oil is The unusual properties of VCI-10 OIL can be used to
used to protect metal from damaging rust include: fuel advantage for winter layaway of farm and road
tanks, storage tanks, cylinders, transmissions, metal building equipment and for summer storage of school
containers, gear housings, clutch compartments, crank buses, snow plows, etc. It may also be fogged into
cases, hydraulic and coolant circu1ating systems. shipping cases to protect unpainted auto and truck body
sections during shipments.
Conventional lubricating or preservative oils slushed
or fogged into such systemswill drain away from the NOX RUST VCI-10 OIL can be used full strength in
vertical metal surfaces in about six months, exposing systems with ferrous metals only. Where non-ferrous
the metal to moisture, condensation and corrosion. While metals are present, VCI-10 must be diluted to 2% or
NOX RUST VCI-l0 OIL also drains away, the vapor- less, depending on the metals present.
izing rust inhibitors evolving from the product spread
throughout the void or system and neutralize the corro-
sion-causing tendency of the moisture present in the
air. VCI-1O OIL, being highly fortified with contact
inhibitors, also protects the metal below the oil level.

HOW NOX RUST VCI—10 OIL IS USED

CAUTION: The data, statements and recommendations set fourth in this product information sheet are
based on testing, research and other development work which has been carefully conducted by us, and we
believe such data, statements and recommendations will serve as reliable guidelines. However, this
product is subject to numerable uses under varying conditions over which we have no control, and
accordingly, we do NOT warrant that this product is suitable for any particular use. Users are afvised to
thest the product in advance to make certain it is suitable for their particular production conditions and
particular use or uses.

WARRANTY: Daubert Chemical Company, Inc. (“Daubert”) warrants all products manufactured by it to
free from defects in material and workmanship. DAUBERT MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES
WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PRODUCTS AND ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
IMPLIED WARRANTIY ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE
DISCLAIMED BY DAUBERT. All claims hereunder must be made in writing within30 days after
receipt of the products at buyer’s plant and prior to further processing the products of combining them
with other materials or products. Daubert’s liability, whether under this warranty of in contract, tort,
negligence or otherwise, is limited to the return of the net purchase price paid for any products proven
defective or at Daubert’s option to repair or replacement of said products upon their return,
transportation prepaid to Daubert. Remedy hereby provided shall be the exclusive and sole remedy of
the buyer. Under no circumstances shall Daubert be liable for consequential or incidental damages. No
Daubert representative or other person is authorized to change this warranty in any way to assume for
Daubert any other liability in connection with the sale or use of its products.

Refer to material safety data sheet for health and safety information.

Daubert Chemical Company Inc.

4700 S. Central Ave. Chicago, IL 60638 (708) 496-7350

 Product Information
Specialty
Coatings Dow Corning ®
Metal Protective Coating

FEATURES Coating prevents corrosion on metal parts in storage, overseas

• Good corrosion protection in shipments and other high-humidity, long-term exposure
thin film
• Colorless USES
• Non-oily Dow Corning ® Metal Protective Coating is typically used to protect high-value-
added metal parts during production, storage and shipment – especially
COMPOSITION components exposed to high humidity, salty conditions or corrosive
• Corrosion-protective coating industrial environments.

Typical uses for Dow Corning Metal Protective Coating include:

• Manufacturing – machined surfaces, stampings, raw stock, work-in-
progress parts and finished products
• Aircraft – corrosion protection
• Machine shop and tool room – dies, fixtures, jigs, tools, molds, guides and
ways, and raw ground stock
• Maintenance – machine tools, pneumatic tools, spare parts, storage and
product equipment temporarily out of service
• Finished products – machined and painted surface protection during
domestic and foreign shipments

DESCRIPTION HOW TO USE

Dow Corning Metal Protective Coating Dow Corning Metal Protective
is a transparent, dry, wax-like coating Coating is ready to use as supplied.
that protects metal parts from corro- However, for uniform solids
sion. The coating has good inherent distribution and coating thickness,
lubricating properties and usually the bulk material should be gently
does not require removal prior to mixed before and during use.
any subsequent machining, assem- Dipping will provide a uniform
bly or start-up of equipment. If coating; however, spraying is often
necessary, Dow Corning Metal Pro- the preferred method of
tective Coating may be removed by application. For best results, three
most common solvents such as light applications are better than
mineral spirits or Dow Corning ® OS one heavier application. For smaller
Fluids. jobs and touch-up work, Dow Corning
Metal Protective Coating may be
Parts protected with Dow Corning applied from an aerosol container.
Metal Protective Coating may be Brushing may also be used. For best
examined through the transparent protection, scratching of the coating
coating. Additionally, the parts will after application should be avoided.
remain relatively clean since the dry
coating will not readily pick up dirt, Surface Preparation
dust and grit under normal Surfaces to be protected with
handling and storage. Dow Corning Metal Protective
Coating must be clean and dry.
TYPICAL PROPERTIES Although the coating will not
These values are not intended for use in preparing specifications. permit moisture to penetrate, it
does not displace moisture already
Test Unit Result on the metal surface.
As Supplied
Appearance1 Opaque, yellow liquid
Density1 lb/gal 6.8
Film Thickness
Boiling Point1 °F (°C) 240 (115) A film thickness suitable for most
Flash Point1 °F (°C) 82 (28) requirements (0.40 mil) can be
Surface Coverage, film thickness of obtained by dipping at normal room
0.0001 inch sq ft/gal 2100 temperature. For a thicker film and
0.0002 inch sq ft/gal 1100 increased metal protection,
0.0003 inch sq ft/gal 700 additional dip coatings may be
Drying Time, repeated after allowing the first coat
bulk, thin film, one dip minutes 10 to 30 to dry. Similar buildup of the
aerosol spray, thin film, one pass minutes 10 to 20
protective film may be achieved by
Solvent,
bulk Mineral spirits
repeated spray or brush
aerosol spray Mineral spirits plus applications, with intervals for
nonchlorofluorohydro- drying between coats. A thick film,
carbon propellant however, may cause the wax to pull
away from corners and metal edges,
As Applied leaving metal exposed for corrosion.
Appearance Transparent, If a thinner film is desired, the
non-oily wax
liquid material may be diluted by
Softening Point °F (°C) 150 (65)
Service Temperature Range, estimated °F (°C) -40 to 150 (-40 to 65)
using a suitable chlorinated solvent
Single Dip Film Thickness such as Chlorothene ®1, which also
at 68°F (19.9°C) mils 0.4 reduces drying time, or by using
Corrosion Resistance, mild steel mineral spirits.
5 percent salt spray, dipped from bulk hours 200+
5 percent salt spray, aerosol spray hours 72+ Removal of Film
humidity room cycles 50 In most cases, Dow Corning Metal
Lubrication2 Pass, no stick-slip
Protective Coating does not have to
Coefficient of Friction 0.12
1
be removed from coated parts before
Properties for bulk form. Aerosol contains bulk plus nonchlorofluorohydrocarbon propellant.
2
they are machined, assembled or
Faville-LeValley Corp., LFW-4 Press Fit Machine.
Specification Writers: Please obtain a copy of the Dow Corning Sales Specification for this
started up. However, if removal is
product and use it as a basis for your specifications. It may be obtained from any Dow Corning desired, degreasing with common
Sales Office, or from Dow Corning Customer Service in Midland, MI. Call (517) 496-6000. solvents such as mineral spirits or
Dow Corning OS Fluids will normally
remove the coating as will steam
cleaning or alkali cleaners.

1
Registered trademark of The Dow Chemical
Company.
Note: Caustic cleaners should not STORAGE AND SHELF LIFE WARRANTY INFORMATION
be used to remove Dow Corning Metal When properly stored under – PLEASE READ CAREFULLY
Protective Coating from aluminum normal warehouse conditions, The information contained herein
surfaces. Dow Corning Metal Protective is offered in good faith and is
Coating has a shelf life of 60 months believed to be accurate. However,
Caution from date of manufacture. To obtain because conditions and methods of
Dow Corning Metal Protective uniform mixture, slight stirring after use of our products are beyond our
Coating contains mineral spirits. It storage is recommended before use. control, this information should not
should be used in a well-ventilated be used in substitution for customer’s
area, and the precautions normally PACKAGING tests to ensure that Dow Corning’s
followed when working with this Dow Corning Metal Protective products are safe, effective, and fully
solvent should be implemented. Coating is supplied in 30-lb (13.6- satisfactory for the intended end use.
Solvents used to dilute this material, kg) pails and 375-lb (170-kg)
as well as metal cleaning or alkali drums, net weight. Dow Corning Dow Corning’s sole warranty is
cleaners, should only be used with Metal Protective Coating aerosol is that the product will meet the
adequate ventilation. Follow hand- supplied in 10-oz (284-g) Dow Corning sales specifications in
ling precautions on container labels. containers, net weight. effect at the time of shipment. Your
exclusive remedy for breach of such
USE LIMITATIONS SAFE HANDLING warranty is limited to refund of pur-
Painted surfaces should be well INFORMATION chase price or replacement of any
cured before Dow Corning Metal product shown to be other than as
PRODUCT SAFETY INFORMATION
Protective Coating is applied. If the warranted. Dow Corning specifically
REQUIRED FOR SAFE USE IS NOT
intent is to remove Dow Corning disclaims any other express or
INCLUDED. BEFORE HANDLING,
Metal Protective Coating from the implied warranty of fitness for a
READ PRODUCT AND MATERIAL
painted surface at a later date, only particular purpose or merchantabil-
SAFETY DATA SHEETS AND CON-
one light application should be ity. Unless Dow Corning provides
TAINER LABELS FOR SAFE USE,
made. you with a specific, duly signed
PHYSICAL AND HEALTH HAZARD
endorsement of fitness for use,
INFORMATION. THE MATERIAL
This product is neither tested nor Dow Corning disclaims liability for
SAFETY DATA SHEET IS AVAILABLE
represented as suitable for medical any incidental or consequential
FROM YOUR DOW CORNING REP-
or pharmaceutical uses. damages. Suggestions of use shall
RESENTATIVE, OR DISTRIBUTOR,
not be taken as inducements to
OR BY WRITING TO DOW CORNING
SHIPPING LIMITATIONS infringe any patent.
CUSTOMER SERVICES, OR BY
Liquid – DOT classification: CALLING (517) 496-6000.
flammable liquid.

Aerosol – DOT classification:

flammable gas.
 ENGINEERING INC

IMO DELROYD SPEED REDUCERS

LONG TERM STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS

Problems can start to develop through improper standby and storage of new worm gear
reducers awaiting installation or operation. Ambient conditions during long, idle periods
will determine necessary measures.

To avoid rust and deterioration of seals:

1. Replace breathers with pipe plugs, wiring the breathers to the unit to prevent loss.

2. Fill the reducer with recommended lubricant to the proper level and operate once a
month for a few minutes, or completely fill the unit, or use desiccants or vapor phase
inhibitors.

3. Cover the reducer with a tarpaulin or plastic cover, leaving openings underneath for
ventilation. A heavy, skidded platform with an internally lined wooden box may also
be required when storage is in highly humidity or seaside areas.

4. Periodically drain any accumulated water from the bottom of the oil reservoir and
replace desiccants or vapor phase inhibitors.

Occasionally an idle reducer undergoes severe vibration from adjacent operating

machinery. Even if the bearings are subjected to only partial load, vibrations can exclude
residual oil or grease from under bearings rollers or balls and result in false brinelling.

Immediate failure of the bearing is not a result, but once the bearing is put in operation
these pit marks act as stress risers. The fatigue life of the bearing can be reduced to a
fraction of the calculated design life.

False brinelling can usually be prevented by filling the reducer with oil to cover the
bearings completely. This maintains a supply of oil at the contact points of the balls or
rollers even under conditions of vibration.
Starting Package - Voith
 Torque DC Turning Starting Motor Booster Pump
Converter Motor
Disc
Coupling
(Under guard)

Speed
Sensors Gear Coupling
Bevel Gear (Under Guard) General
Index

501F-Aeropac Starting Package

 Preservation and Packing Specification of
Coupling Types "R", "RW", "S", "TP", "T", Retarder
"VIR" and Torque Converter "E"

These data apply to the protection of internal and external surfaces (as far as the surfaces are not coated
and/or corrosion-resistant or are not made of materials for casting of aluminium), as well as to the packing of
the goods to be consigned.

Survey

Transport, storage and Packing No. Preservation

storage period
External Internal with Internal without
test run test run

1. Transport by land/ Packing External preser-

by air for imme No. 1 vation No. 1
diate use at the
destination or up to
6 months storage
in a hall

2. Sea transport and/ Packing Internal preservation Internal preservation

or up to 12 months No. 2 No. 1 No. 2
storage (from the
date of packing
External preser-
vation No. 2

3. Sea transport and/ Packing

or 12 to 24 months No. 3
storage from the
date of packing

4. Extended duration Renew foil and External preser- Internal preservation No. 3
of protection (on weld vation No. 3
expiry of the dura
tion of protection)

Replacing:

3625-006212en dt.
1998-05-07

This specification is identical with the Work Document c 076.7 (No. 3644-006482).

006212en

1999-02-16 / SBam 3625-006212 en

cfm-LS Voith Turbo GmbH - D-74555 Crailsheim REV. 1
crtp-TRg Postfach 1555 xTelefon (07951) 32-0 x Telefax 32-500
Page 1/4
 Preservation and Packing Specification of
Coupling Types "R", "RW", "S", "TP", "T", Retarder
"VIR" and Torque Converter "E"

External preservation No. 1

a. Painting acc. to the order specifications.

b. Brillant parts of iron sprayed with "Shell Ensis Fluid G" *).
c. See note.

External preservation No. 2

a. Painting acc. to the order specifications.

b. Brilliant parts of iron: If possible, apply "Valvoline Tectyl 506" *), otherwise sprayed with "Shell Ensis
Fluid G" *).
c. See note.

External preservation No. 3

a. Check the external preservation.

b. If required, mend acc. to the external preservation No. 2.
c. Replace the drying agent.

*) Prior to installation of the machines or parts, clean the sprayed or applied surfaces with solvent (white
spirit or petroleum).

Note:
If, for certain orders, non-interrupted packaging with VCI-preservation products is ensured, corrosion
protection will also be admissible by means of this preservation method, after consultation.

Internal preservation No. 1

All types: Internal preservation by test oil during test run.

If the order specification provides "Inspection" after the test
run, spraying with solvent-free anticorrosive oil (by the works
"Shell Ensis Motor Oil 20"), as far as accessible.
(Alternatives for "Shell Ensis Motor Oil 20" - see 3625-
006237).
Type R, RW: Fill the machine inside with dry air, relative humidity of air
max. 10 %.

Internal preservation No. 2

Type T: Standard: Internal preservation is not necessary.

Specific instruction: Fill in 10 - 20 % of the nominal filling of solvent-free anti-
corrosive oil (by the works "Shell Ensis Motor Oil 20") and
swing the VTC.

Or: Spray with solvent-free anticorrosive oil (by the works

"Shell Ensis Motor Oil 20"), if accessible. Alternatives for
"Shell Ensis Motor Oil 20" - see 3625-006237).

1999-02-16 / SBam 3625-006212 en

cfm-LS Voith Turbo GmbH - D-74555 Crailsheim REV. 1
crtp-TRg Postfach 1555 xTelefon (07951) 32-0 x Telefax 32-500
Page 2/4
 Preservation and Packing Specification of
Coupling Types "R", "RW", "S", "TP", "T", Retarder
"VIR" and Torque Converter "E"

Types R, RW, S, TP, VIR and E: All surfaces of iron parts (also bores, hollow spaces and inner
surfaces of piping) sprayed, immersed or flushed with solvent-free
anticorrosive oil (by the works "Shell Ensis Motor Oil 20") during
mounting acc. to the mounting progress. Subassemblies sprayed
during mounting, if accessible. (Alternatives for "Shell Ensis Motor Oil
20" - see 3625-006237).
Type R, RW: Fill the machine inside with dry air, relative humidity of air max. 10 %.

Internal preservation No. 3

Type T: a. In conformity with the internal preservation No. 2: Special

instruction.

Types R, RW, S, TP, VIR and E: a. Check the preservation.

b. Spray runner parts and all walls with solvent-free anticorrosive
oil (e.g. "Shell Ensis Motor Oil 20"), by turning the runner parts.
(Alternatives for "Shell Ensis Motor Oil 20" - see 3625-006237.)
c. Spray the inside of piping with solvent-free anticorrosive oil (see
above).
Alternatively, fill the machine inside with dry air, relative humidity
of air max. 10 %.
Type R, RW: d. As far as possible, fill the machine inside with dry air, relative
humidity of air max. 10 %.

Packing No. 1

a. Device to suit transportation (e.g. shipping crate, holder, support).

Packing is made to the respective latest edition of the packing directives of the "Bundesverband
Holzpackmittel - Paletten - Exportverpackung (HPE) e.V.".
b. Weather protection by transport means.

Packing No. 2

a. Device to suit transportation (e.g. shipping crate, holder, support).

Packing is made to the respective latest edition of the packing directives of the "Bundesverband
Holzpackmittel - Paletten - Exportverpackung (HPE) e.V.".
b. Sharp edges and contact surfaces rounded/made safe by flexible materials.
c. Welded in PE-foil.
d. Drying agent acc. to DIN 55 473 /55 474.
e. Waterproof carton or wooden box.
f. Internal case cover lined with closed web plate of polyethylene (Akylux). In case of joint plates,
shimmed with PVC-foil.

Packing No. 3

a. Device to suit transportation (e.g. shipping crate, holder,support).

Packing is made to the respective latest edition of the packing directives of the "Bundesverband
Holzpackmittel - Paletten - Exportverpackung (HPE) e.V.".
b. Sharp edges and contact surfaces rounded/made safe by flexible elements.
c. Welded in aluminium sandwich foil.
d. Drying agent acc. to DIN 55 473 /55 474.
e. Waterproof carton or wooden case.
f. Internal case cover lined with closed web plate of polyethylene (Akylux). In case of joint plates,
shimmed with PVC-foil.

1999-02-16 / SBam 3625-006212 en

cfm-LS Voith Turbo GmbH - D-74555 Crailsheim REV. 1
crtp-TRg Postfach 1555 xTelefon (07951) 32-0 x Telefax 32-500
Page 3/4
 Preservation and Packing Specification of
Coupling Types "R", "RW", "S", "TP", "T", Retarder
"VIR" and Torque Converter "E"

To be observed at site:

Equipment installed or ready for installation:

Especially ensure that the equipment preservation is effective since this equipment is frequently
exposed to additional hazards, such as water, major contamination and mechanical damage.

Complete equipment mounted on foundation:

That means measures enabling a supplementary internal protection if standstill times of approx. 12
months are expected and if the original preservation is no longer ensured due to interventions.

Fill units with oil free from water. As a function of the product, the following action can be taken in 1
- 2 months intervals:

- Operational equipment:

Start and only operate for a short time (approx. 5 minutes) for wetting the inner parts with oil; do not
run warm.

- Non-operational equipment:

a. Units with operational electric startup lubricating pump or oil pump and oil tank:
Start the pump, rotate the equipment if possible. Move the operational parts (e.g. joints) and
regrease.

b. Units without operational electric startup lubricating pump or oil pump:

Drain the oil from the tank, spray oil in through the housing orifices and pump oil through the
piping by a separate oil pump, running time approx. 5 minutes, rotate the equipment if
possible. Move operational parts (e.g. joints) and regrease.

Attention:

Prior to filling in the operating fluid, consult the supplier with regard to its compatibility with the internal
preservation agent.

1999-02-16 / SBam 3625-006212 en

cfm-LS Voith Turbo GmbH - D-74555 Crailsheim REV. 1
crtp-TRg Postfach 1555 xTelefon (07951) 32-0 x Telefax 32-500
Page 4/4
 Torque DC Turning Starting Motor Booster Pump
Converter Motor
Disc
Coupling
(Under guard)

Speed
Sensors Gear Coupling
Bevel Gear (Under Guard) General
Index

501F-Aeropac Starting Package

Section 1
General Information

Receiving Each Baldor Electric Motor is thoroughly tested at the factory and carefully packaged for
shipment. When you receive your motor, there are several things you should do
immediately.
1. Observe the condition of the shipping container and report any damage
immediately to the commercial carrier that delivered your motor.
2. Verify that the part number of the motor you received is the same as the part
number listed on your purchase order.
Storage If the motor is not put into service immediately, the motor must be stored in a clean, dry
and warm location. Several precautionary steps must be performed to avoid motor
damage during storage.
1. Use a “Megger” periodically to ensure that the integrity of the winding insulation
has been maintained. Record the Megger readings. Immediately investigate
any significant decrease in insulation resistance.
2. Do not lubricate bearings during storage. Motor bearings are packed with a
slushing compound at the factory.
3. Rotate motor shaft at least 10 turns every two months during storage (more
frequently if possible). This will prevent bearing damage due to storage.
4. If the storage location is damp or humid, the motor windings must be protected
from moisture. This can be done by applying power to the motors’ space
heater (if available) while the motor is in storage.
Unpacking Each Baldor motor is packaged for ease of handling and to prevent entry of
contaminants.
1. To avoid condensation inside the motor, do not unpack until the motor has
reached room temperature. (Room temperature is the temperature of the room
in which it will be installed). The packing provides insulation from temperature
changes during transportation.
2. When the motor has reached room temperature, remove all protective wrapping
material from the motor.
Handling The motor should be lifted using the lifting lugs or eye bolts provided.
1. Use the lugs or eye bolts provided to lift the motor. Never attempt to lift the
motor and additional equipment connected to the motor by this method. The
lugs or eye bolts provided are designed to lift only the motor. Never lift the
motor by the motor shaft.
2. If the motor must be mounted to a plate with the driven equipment such as
pump, compressor etc., it may not be possible to lift the motor alone. For this
case, the assembly should be lifted by a sling around the mounting base. The
entire assembly can be lifted for installation. Do not lift using the motor lugs or
eye bolts provided.

If the load is unbalanced (as with couplings or additional attachments)

additional slings or other means must be used to prevent tipping. In any event,
the load must be secure before lifting.
Lifting Magnet Generators Treat Baldor lifting magnet generators like motors during installation or maintenance.
Generally, they have standard compound self-excited fields. Standard magnetism is for
counter-clockwise rotation (facing the drive end of the motor). To reverse (operate
clockwise), refer to the connection diagrams in Section 4 of this manual.

1-4 General Information MN605

 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The products described in this instruction manual are Factor, 40° C ambient, continuous duty, with enclosure,
manufactured by Reliance Electric Industrial Company. RPM horsepower and speed ratings, overload and voltage in accor-
III Frames C210ATZ – C440ATZ Industrial DC Motors and dance with NEMA Standards. A wide variety of modifica-
Generators are designed specifically for use on rectified pow- tions, enclosures and accessories is available.
er. The basic design includes Class F Insulation, 1.0 Service

RECEIVING AND HANDLING

ACCEPTANCE In all cases, care should be taken to assure lifting in the direc-
tion intended in the design of the lifting means. Lift using all
Thoroughly inspect this equipment before accepting ship- lugs provided. Likewise, precautions should be taken to pre-
ment from the transportation company. If any of the goods vent hazardous overloads due to deceleration, acceleration or
called for in the bill of lading or express receipt arc damaged shock forces. Angle of lift with rope or chain must be greater
or the quantity is short, be sure the freight or express agent than 45° from horizontal.
makes an appropriate notation on your freight bill or express
receipt. If any concealed loss or damage is discovered, notify For unusual conditions, such as side-wall and ceiling mount-
your freight or express agent at once and request him to make ing of horizontal motors and installation of vertical motors
an inspection. shipped in a horizontal position, special precautions must be
taken and it is recommended that an experienced rigger be
Reliance Electric will assist you in collecting claims for loss employed.
or damage in shipment. However, this does not remove the
transportation company’s responsibility in reimbursing you STORAGE
for collection of claims or replacement of material. Claims for
loss or damage in shipment must not be deducted from the Re- Motors or generators must be stored in a clean, dry area pro-
liance Electric invoice, nor should payment of the Reliance tected from extremes of temperature. moisture, shock and
Electric invoice be withheld awaiting adjustment of such vibration. Storage temperatures of 50° F to 120° F with a max-
claims, as the carrier guarantees safe delivery. imum relative humidity of 60% must be observed. In addition,
If considerable damage has been incurred and the situation is motors subjected to extended storage must be handled and
urgent, contact the nearest Reliance Electric District Office treated per the requirements of Reliance Electric Service Bul-
for assistance. Please keep a written record of all such com- letin B-8078 available from your Reliance Electric District
munications. Sales Office.

HANDLING

WARNING

EYEBOLT(S) OR LIFTING LUG(S) ARE

INTENDED FOR LIFTING THE MOTOR OR
GENERATOR ONLY WITH THE STANDARD
ACCESSORIES SUCH AS TACHOMETER,
BRAKES, ETC., MOUNTED BY RELIANCE
ELECTRIC. THE LIFTING MEANS ON THE
MOTOR OR GENERATOR MUST NOT BE USED
TO LIFT THE UNIT PLUS ADDITIONAL
EQUIPMENT. THE LIFTING MEANS ON THE
MOTOR OR GENERATOR CANNOT BE USED
TO LIFT ASSEMBLIES OF MOTOR AND
GENERATOR OR OTHER EQUIPMENT
MOUNTED ON A COMMON BASE. THESE
ASSEMBLIES MUST BE LIFTED BY OTHER
LIFTING MEANS.

–3–
 Torque DC Turning Starting Motor Booster Pump
Converter Motor
Disc
Coupling
(Under guard)

Speed
Sensors Gear Coupling
Bevel Gear (Under Guard) General
Index

501F-Aeropac Starting Package

Introduction

Temporary Storage
WARNING If the equipment is not to be installed and operated soon
Heavy equipment. after arrival, store it in a clean, dry, well-ventilated place,
Improper handling may cause death, serious injury or free from vibration and rapid or wide variations in
property damage. temperature. Rotate the shaft a minimum of 10 complete
turns by hand each month to coat the bearings with
Check eyebolts and eyenuts before lifting. Use proper lubricant which will retard oxidation or corrosion, and
slings, chains and spreaders. prevent possible false brinelling. If drain plugs are provided
Note any warning plates on motor and follow instructions in enclosed motors, they must be removed periodically to
on each plate. drain any water accumulation from the motor. Consider a
unit in storage when:
1. It has been delivered to the job site and is awaiting
Handling installation.
Lifting devices are provided for handling only. An experienced 2. It has been installed but operation is delayed over 30
rigger should be used to install motors. days pending completion of plant construction.
3. There are long (30 day) periods between operating
To avoid damage, the use of spreader bars is recommended cycles.
on other than single point lifts. Eye lugs or eye bolts are 4. The plant (or department) is shut down for 30 days.
provided to facilitate handling with shackles and cables.
Avoid pounding or bumping shaft, coupling or bearing
parts, as shocks may damage bearings. NOTE
NOTE WEIGHT BEFORE LIFTING. The weight is indicated Storage requirements vary, depending on the length
on the outline drawing. Apply tension gradually to cables. of storage and the climate. For storage periods of three
Do not jerk or attempt to move the unit suddenly. months or longer or climate variations, consult factory
Motors in the 449 frame size vary in weight from 2200 lbs. instructions ANIM-03114. Storage maintenance is to be
to 3400 lbs. Motors in the 500 frame size vary in weight documented for warranty information.
from 2300 lbs. to 5400 lbs. Motors in the 580 frame size
vary in weight from 4300 lbs. to 8400 lbs. Motors in the 30
frame size vary in weight from 6000 lbs. to 11,000 lbs.

2
1. GENERAL
If the motor is lifted with the top air housing removed,
World Series motors are a modern line of squirrel-cage the angle of the lifting slings with the horizontal should
induction motors whose design, both electrical and never be less than 45 degrees.
mechanical, has been computer-optimized to provide long,
reliable and highly efficient service. The vacuum-pressure With the exclusion of the TEWAC cooler, the top air
impregnated Thermalastic® Epoxy stator winding housing is provided with ¾-10 tapped holes for lifting
insulation utilizes the most modern insulation concepts devices to be installed in order to remove the air housing
and materials to assure a long, trouble-free winding life. from the motor. The top air housing can be detached by
removing the enclosure hold-down bolts, located in the
These instructions address the more common inside corners of the enclosure. These enclosure hold-
situations encountered in motor installation, operation and down bolts are accessed through the louver/screens
maintenance. However, they are not purported to cover located on the front and rear end of the machine or
every conceivable situation that might arise. Therefore, if through access panels bolted to the sides of the
additional information is required; it can be obtained by enclosure.
contacting either the nearest TECO-Westinghouse Motor
Company Sales office or the TECO-Westinghouse Motor CAUTION
Company headquarters at 1-800-247-6859.
Uneven lifting must always be avoided. Slings of
For the TECO-Westinghouse Motor Company equal lengths must always be used to avoid
warranty to be and to remain in effect the motor must be uneven lifting, when single point lifting is to be
installed and operated in strict accordance with the outline used.
drawing, motor nameplates and these instructions and the
motor must not be altered or modified in any unauthorized CAUTION
manner.
Under no circumstances should the motor ever
2. RECEIVING be lifted using the shaft as an attachment point.

The motor should be carefully inspected for damage NOTE: Refer to weights specified on outline drawing to
when received. If there is any evidence of damage, the determine proper lifting equipment required for
carrier should be notified immediately. The nearest TECO- specific components or assemblies.
Westinghouse Motor Company sales office should also
be notified. 4. STORAGE

3. HANDLING STANDARD PACKAGING

Each motor is provided with lifting lugs, welded to the If the motor is not to be installed and placed into
four corners of the motor frame, for lifting the assembled service immediately, certain normal precautions must be
machine. The motor should always be lifted by using the taken after it has been received to provide proper
lifting lugs located on all four corners of the motor frame. protection while the motor is being stored. The motor
should be stored under cover in a clean, dry location and
CAUTION should be protected from rapid temperature changes.

Spreader bars of adequate capacity and number

must be used to avoid applying any pressure
against the top air housing with the lifting
slings.

I.B. 4500-7
3
 Since moisture can be very detrimental to electrical LONG TERM STORAGE PACKAGING
components, the motor temperature should be maintained
about 3°C (5-6°F) above the dew point temperature by If the motor has been packaged at the factory (only if
providing either external or internal heat. If the motor is so specified in the order) for long-term storage, the
equipped with space heaters, they should be energized at packaging should not be disturbed until the motor is to be
the voltage shown by the space heater nameplate attached installed.
to the motor. Incandescent light bulbs can be placed
within the motor to provide heat. However, if used, they Once the packaging has been removed the motor
must not be allowed to come in contact with any parts of should be carefully inspected for damage. If any damage
the motor because of the concentrated hot spot that could is located, the nearest TECO-Westinghouse Motor
result. Company sales office should be notified.

This motor has been provided with a shaft shipping

brace or shipping bolt (normally painted yellow) to 5. LOCATION
prevent shaft movement during transit, it must be removed
to allow shaft rotation (refer to Section 6). It is very This motor was designed for operation at the ambient
important that this brace be reinstalled exactly as it was temperature and altitude specified on the outline drawing.
originally, before the motor is moved from storage or any The conditions at the installation site must not exceed
time when the motor is being transported. This prevents these limits for satisfactory motor operation and life.
axial rotor movement that might damage the bearings.
The motor location must be well ventilated, allowing
Motors equipped with sleeve bearings are shipped free circulation of air around the motor. If the motor has
from the factory with the bearing oil reservoirs drained. In an open ventilation system, the air discharge must not be
storage, the oil reservoirs should be properly filled to the so obstructed as to cause recirculation of the hot
center of the oil level gauge with a good grade of rust discharge air back into the air inlets.
inhibiting oil (refer to the outline drawing for oil viscosity
and any special requirements). To keep the bearing 6. INSTALLATION
journals well oiled and to prevent rusting, the motor shaft
should be rotated several revolutions every two (2) weeks. 6.1 Unpacking
While the shaft is rotated, it should be pushed to both
extremes of the endplay to allow for oil flow over the entire CAUTION
length of the journals. The motor has been provided with a shipping
brace or shipping bolt (normally painted yellow)
Motors with anti-friction bearings should receive an to prevent shaft movement during transit. It
initial charge of grease upon receipt and then regreased in must be removed prior to operation.
intervals as specified on the lubrication and nameplate
provided on the motor. The grease used must be
compatible with the factory grease and be of the grade
specified on the outline drawing. Refer to Section 10 for
the proper quantity of grease. The shaft should be rotated
several revolutions every two (2) weeks to maintain proper
distribution of the grease within the bearings.

Tilt-pad bearings are a type of sleeve bearing used in

special design applications. Due to the nature of this
bearing, a loose oil ring for delivering lubricant cannot be
The motor should be inspected for any temporary,
provided. For short periods of storage (less than 6
yellow caution tags whose legends convey information
months) rotating the shaft every 2 weeks will adequately
concerning actions necessary before the motor can be
protect the bearing surfaces. For longer than 6 months,
safely operated. Any slushing compound on the shaft or
contact the TECO-Westinghouse Motor Company for
other parts must be removed using a petroleum type
assistance in relubricating.
solvent and observing proper safety precautions.

I.B. 4500-7
4
 Torque DC Turning Starting Motor Booster Pump
Converter Motor
Disc
Coupling
(Under guard)

Speed
Sensors Gear Coupling
Bevel Gear (Under Guard) General
Index

501F-Aeropac Starting Package

 Torque DC Turning Starting Motor Booster Pump
Converter Motor
Disc
Coupling
(Under guard)

Speed
Sensors Gear Coupling
Bevel Gear (Under Guard) General
Index

501F-Aeropac Starting Package

4.3 Storage
The drives should be stored in dry rooms with minimum temperature fluctuations in their positions of
use on a horizontal wooden support and covered.

The storage area must be free of vibrations (shocks) as otherwise the

Attention! anti-friction bearings may be damaged.

It is not permissible to stack drives on top of one another.

The gear units are provided with internal preservation, the free shaft ends and the flange surfaces are
provided with a protective coating.
Note: Unless agreed to the contrary by contract, a warranty period of 6 months is given for
the standard preservation. The warranty period starts to run on the date of delivery
of the gear unit.
In the case of prolonged interim storage (> 6 months) check preservation and renew it, if necessary
(see Section 7. “Startup”).
The contractually agreed external coating (type, structure, colour) was carefully applied by spray
painting. See 5.10 for the resistances of the coating.
Note: Do not damage the coating!
Mechanical (scratches), chemical (acids, alkaline solutions) or thermal (sparks,
welding beam, heat) damage leads to corrosion and to the failure of the external
protection.

If stored in the open, the drive should be covered with special care and it
Attention! should be ensured that neither moisture nor foreign matter are allowed to
collect on the gear unit.

Page 14 of 45 BA K295 EN 06.97

7. Startup

7.1 Measures before startup

7.1.1 Startup without long term preservation

S MOTOX drives are delivered with the appropriate lubricants ready for operation depending on the
specified conditions of use.

In case of gear units which require housing ventilation, the necessary venting
Attention! screw is supplied separately. Before starting up the gear unit, the venting
screw should replace the corresponding plug screw.

It should be inserted at the point marked with this symbol (see 3.2).

7.1.2 Startup in case of long term preservation

7.1.2.1 Long term preservation up to 18 months

Attention! Before starting up the gear unit, it should be filled with lubricant (see 7.1.3).

7.1.2.2 Long term preservation up to 36 months

The gear unit is completely filled with oil. Before the startup, the oil level
Attention! should be corrected according to the type of construction.

The oil level should be reduced to the level marked with this symbol

(see 7.2).

Any oil escaping should be removed immediately with oil binding agent in an
environmentally compatible way.

7.1.3 Filling with lubricant

S Screw out venting screw or venting filter or plug screw at the highest point (see 3.2 for point of
ventilation).

Fill gear unit up with fresh oil using a filling filter (max. filter coarseness 60 µm).
Attention! The quantity of oil depends on the mounting position!

Note: Recommendations on the oil to be used should be taken from

Section 10. “Maintenance and repair”.
Data, such as oil grade, oil viscosity and oil quantity required will be found on the rating
plate (see Section 3. “Technical data”).

Attention! Finally, check the oil level (see 7.2).

7.1.4 Drive with backstop

Secure drive unit to prevent accidental startup.

Affix notice at the switch-on point.

Attention! Check the direction of rotation before putting into service!

E.g. by manually turning the input shaft or the motor. Check the motor direction of rotation according
to the phase sequence, swap two supply leads if necessary.

Page 30 of 45 BA K295 EN 06.97

7.2 Oil level check

S Shut down the gear unit by shutting off the drive unit.

Secure drive unit to prevent accidental startup.

Affix notice at the switch-on point.

Note: In case of tandem gear units, each single gear unit should be inspected separately.
Check oil level with the oil cooled down.
Even after a short run, oil needs a longer ‘rest’ in order to release possible air bubbles.

7.2.1 Checking the oil level in the gear unit housing

Screw out the plug screw at the point marked with this symbol .

Note: If the oil level is correct, a small amount of oil may flow out, the oil must at least come
up to the lower edge of the bore.

Oil level

Any oil escaping should be removed immediately with oil binding agent in an
environmentally compatible way.

For drives with only one plug screw, checking the oil level is not possible.
7.2.2 Oil sight glass (Special feature)

S If equipped with an oil sight glass, the oil level must be visible within the area of the sight glass.

7.2.3 Dipstick (Special feature)

S Check oil level with dipstick:

The oil level must be between the lower and upper mark of the dipstick.

7.3 Shutdown

S Shut down the gear unit by shutting off the drive unit.

Secure drive unit to prevent accidental startup.

Affix notice at the switch-on point.

Note: If shut down for a considerable period of time, the gear unit should be run briefly at
intervals of three weeks. If shut down for a period exceeding six months, the gear unit
should be preserved (see 7.4 and 7.5).

7.4 Preservation with gear oil

S Long term preservation up to 36 months.

Completely top up the gear unit with the filled oil grade.
Any oil escaping should be removed immediately with oil binding agent in an
environmentally compatible way.

BA K295 EN 06.97 Page 31 of 45

7.5 External preservation procedure
S Clean surfaces.
Cleaning the drive with a high-pressure cleaning device is not permissible.
Attention! Do not use sharp-edged tools.

S Smear shaft seal rings with grease for protection against preservatives.
S Coating: check, in case of damage have it repaired by an expert.
S Apply preservatives.

Protection time Preservative Layer thickness Remarks

name

Wax base long preservation,

up to 12 months Tectyl 846 K19 approx. 50 µm sea water resistant,
tropic-proof, benzine-soluble
Table 7.5: External preservation of shaft ends and other bright metal surfaces

8. Operation
8.1 General operating data
During operation, the gear units should be checked for
S excessive operating temperature (In continuous operation using mineral oil, the gear
unit is suitable for a temperature of 90°C; at higher
temperatures, it may be necessary to use synthetic oil.
Short-term temperatures of 100°C are permissible,
see also Section 10. “Maintenance and repair”).

S any changes in gear unit noises

S possible oil leakage at the housing and the shaft seals.

If irregularities are detected during operation, the drive assembly should be

Attention! shut off immediately. The cause of the malfunction should be determined with
the aid of the Troubleshooting Table (Section 9. “Disturbances, reasons and
remedy”).
The Troubleshooting Table lists possible malfunctions, their causes and
suggestions for their remedy.
If the cause cannot be determined or there is no facility for repair with suitable
equipment, we recommend calling in one of our service fitters
(see Section LEERER MERKER “Spare parts stock, service addresses”).

Page 32 of 45 BA K295 EN 06.97

Voith Starting Package Maintenance Record
Starting Package Serial Number _________________

Inspection date ________

Ambient temperature ________

Starting motor heater amps ________

DC turning motor heater amps ________

Motor/TC train shafts rotated

TC bearings lubricated

TC output shaft rotated

Motor bearings filled

Corrosion inspection complete

Inspectors initials ________

Comments: __________________________ ___________________________________

__________________________ ___________________________________
__________________________ ___________________________________
__________________________ ___________________________________
__________________________ ___________________________________
__________________________ ___________________________________

FAX completed form to:

Voith Turbo Inc.

Attn: Manager, After Sales Market
FAX # 717-767-3210
 Starting Package - Voith

Materials and Tools Required

· ¾” Combination wrench
· 15/16” combination wrench
· pump oil can
· ¾” drive ratchet, drill or Voith Rotor Indexing Device (p/n 42.3598.30)
· approximately 3 gallons of turbine oil
· 1 can spray rust preventative coating

VOITH STARTING MOTOR DWG

Connection Instructions

Date: 5/31/02
Sequence #: 33000
Equipment: Starting Package

Description

This is an enclosed cubicle with an open floor, and no climate control system. Major
equipment in this unit consists of the starting motor turning gear motor (20 hp, 1750 rpm,
125 VDC). Both motors are equipped with internal space heaters, which will need to be
energized.

Electrical

Space heaters can be energized by connecting temporary input power (120 VAC) to the
plug located near the panel box. Panel box is located underneath the cubicle midway on
the right hand side. Connecting to this plug will provide power to the space heaters for
both motors. Ohmmeter readings should be taken monthly on the panel connections to
ensure that the space heaters are operational. Meggering voltages should be matched to
the specifications of the motor.

Mechanical

Rotation of the motors should be done manually. This can be accomplished by applying
a strap wrench to the starter motor shaft. Direction of rotation is indicated on the motor
housing.

Miscellaneous

Brushes on the DC motor must be lifted from the commutator. This is done by removing
the access panel, and removing the retaining pins holding the brushes. Do not completely
remove the brushes from the assembly. Reinstall the access panel. Apply maintenance
tag to the access panel to indicate that brushes have been lifted. Cubicle must be
grounded during storage.
Megger readings should be matched to the specifications of the motor.

DOCUMENT1
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Starting Package Assembly

Sequence Number: 33000 CNS Number: 3582

Equipment Category: Start Pkg Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC, Supplier, or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, lift equipment

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Contract may provide for TFA support. Inspect prior to installation. Inspect along with Starting Motor

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-33000.xls 1/22/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 33010

CNS # : 3582

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : STARTING MOTOR

STORAGE CODE : A, C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30/60 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY LOG,

MOTORS & FANS LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Equipment may be stored either indoors or outdoor, provided that the instructions in the attached
document is followed. Ensure that equipment is adequately protected from the environment, and that the
equipment is stored clean and dry. Provide a minimum cribbing of 4” from the ground, provide additional
cribbing as necessary. Equipment space heaters can be energized to control the effects of moisture.
Storage environment should be maintained at 50% of less Relative Humidity.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Preservation, preparation and maintenance requirements vary depending upon the conditions in which
the equipment is being stored. Refer to the attached supplier manuals in this section for specific storage
and preservation requirements. Pay special attention to the sections addressing Preparation for Storage,
and Maintenance During Storage. Temperature and humidity reading should be recorded weekly, and
equipment should be inspected at minimum every 30 days.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Starting Motor

Sequence Number: 33010 CNS Number: 3582

Equipment Category: Start Pkg Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC, Supplier, or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Contract may provide for TFA support. Inspect prior to installation. Inspect along with Starting Motor

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-33010.xls 1/22/2004
Piping
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 76000

CNS # : 3542

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : TURBINE PIPING PACKAGE ASSEMBLY

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 30/180 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, NITROGEN PRESSURE LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Cooling Air/Compressor Bleed Piping Assembly

TPR (Frames: W501D, F, G)

Material: Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel pipe spools, with and without, valves and/or other in-line
components.
All Carbon Steel pipe spools and any pipe spools with valves/in-line components:
Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Storage, Preservation, and Inspection of Piping Assemblies

All other Stainless Steel pipe spools:

Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Stainless Steel Pipe Spools

Lube Oil Piping Assembly

TPR (Frames: W501D, F, G):

Material: Supply - Stainless Steel pipe, no valves. Drain and Vents – Carbon Steel pipe, no valves.

Stainless Steel pipe spools:

Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Stainless Steel Pipe Spools

Carbon Steel pipe spools:

Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Storage, Preservation, and Inspection of Piping Assemblies

Compressor Wash Piping Assembly

TPR (Frames: W501D, F):

Material: Stainless Steel pipe, no valves.

Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Stainless Steel Pipe Spools

Instrument Air Piping Assembly

TPR (Frames: W501G)

Material: Stainless Steel pipe with valves/in-line components:

Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Storage, Preservation, and Inspection of Piping Assemblies
1
Drain Piping Assembly

TPR (Frames: W501D, F):

Material: Carbon Steel pipe, no valves.

Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Carbon Steel (Internally Uncoated) Pipe Spools other than Lube
Oil/Seal Oil

Note: Combustor Shell Drain valve is shipped loose with this assembly. Refer to Storage,
Preservation, and Inspection of Valves

Fuel Oil (Duel Fuel) Piping Assembly (optional)

TPR (Frames: W501D, F)

Material: Stainless Steel pipe, no valves.
Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Stainless Steel Pipe Spools

Water Injection (Duel Fuel) Piping Assembly (optional)

TPR (Frames: W501D, F)

Material: Stainless Steel pipe, no valves.
Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Stainless Steel Pipe Spools

Atomizing Air ( Duel Fuel DF42) Piping Assembly (optional)

TPR (Frames: W501D, F)

Material: Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel pipe spools, with valves.
All pipe spools with valves/in-line components:
Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Storage, Preservation, and Inspection of Piping Assemblies

General:
Maintain original supplier packaging where possible. Inspect interiors of un-coated carbon steel pipe
spools (other than Lube Oil/Seal Oil) for signs of rust. If rust is detected, it shall be removed using an
appropriate wire brush for the metal being cleaned. Re-apply VCI-309 to all inspected un-coated carbon
steel pipe spools. Inspect external painted surfaces of carbon steel pipe spools (or pipe supports/pipe
rack) for signs of rust, repair as required. Dissimilar metals should be stored separately. Pipe spools are
to be tagged to indicate any modifications to the shipped configuration.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

2
Turbine Pipe Rack – Lube Oil and CT Drain piping

CT Drain
Lube Oil Vent Carbon Steel
Carbon Steel

Lube Oil Supply

Stainless Steel
Lube Oil Drain
Carbon Steel
Turbine Pipe Rack – Lube Oil piping

Lube Oil Drain

Carbon Steel
LO-103
Dwg# 8059D02

Lube Oil Vent

Carbon Steel
LO-202
Dwg# 8059D07
Lube Oil Supply
Stainless Steel
LO-008

Lube Oil Supply

Stainless Steel
LO-009

Lube Oil Drain

Carbon Steel
LO-202
Dwg# 8059D02

Lube Oil Drain Lube Oil Supply

Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
LO-101 LO-011
Dwg# 8059D02
Turbine Pipe Rack – CT Drain piping

CT Drain
Carbon Steel
CD-002
Dwg# 8060D05
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Turbine Piping Package Assembly

Sequence Number: 76000 CNS Number: 3542

Equipment Category: piping Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: Supplier or Authorized Contractor

Life Time Limited Considerations

Valves must be evaluated for replacement of elastomers

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

Valves may need to be removed from the assembly and returned to suppler shop for assessment and
rehabilitation

Comments

Equipment assessment will determine extent of rehabilitation required

RHv1-76000.xls 1/23/2004
 Storage, Preservation and Inspection of
Piping Assemblies
Turbine Pipe Rack, CA/CB I/C piping, Lube Oil/Seal Oil Carbon
Steel pipe spools, all other Carbon Steel (internally uncoated)
pipe spools, all other Stainless Steel pipe spools, Stainless Steel
tube and tube fittings, pipe supports, pipe flange hardware,
valves and/or other in-line components, that are put in storage
shall be stored, preserved, and inspected according to the
following.

Generic Storage Requirements:

1) Each piping assembly shall be stored in a separate part of designated laydown area,
corresponding to the assembly’s PO number.
2) Dissimilar materials (Carbon and Stainless Steel) shall be separated such that they are not in
contact with each other.
3) In order to maintain the equipment warranty the Turbine Pipe Rack and the CA/CB Piping
Assembly shall be stored indoors in a clean, dry location, otherwise the warranty will be
compromised.
4) All indoor laydown areas must be elevated off the ground using a minimum of 4” x 4” cribbing
at 8’ (or less if required) spacing.
5) This is an engineering recommendation that all other piping assemblies are also stored
indoors.
6) If an indoor storage is not possible, the following requirements must be met for outdoor
storage:

a) Cover must be provided (Roofed area or tarpaulin).

b) Tarpaulin similar to a tent design, with adequate slopes to allow water to drip down, is
installed to ensure weather and wind resistance, and convenient access to stored pipe
spools.
c) Cover must allow for adequate air circulation.
Regardless of what option is selected, all outdoor laydown areas shall be a minimum of
12.00" off the ground.

Generic Preservation/Inspection Requirements:

1) All pipe spools without Nitrogen purge/blanket system must be adequately sealed to prevent
rust and corrosion. All open flanges must be covered with a minimum of 1/8” thick steel end
plates using a minimum of 1/16” rubber or neoprene ring type or full face gaskets. For
flanges with 8 bolt holes or less, use a minimum of 4 bolts for mounting the end plates. For
flanges with more than 8 bolt holes, 50% bolting shall be used. For tack welded flanges, the
gasket shall cover the full face of the piping opening. Tack welded flanges shall be located a
maximum of 1/8” from the pipe end. A polyethylene plastic bag shall fully cover the flange
and end plate, and be securely taped over the pipe. All hardware such as nuts, bolts, and
washers shall be galvanized.

PIPING1, GENERAL STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS

2) The Turbine Pipe Rack consists of fabricated piping assemblies. The assemblies that
contain in-line components such as valves, must be preserved and inspected using one of
the following options:

a) Application of Nitrogen Blanket (as per SWPC 22T8199 specification)

b) Preservation without Nitrogen Blanket in accordance with the following
requirements:

1) All installed flanged valves shall be removed

2) All valves and/or other in-line components shall be
inspected/preserved/stored in accordance with requirements defined in this
manual in the section titled Storage, Preservation, and Inspection of
Valves
3) All internally uncoated Carbon Steel piping (other than Lube Oil), all internally
coated Carbon Steel piping, and all Stainless Steel piping must be preserved
and inspected as per this Manual.

3) Inspect external surfaces of Stainless Steel components for signs of rust. If rust is detected, it
shall be removed using Stainless Steel wire brush.

4) Spray B7 bolting monthly with a rust preventative, such as “Defense EF Metal Protector.”

5) All inspections must be done at 3-month intervals, unless otherwise noted.

6) Shrink-wrap ends of pipe spools stored outdoors to provide additional moisture barrier.

7) Inspect external painted surfaces (Carbon Steel) for signs of rust. If rust is detected, it shall
be removed with Carbon Steel wire brush and sprayed with a zinc-rich rust inhibitor, such as
“ZRC”.

NOTES:
1) The above storage/preservation/inspection requirements are applicable to piping assemblies
stored at the storage facility, or “as not installed” at the site.
2) If a piping is stored “as installed” at the site, the above requirements still apply, with the
following addition for the piping without Nitrogen purge/blanket system:
- All installed flanged valves shall be removed.
- All valves and/or other in-line components shall be inspected/preserved/stored in accordance
with requirements defined in Section 9 of this document.
- All Carbon Steel piping must be preserved with either Mobil Vaprotec Light (Lube/Seal Oil), or
VCI-309 (all other, internally uncoated piping), and sealed in accordance with SWPC
specifications. All Stainless Steel piping must be sealed in accordance with SWPC
specifications.
3) If Nitrogen purge/blanket system is not provided for either the Turbine Pipe Rack, or the
CA/CB I/C piping assembly, follow requirements defined in Sections 3 through 9, with the
following addition for the internally coated Carbon Steel pipe spools:
- The VCI-309 must not be applied to internally coated Carbon Steel pipe spools
- If pipe end seal is defected, inspect interiors of internally coated Carbon Steel pipe spools
with a borescope. If the integrity of the coating has been compromised, it shall be recorded
in the inspection log. Replace open end sealing in accordance with SWPC specifications.

PIPING1, GENERAL STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS

Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 83050

CNS # : 3546

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : COOLING AIR/COMPRESSOR BLEED INTERCONNECT PIPING

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30/90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, NITROGEN PRESSURE LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Material:: Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel pipe spools.

All Carbon Steel Internally Uncoated Pipe Spools:

Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Carbon Steel (internally uncoated) Pipe Spools other than Lube
Oil/Seal Oil.

All Carbon Steel Internally Coated Pipe Spools

Preservation: All pipe spools without Nitrogen purge/blanket system must be adequately sealed to
prevent rust and corrosion. All open flanges must be covered with a minimum of 1/8” thick steel end
plates using a minimum of 1/16” rubber or neoprene ring type or full face gaskets. For flanges with 8
bolt holes or less, use a minimum of 4 bolts for mounting the end plates. For flanges with more than
8 bolt holes, 50% bolting shall be used. For tack welded flanges, the gasket shall cover the full face
of the piping opening. Tack welded flanges shall be located a maximum of 1/8” from the pipe end. A
polyethylene plastic bag shall fully cover the flange and end plate, and be securely taped over the
pipe. All hardware such as nuts, bolts, and washers shall be galvanized

Inspection: Inspect pipe spools for shrink wrap (end seals) damage every 90 days. If wrap is intact
no other action is required. If wrap is defected, discard old wrap, and inspect pipe spool end sealing.
If rust is detected on surfaces of interfacing flange, it shall be removed with a carbon steel wire brush
and spray with a zinc-rich rust inhibitor, such as “ZRC.” If pipe end seal is defected, inspect the
interior with a borescope. If the integrity of the coating has been compromised, this shall be recorded
in the inspection log. Seal pipe spools in accordance with this manual and replace shrink-wrap.
Contact SWPC Engineering for remediation.

Stainless Steel pipe spools:

Preservation/Inspection: Refer to Stainless Steel Pipe Spools

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Perform walkdown inspection every 30 days. Monitor and record Nitrogen pressure reading every 7 days
if applicable.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Cooling Air/Compressor Bleed Interconnect Piping Assy

Sequence Number: 83050 CNS Number: 3546

Equipment Category: piping Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools, borescope

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-83050.xls 1/23/2004
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 36000

CNS # : 8411

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : TXP (TELEPERM XP CONTROL SYSTEM) AND RELATED

EQUIPMENT

STORAGE CODE : D

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 7/30 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG, DCS CABINET INSPECTION LOG,

TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain original supplier shipping packaging. Store indoors in a dry, clean, environmentally controlled
location. Protect from damage on all sides. Protect from flooding. Equipment shall be located on a
concrete or asphalt floor with adequate load-bearing capability. Storage area shall be free from vermin
(rats, mice, insects, etc.). Humidity shall be 15% - 85% non-condensing not below dewpoint. Acceptable
storage temperature is 65 - 80 degrees F. Cabinets must remain free of dust, grease, and contaminants.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist. The following items must be inspected and recorded weekly:
· Facility Temperature (measured within 5ft of the cabinet storage area).
· Facility Humidity (measures within 5ft of the cabinet storage area).
· Insure perforated plastic is on cabinets and undamaged.
· Insure that there is no evidence of moisture on or under the equipment plastic covering.

Copies of Inspection Reports must be provided to the SWPC Storage Coordinator on a monthly basis.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Site Preparation Manual
v1.0

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Revised 3-Oct-02
 TELEPERM XP®, TXP®, SIMATIC® and SINEC® are registered trademarks of
Siemens AG.

COPYRIGHT Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is not
permitted without express written authority. Offenders will be liable for damages.
All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model
or design, are reserved.

QUALIFIED Commissioning and operation of the TXP Instrumentation & Control System
PERSONS must only be carried out by qualified persons. Qualified persons are those who are
authorized to commission, to ground and to tag equipment, systems and circuits in
accordance with established safety practices and standards.

INFORMATION Generally, information provided in this manual applies to applications in the North
CONFLICTS American market. Where information between this manual conflicts with standard
TXP documentation, manuals or site-specific design documentation, it should be
brought to the attention of Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Table of Contents n i
Table of Contents

1 - Introduction .......................................................................................7
Overview ............................................................................................................. 7
Description of Site Selection and Preparation ..................................................... 7
Physical Factors..................................................................................... 7
Load Bearing of Floors ........................................................... 7
Space....................................................................................... 7
Mechanical Shock and Vibration ............................................ 7
Environmental Factors .......................................................................... 8
Air Quality .............................................................................. 8
Temperature and Humidity ..................................................... 8
Electrostatic Discharge............................................................ 8
Abbreviations....................................................................................................... 8

2 - Storage and Handling .....................................................................10

Equipment Receipt ............................................................................................ 10
Equipment Storage and Protection .................................................................... 10

3 - Electrical Installation Requirements..............................................11

Cable and Signal Separation.............................................................................. 11
Introduction ......................................................................................... 11
Reference Documents.......................................................................... 11
Design Criteria................................................................................................... 12
Signal Level and Cable Configuration ................................................ 12
“L” ........................................................................................ 12
“C” ........................................................................................ 12
“P”......................................................................................... 12
Signal Separation Criteria ................................................................... 12
TXP Bus Cables .................................................................................. 14
Grounding and Shielding................................................................................... 14
Cabinet Grounding Provisions ............................................................ 14
Grounding of Field Devices ................................................................ 15
Grounding of Measurement and Signal Cable Shields........................ 16
Landing Field Cables........................................................................... 16
Lightning Protection............................................................................ 16
Inspection and Testing Recommendations ........................................................ 16
Initial Inspections ................................................................................ 16
Grounding Tests .................................................................................. 17
Power Supply Checks.......................................................................... 18
Typical System Installation – TXP™ Distributed Control System ................... 19

4 - Drawing Numbers, Types and Codes ............................................20

Drawing Numbers.............................................................................................. 20
Drawing Types .................................................................................................. 20
Typical Function Codes (=) ............................................................................... 21

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Table of Contents n ii
 Typical Equipment Codes (=.xxnnn)................................................................. 22
Component Codes (-)......................................................................................... 24
Location Codes (+) ............................................................................................ 24

5 - TXP Cabinets...................................................................................26
Introduction ....................................................................................................... 26
Cabinet Types .................................................................................................... 26
Cabinet Options ................................................................................................. 28
Cabinet Part Numbers........................................................................................ 28
AP Cabinet Part Numbers ................................................................... 28
AUX Cabinet Part Numbers................................................................ 29
IO Cabinet Part Numbers .................................................................... 30
GOV Cabinet Part Numbers................................................................ 31
Cabinet Colors ................................................................................................... 31
Cabinet Handling............................................................................................... 31
Cabinet Cable Entry........................................................................................... 32
Cabinet Tops and Doors .................................................................................... 32
Cabinet Labeling................................................................................................ 32
Cabinet Location Codes..................................................................................... 32
Cabinet Power Distribution ............................................................................... 33
Cabinet Terminal Blocks ................................................................................... 33
Cabinet Power Consumption and Heat Loss ..................................................... 34
Cabinet Grounding ............................................................................................ 35
Cabinet Environmental Requirements ............................................................... 35
Cabinet Arrangement for 501F Combustion Turbine ........................................ 36
Cabinet Arrangement for 501G Combustion Turbine ....................................... 36
Cabinet Arrangement for Steam Turbine (Cluster)............................................ 37
Cabinet Arrangement for Steam Turbine (Line)................................................ 37
Cabinet Overview Drawings.............................................................................. 38
AP1 Cabinet ........................................................................................ 39
AP2 Cabinet ........................................................................................ 40
AP3 Cabinet ........................................................................................ 41
AP4 Cabinet ........................................................................................ 42
AUX1 Cabinet..................................................................................... 43
AUX2 Cabinet..................................................................................... 44
IO1 Cabinet ......................................................................................... 45
IO2 Cabinet ......................................................................................... 46
IO3 Cabinet ......................................................................................... 47
IO4 Cabinet ......................................................................................... 48
IO6 Cabinet ......................................................................................... 49
GOV1 Cabinet..................................................................................... 50
GOV2 Cabinet..................................................................................... 51
CRY01 Cabinet ................................................................................... 52
IO1(RION4) Cabinet........................................................................... 53
IO1(RION4) Cabinet........................................................................... 54
Cabinet Footprints ............................................................................................. 55
600 x 400 mm Cabinet ........................................................................ 55
600 x 600 mm Cabinet ........................................................................ 55
600 x 1000 mm Cabinet ...................................................................... 56
900 x 400 mm Cabinet ........................................................................ 56
900 x 600 mm Cabinet ........................................................................ 57
900 x 1000 mm Cabinet ...................................................................... 57
1200 x 600 mm Cabinet ...................................................................... 58

6 - Hardware Keys ................................................................................59

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Table of Contents n iii
 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 59
Hardware Key Naming Convention .................................................... 59
S7 Hardware Key Terminals ............................................................... 60
S7 Hardware Key Location Codes ...................................................... 61
S7 Hardware Key Terminal Strips ...................................................... 61
S7 Hardware Key Power Distribution ................................................. 61
S7 Hardware Key Summary Sheets................................................................... 62
S7 Analog Hardware Key Summary ................................................... 63
S7 Digital Hardware Key Summary.................................................... 66
S7 Hardware Key Field ST................................................................................ 71
MI021N .............................................................................................. 72
MI022N .............................................................................................. 73
MI131C .............................................................................................. 74
MR022C ............................................................................................. 75
MU021C ............................................................................................. 76
MK012C ............................................................................................. 77
MK135 ................................................................................................ 78
MK144C ............................................................................................. 79
MK145 ................................................................................................ 80
Fast IO Hardware Keys ..................................................................................... 81
Add FEM Module ............................................................................... 81
Add FEM Module Connectors ............................................................ 81
Fast IO Terminals................................................................................ 82
Combustion Turbine Fast IO Terminals................................ 82
Steam Turbine Fast IO Terminals ......................................... 82
Fast IO Hardware Key Summary Sheets ........................................................... 83
Analog Fast IO Hardware Key Summary............................................ 83
Digital Fast IO Hardware Key Summary ............................................ 84
Fast IO Hardware Key Field ST ........................................................................ 85
MI050.................................................................................................. 86
MI059.................................................................................................. 87
MI157.................................................................................................. 88
MF057 ................................................................................................. 89
MK054 ................................................................................................ 90
MK055 ................................................................................................ 91
MK056 ................................................................................................ 92
MK057 ................................................................................................ 93
MK157 ................................................................................................ 94
MK058 ................................................................................................ 95
MI056H ............................................................................................... 96
MI057H ............................................................................................... 97
MI058H ............................................................................................... 98
MI156.................................................................................................. 99
MF056 ............................................................................................... 100
MK053 .............................................................................................. 101
MK156 .............................................................................................. 102
Hardware Key Drawings ................................................................................. 103

7 - Fiber Optic Installation and Testing ............................................104

Fiber Optic Networks ...................................................................................... 104
Siemens Industrial Ethernet 10Base-FL 10Mbps LAN..................... 104
Siemens Industrial Ethernet 100Base-FX 100Mbps Switched LAN. 105
Siemens L2 PROFIBUS Optical Networks....................................... 105
OLM Network Design Considerations ............................................................ 105
OLM Network Power Budget ........................................................... 106

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Table of Contents n iv
 OLM Network Signal Propagation Time .......................................... 106
OLM Network Variability................................................................. 107
OSM Network Design Considerations ............................................................ 107
OSM Network Power Budget............................................................ 107
Fiber Optic Cable Specification....................................................................... 108
Fiber Optic Cable Reel Initial Inspection ........................................................ 108
Fiber Optic Cable Installation and Termination .............................................. 109
Fiber Optic Network Testing ........................................................................... 109
Attenuation ........................................................................................ 109
OTDR Testing ................................................................................... 110
References ....................................................................................................... 110

8 - OM Equipment...............................................................................111
OM Equipment ................................................................................................ 111
OM Cables....................................................................................................... 111
Network and OM Overviews........................................................................... 111
OM Configuration Notes .................................................................. 112
OM System Overview ...................................................................... 113
Plant Bus and Terminal Bus ............................................................. 114
Plant Bus and Terminal Bus .............................................................. 115
L2 Profibus Configuration................................................................. 116
Cabinet Grounding Overview............................................................ 117
Cabinet Power Distribution .............................................................. 118
CCR Power Distribution .................................................................. 119
Compact Unit Operator Terminal ..................................................... 120

Appendix A – Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation Tables...121

Summary.......................................................................................................... 121
Hardware Components ...................................................................... 122
OM Equipment.................................................................................. 124
I/O Modules....................................................................................... 125

Appendix B – I/O Database................................................................127

Database Structure........................................................................................... 127
I/O Database Field Definitions ........................................................................ 128

Appendix C – Cable Lists ..................................................................131

Cable List Database ......................................................................................... 131
Cable List Database Field Definitions ............................................................. 132
Example Cable List Drawing........................................................................... 134
Interconnect Cable List ..................................................................... 135

Appendix D – Change Control...........................................................136

NOTE: This section is presently not released................................................. 136
Change Control................................................................................................ 136
External Customers ........................................................................... 136
Field Information Request (FIR)......................................... 136
Out to the Field Information Request (OUTFIR)................ 136
Field Change Notification (FCN)........................................ 136
Product Change Request (PCR) .......................................... 136
Internal Customers ............................................................................ 137
Field Action Request (FAR) ............................................... 137
Out to the Field Action Request (OUTFAR) ...................... 137

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Table of Contents n v
 Product Modification (PRODMOD)................................... 137
Engineering Change Management Instruction (ECMI) ...... 137

Attachment - Hardware Keys.............................................................138

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Table of Contents n vi
1 - Introduction

Overview
This manual provides information for the preparation and installation of the TXP
Control System. The information provided includes site environment, safety,
electrical power, grounding, installation, and equipment specifications. The objective
is to ensure that the TXP Control System operates within its design capabilities after
installation.
The intended users of this manual are design and architect/engineers, installation
contractors, and Client design and plant personnel.

Description of Site Selection and Preparation

The physical and environmental factors that require preparation before installing a
control system include:

Physical Factors
The following physical factors need to be considered before installation: load bearing
of floors, space and mechanical shock and vibration.

Load Bearing of Floors

The floors of the site must be capable of bearing the weight of the equipment
and must provide a stable base for mounting of the equipment. Refer to
Chapter 5 - TXP Cabinets in this manual for cabinet weight information.

Space
The space reserved on site must be sufficient to hold the equipment and
allow for normal operation and maintenance access. It is recommended that
Article 110 section 26 of the National Electrical Code be followed so that
minimum working clearance can be observed.

Mechanical Shock and Vibration

Shock, vibration, and seismic zone design requirements of equipment must
be considered for the safety of personnel and proper equipment operation.
Standard cabinet designs meet the requirements of the Uniform Building
Code for Seismic Zone 2.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 1 - Introduction n 7
 Environmental Factors
The following environmental factors must be considered before installation: air
quality, temperature and humidity and electrostatic discharge.

Air Quality
Care must be taken so that gas, solid or liquid contaminants that could
adversely affect the equipment are not present. If such conditions exist, the
equipment may need to be relocated or installed in special cabinets (i.e.
NEMA 4, air purge, etc.).
For bottom entry cabinet designs, care should be taken to preclude dust entry
into the cabinets from the sub floor or cable spread rooms below. Where a
false floor is employed, the sub floor should be thoroughly cleaned before
installing field cables.

Temperature and Humidity

The temperature and humidity level of the system’s environment must be
within the specified ranges for safe operation of the equipment. Refer to
Chapter 5 - TXP Cabinets in this manual for further information.

Electrostatic Discharge
The buildup of electrostatic charge can be harmful to sensitive electrical
components. Static free work areas must be provided so that damage to
electrical equipment is avoided. Standard discharge methods, such as mats
and grounded personnel wrist straps, should be employed when personnel
handle system circuit boards and modules.

Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used in this manual:

AP Application Processor
AS Automation System
AS620B Automation System, Basic
AS620T Automation System, Turbine
AUX Auxiliary Cabinet (Measuring Cabinet)
AWG American Wire Gauge
BOM Bill of Materials
BOP Balance of Plant
CAD Computer Aided Design
CCR Central Control Room
CEP Central Earthing Point (controls common)
CM Communication Module
CR Control Room
CT Combustion Turbine
DCS Distributed Control System
DS Diagnostics System
EG Equipment (chassis) Ground
GOV Governor Cabinet (Simadyn D)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 1 - Introduction n 8
 ES Engineering Station
ET200M Simatic S7 Distributed I/O Rack
FEM Front End Module
FUM Function Modules
HDP Hot-dipped, galvanized
HRSG Heat Recovery Steam Generator
HWKEY Hardware Key
IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
I/O Input/Output
KKS Kraftwerk-KennzeichenSystem (German for Identification
System for Power Stations)
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
OLM Optical Link Module
OM Operation and Monitoring System
OM650 TXP Operation and Monitoring System
OSM Optical Switch Module
OT Operator Terminal
PCC Power Control Center
PU Processing Unit
RGS Rigid, galvanized steel
SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association
SH Shield bus
SIM Signal Modules
ST Steam Turbine
SU Server Unit
SWPC Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 1 - Introduction n 9
2 - Storage and Handling

Equipment Receipt
The site shall promptly inspect shipments to ensure that quantities are correct and
products are undamaged.
The site shall provide equipment and personnel to handle the shipments to prevent
soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
Upon receipt, shipments shall be promptly put into storage and protected as described
below until required for installation.

Equipment Storage and Protection

TXP electrical and electronic equipment, including Operation and Monitoring (OM)
consoles, computer towers, and miscellaneous electronic equipment shall be stored at
the site. If the site cannot provide proper storage and protection, arrangements must
be made for off-site storage.
The following are the requirements for proper storage and protection:

§ Equipment shall be stored indoors

§ Equipment shall be in a covered area
§ Equipment shall be protected from damage on all sides
§ Equipment shall be protected against flooding
§ Equipment shall be located on a concrete or asphalt floor with adequate load-
bearing capability
§ Equipment shall be accessible with a fork-lift truck
§ Equipment shall be arranged to permit access for inspection, with labels
intact and legible
§ Storage area shall be free from vermin (rats, mice, insects, etc.)
§ Humidity shall be 15% to 85% non-condensing not below Dewpoint, -40 to
158 °F (-40 to 70 °C)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 2 - Storage and Handling n 10
3 - Electrical Installation Requirements

Cable and Signal Separation

Introduction
This section defines signal levels, recommended separation for the field routing
design and installation of cables and directions regarding cable shielding and system
grounding for Siemens TXP control systems.
Information in this section can be used as a design guide for the interconnect raceway
designer and system installer. Where the installation design, due to physical or site
conditions restraints, requires alternate approaches or where the designer’s experience
can provide a more cost-effective design, the designer may request approval of such
alternates provided that it meets the intent of this document. Siemens Westinghouse
Power Corporation’s Engineering Department, located in Alpharetta, Georgia, should
be consulted where alternatives are proposed.

Reference Documents
IEEE Std. 518 “IEEE Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to
Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External
Sources”
IEEE Std. 1050 “IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment
Grounding in Generating Stations”
IEEE Std. 1100 “IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding
Electronic Equipment”
NFPA 70 The National Electric Code

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 3 - Electrical Installation Requirements n 11
Design Criteria

Signal Level and Cable Configuration

“L”
Low Level – similar to IEEE 518 Level 1, this signal level includes control
system analog input/output signals such as 4-20 mA or 0–10 Vdc transmitter
and final control element signals, RTDs and thermocouples. Interconnecting
wiring for these circuits shall be individually twisted and shielded pairs or
twisted, shielded triads for three-wire RTDs. Low energy digital
input/output circuits of 24 Vdc or less may also be routed as low level
signals if the cabling for each circuit is provided with an overall shield and
circuits are limited to 50 VA maximum.

“C”
Control Level – similar to IEEE 518 Level 3, this level includes switching
and digital I/O signals of voltages up to 120 Vac or 125 Vdc and analog
circuits operating at greater than 24 Vdc. This category includes binary
control input and output signals of less than 5 Amperes continuous current
and may also include 120 Vac single phase power circuits, such as to
instrument power supplies, provided the 5 Ampere rating is not exceeded
and no harmonic distortion exists in the circuits. Analog circuits should
utilize twisted shielded pair cable. It is also acceptable to install 24 Vdc
digital I/O circuits in this category provided these circuits are shielded as
described under the low level category.

“P”
Power Level – similar to IEEE Level 4, this level contains cables which
include motor and power supply cabling of less than 600 Vac/125 Vdc. No
control system cables are routed in this tray, however the classification is
addressed for the purpose of separation criteria. Generally, low level and
control level circuits are not exposed to or installed in the vicinity of power
cables operating in excess of 600 Vac. The recommendations of IEEE 518
should be followed regarding special cases exceeding 600 Vac.

Signal Separation Criteria

The following separation criteria apply to the signal levels defined above. Cabling is
considered to run in its own metal tray or galvanized rigid steel conduit and the
tray/conduit is properly grounded.
§ The “L” level raceway should be a solid metal tray with cover (galvanized
tray is preferred) or galvanized rigid steel conduit.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 3 - Electrical Installation Requirements n 12
 § The “C” level raceway may be ladder tray covered or uncovered as required
by the installation. Where 24 Vdc digital I/O circuits are installed, it is
recommended that designer install a metal barrier in the tray to separate the
24 Vdc circuits from the other circuits in the tray, particularly if the distances
for parallel runs exceed 200 feet. Where conduit is used, RGS is
recommended and the 24 Vdc circuits should be routed in their own
conduits, separate from the other signal types existing in this class for runs in
excess of 50 feet.
§ The following tables are provided to define separation criteria.

Tray Spacing (inches)

Signal Level L C P
L 0 6 26
C 6 0 18
P 26 18 0

Tray-Conduit Spacing (inches)

Signal Level L C P
L 0 4 18
C 4 0 6
P 18 6 0

Conduit Spacing (inches)

Signal Level L C P
L 0 3 12
C 3 0 4
P 12 4 0

When conduit is encased in concrete or concrete duct bank, PVC conduit may be
substituted for RGS conduit for the “C” and “P” levels without a change in separation
distances. PVC conduit may not be substituted for RGS conduit for “L” level circuits.
Also, under this circumstance, the 24 Vdc digital I/O signals should be routed as Low
level only.
Where type “L” and “C” trays encroach on the minimum separation criteria with type
“P” signal trays due to physical constraints, the distance the trays run in parallel must
be minimized. The recommended separation must be restored immediately on
clearing the physical constraint. Ideally the trays would not run in parallel and would
cross only at right angles.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 3 - Electrical Installation Requirements n 13
 TXP Bus Cables
TXP bus cables are designated:
§ SINEC L2 for the bus between remote input/output modules and their
associated Automation Processor (AP)
§ SINEC H1 for the plant bus connecting the Automation Processors
§ Terminal Bus for the bus connecting the Operator Terminals (OT),
Server Units (SU), Processor Units (PU), etc.
If the L2 bus cables are copper, they can be routed with “L” level signal cables. If the
H1 and Terminal Bus cables are copper they can be routed together but shall be
routed in dedicated trays/conduits following the L level criteria for separation. If
these bus cables are fiber optic then no routing or separation requirements apply.

Grounding and Shielding

Cabinet Grounding Provisions

The grounding requirements set forth in this section are written specifically for
applications in the North American market. Requirements of this section take
precedence over standard TXP documentation.
The TXP system is equipped with up to four buses to accommodate the grounding
requirements:
§ SH – SH (Shield) bus bars are isolated from the cabinet (chassis) and are
provided for the termination of field cable shield drain wires.
§ M – The M bus bar is also isolated from the cabinet and serves as the
zero potential (common) for the electronics 24 Vdc power supplies. In
addition to powering the modules installed in the cabinet, the 24 Vdc
may, depending on specific system design, also provide the wetting
voltage for digital inputs, motive power for digital outputs and loop
power for DCS powered transmitter and final control element circuits.
§ CEP – The CEP (Central Earthing Point) is an isolated bar which serves
as the central point for a cabinet or cabinet cluster. This is basically the
“controls common” for the system.
§ EG – Each cabinet is provided with a non-isolated equipment grounding
point (a chassis ground) for connection of the cabinet metals to ground.

The M and SH bus bars are connected to the CEP using #6 AWG insulated wires.
The CEP serves as the single point grounding location for the cabinet (or cluster of
adjacent cabinets). The intent is to make one common reference point for the cable
shields and logic circuit commons to plant earth so as to preclude any ground
potential variation and therefore avoid circulating currents from existing in the control
system.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 3 - Electrical Installation Requirements n 14
 A single connection should be made between earth and the control system at the CEP
using an insulated #4/0 AWG (minimum) stranded soft-drawn copper cable. The
route of this cable should be as short and as straight as possible. The connection to the
plant ground grid should be exothermically welded (not clamped), preferably
subterranean and separate from any other connection to the ground grid. Use of
building steel or any other indirect methods for this critical connection is not
acceptable. The final design from ground reference to CEP should have an overall
resistance of less than 1 ohm. It is recommended the cable used be sized such that it
contributes less than 0.1 ohm to the overall resistance of the installation. In most
cases for single and combined cycle plant applications, a #4/0 cable is sufficient.
All metal parts of the TXP standard cabinet are assembled with large area bolted
joints, which ensure good electrical contact. All internal parts have similar large area
connections to the main rack and/or cabinet structure. Good electrical contact
between cabinet components and structural members is accomplished using serrated
washers.
For each cabinet the EG (chassis ground) should be connected to a solid grounding
point using a #1/0 AWG bare copper cable. This may be made to grounded building
columns or piping which runs underground. In electronics rooms, it is a common
practice to run grounding grids, such as beneath false floors, to which cabinet grounds
may be clamped. It is not acceptable to gather or daisy-chain the cabinet grounds
(EGs) in such a fashion that any cabinet relies on another cabinet’s ground integrity
for it’s proper grounding.
The figure at the end of this document “Typical System Installation” provides an
illustration of the grounding methods employed. Where cabinets are adjacent or
within the same immediate area, such as in an electronics room, it is acceptable to
collect all M and SH bus bars together at one CEP for the connection to earth. Where
larger distances, 100 feet or more, are involved, the conductors connecting the
cabinets must be sized such that conductor resistance is negligible (rule of thumb is
that total resistance is less than equivalent resistance of 100 feet of #6 AWG). The
designer is cautioned, however, from making extensive runs of these grounding
conductors as the potential for noise pickup is increased.
For installations where remote cabinets or remote groups or clusters are employed,
each cluster makes its own CEP connection to ground. The system design
incorporates the use of fiber optic cables to link remote cabinets, so ground potential
differences are not a concern. In the rare case where remote cabinets may be
connected to each other via copper conductors, such as where exchanging hard-wired
I/O, isolation in the signal circuits may be required if the remote locations have
separate CEP connections to earth.

Grounding of Field Devices

To guard against electrical shock, all metal-enclosed electrical apparatus
(transmitters, transducers, actuators, etc.) must be bonded to electrically conducting
structural members that are in turn bonded to the plant ground grid.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 3 - Electrical Installation Requirements n 15
 Grounding of Measurement and Signal Cable Shields
All low level measurement and signal cables from field devices and peripherals must
have a static (foil shield with drain wire) or a braided shield to reduce the likelihood
of electromagnetic interference. The shield must be grounded to drain off induced
charges. The shields of these cables should be grounded at one point only to avoid
circulating current over the shield due to the potential differences between the
locations. Therefore a shield bus is provided in all TXP I/O cabinets.
In most cases, the cable shields are terminated on the SH bus in the cabinet, however,
where field device have low signal circuit resistance paths to ground (such as
grounded tip thermocouples or some four-wire transmitters) or where the cable shield
grounds to the device enclosure or chassis, there must not be a connection to the
shield bar in the I/O cabinet.
To avoid contact with cabinet chassis, the shield drain wire should be kept as short as
possible and insulated with shrink tubing or taped from the point at which it leaves
the field cable jacket to the point at which it terminates on the SH bus bar.

Landing Field Cables

Field cables for TXP I/O should preferably be terminated at the device/sensor end
first and/or with the TXP cabinet power and sources used for wetting voltage or loop
power de-energized. Since this is not always practical during startup and
commissioning activities for an installation, care should be taken to avoid shorting the
I/O points or crossing conductors using different voltage levels to avoid blowing fuses
or damaging I/O module channels. The connector at each I/O module could also be
disconnected from the module until the field cable terminations and checks have been
completed.

Lightning Protection
Various methods are used to provide protection from surges due to power system
faults and lightning strikes. The cables must be run in properly grounded tray and
conduit systems, as a minimum. However, this will not preclude faults affecting the
control system resulting from strikes or surges to outdoor field devices. Methods for
precluding damage to control system components must include a properly designed
lightning arresting/protection system. In high lightning activity areas where field
devices are exposed to surges, such as outfall monitoring areas, the plant designer
should consider the use of isolation or barrier devices or alternate forms of signal
transmission (fiber-optic cable, radio transmission, etc.)

Inspection and Testing Recommendations

Initial Inspections
1. Verify cabinet grounds (connections to EG) have been made. Cable should be
#1/0 AWG (minimum).

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 3 - Electrical Installation Requirements n 16
 2. Verify instrument ground (CEP; Central Earth Point) has been terminated and
that a #4/0 AWG (minimum) insulated grounding cable is used. If possible,
verify insulated grounding cable is connected to the station grounding grid at one
point and is made via exothermic weld to the grounding grid or grid pigtail. The
connection should appear smooth and have no voids.
3. Verify that each adjacent cabinet shield bus bars (SH) have been connected in a
radial pattern back to the SH bus bar in the cabinet containing the CEP and that
one connection from that SH bus bar is made to the CEP. Cable used should be
insulated #6 AWG (minimum).
4. Verify that all 24 Vdc zero reference bus bars (M) for each adjacent cabinet are
connected in a radial pattern back to the M bus bar in the cabinet containing the
CEP and that one cable connects to the CEP. Cable used should be insulated #6
AWG (minimum).
5. If a raceway review is warranted:
a. Review conduit and cable separation criteria for low level, control and
power raceways to ensure separation criteria have been met. Refer to the
tables under the “Signal Separation Criteria” for separation
requirements.
b. Verify that low level trays are HDP solid bottom tray with cover design.
c. Verify low level and control conduits are RGS.
d. Check for installation of raceway grounding and bonding provisions as
required by NEC Section 250. [Note: power generating station
electrical designs may not adhere to NEC requirements, however, tray
and conduit grounding practices described in the NEC are, in general,
followed by the plant design agencies. These designs usually meet or
exceed the NEC requirements]
6. Check field terminations for tightness, randomly check internal cabinet
terminations for tightness.

Grounding Tests
1. While controlled equipment is not operating and with cabinets powered down,
disconnect the insulated grounding conductor from the CEP bus bar and
connection between the CEP and M bus bars.
2. Measure the resistance between the equipment chassis ground (EG) and the CEP
grounding cable and verify it is less than 1 Ohm.
3. Before re-terminating CEP grounding cable and M bus connections to the CEP,
verify resistance of CEP and EG exceeds 1 Megohm. If it does not, a ground loop
exists which likely occurs at a SH bus bar connection. Likely sources are:
a. Cable shield or shield drain wire in contact with cabinet metals.
b. Cable shield grounded at more than one point (such as both ends of
cable).
c. Instrument circuit grounded or having low path resistance to ground at
instrument end (such as four-wire transmitter output which is grounded
or grounded tip thermocouple)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 3 - Electrical Installation Requirements n 17
 Sources of the ground must be determined and corrected in order to ensure ground
loops or noise do not affect system operation. In the case of grounded tip
thermocouples, for example, the shield termination in the TXP cabinet must be lifted,
and the shield drain wire grounded at the thermocouple. For interface with other
systems or equipment such as four-wire transmitters which have low circuit resistance
paths to ground, isolation of the signal will likely be required.
After all grounds have been resolved, reconnect the CEP grounding conductor.

Power Supply Checks

With cabinets energized and control systems not-operating (TXP-controlled
equipment not operating):
1. Check voltage of power feeds to verify these are within +/- 3% of rated voltage
(125 Vdc, 120 Vac, etc.).
2. Check harmonic distortion of power feeds and verify THD less than 5%.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 3 - Electrical Installation Requirements n 18
Typical System Installation – TXP™ Distributed Control System
AP Cabinet GOV Cabinet I/O Cabinet

Shield Bus Shield Bus

(Isolated) (Isolated)

Analog Loop 4.20

L+ M L+ M L+ M Powered mA

Output to
Isolated Device R

Binary Input with

Dry Contacts

Configuration
AUX Cabinet (Note 2) EG EG EG with Junction
Box
L+ M

Feed 1
L+1
125V
DC
24V
DC

Feed 2 L+2

125V
DC
24V
DC
M

CEP SH
EG

Plant Grid Connection Notes: 1) For all grounded field devices, do not connect
shield to SH bus in the TXP cabinet.

2) The AUX cabinet also provides a representation

of a typical stand-alone BOP cabinet.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 3 - Electrical Installation Requirements n 19
4 - Drawing Numbers, Types and
Codes

Drawing Numbers
TXP control system drawing numbers are based on the KKS Identification
System for Power Plants. The following is a typical drawing number and what
each part of the number means:
00320YS=11CJF01GN003001001

Project Number 00320 a.k.a. ICP number (ICP “site”

numbers start at 20000)
Drawing Type YS Schematic Diagram
Unit 11 Unit Number – for 2 units these
would typically be 11 and 12
KKS Function Code CJF HRSG AP Cabinet
Cabinet Number 01 Cabinet number in lineup
KKS Equipment Code GN Networking Equipment
Equipment Code Number 003 Plant Bus/Terminal Bus OSM
Sheet Number 001
Revision 001

Drawing Types
The following drawing types are typically provided in a drawing set:
YA Drawing Set Cover Sheet
YB Drawing Index Sheet
YC Cable Terminations
YS Circuit Diagrams
YD Equipment Outlines, Assembly Overviews

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 4 - Drawing Numbers, Types and Codes n 20
 ES680 Engineering Station Configuration Drawings are classified as follows:
YDH Overview Diagram – I&C Hardware
YDM Middle Level - I&C Hardware
YDR Function Diagram – Detailed I&C Hardware
YFH Overview Diagram – I&C Software
YFM Middle Level - I&C Software
YFR Function Diagram – I&C Software

Typical Function Codes (=)

The following are typical Function Codes:

Function Code Description

CJP CT AP Cabinet
CJQ CT Aux Local Panel
CJR CT Gov Cabinet
CJS CT Interface Cabinet
CPA
01 CT Local I/O Cabinet 1
02 CT Local I/O Cabinet 2
03 CT Local I/O Cabinet 3
CJJ
11 ST Gov Cabinet
21 ST AP Cabinet
51 ST Aux Cabinet
CPB
21 ST I/O Cabinet 1
22 ST I/O Cabinet 2
CJF HRSG AP Cabinet
CPC HRSG I/O Cabinet
CJC
01 BOP AP Cabinet 1
02 BOP AP Cabinet 2
CKA Online Supervisory and Diagnostic Computer (Win-TS)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 4 - Drawing Numbers, Types and Codes n 21
 CPD
01 BOP Local I/O Cabinet 1
02 BOP Local I/O Cabinet 2
21 BOP Remote I/O Cabinet 1
22 BOP Remote I/O Cabinet 2
CRN OM Configuration Overview
CRR Terminal Bus
CRS Plant Bus
CRT L2 Profibus
CRU OM650
CRV ES680
CRW DS670
CRX Power Distribution & Cabinet Grounding Overview
CRY Control Room Network Cabinet
CRZ Interconnect Cable List
CWA Main Control Consoles

Typical Equipment Codes (=.xxnnn)

Equipment Code Description

.CB Flame Monitoring
.EE Sub loop Control, Equipment Unit Changeover
.EQ Internal Automation (signal processing)
.ES Internal Automation (signal conditioning)
.EV Signal Transmission, bus coupling. L2 Profibus
Overview
.EY Protective Logic
.GJ Processing and storage equipment for process
computers and automation systems (automation
systems and severs, etc.)
.GJ001 ES680 Engineering Station – ES-Workstation
.GJ100 Operator Terminal – OT
.GJ200 Processor Unit – PU
.GJ300 Server Unit – SU

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 4 - Drawing Numbers, Types and Codes n 22
 Equipment Code Description
.GJ400 Processor/Server Unit – PU/SU
.GJ500 Compact Unit PU/SU/OM/ES
.GJ600 Compact Unit
.GJ750 External Unit – XU
.GJ800 ES680 Engineering Station – ES-PC
.GJ900 Diagnostics System – DS

.GK Information display and operator control equipment for

process computers and automation systems (keyboards,
monitors, printers)
.GK001 Laser Printer
.GK008 Alarm Printer
.GK009 Color Printer
.GK010 Dial Up Modem
.GK011 Sinec H1 Clock
.GK100 MMT for 2 Monitors
.GK101 Horn Box Assembly
.GK200 MMT for 3 Monitors

.GN Networking Equipment (bus couplers and optic

transceivers, etc.)
.GN001 Plant Bus/Terminal Bus OLM
.GN002 Profibus OLM
.GN003 Plant Bus/Terminal Bus OSM
.GN004 X-Link
.GN005 CM Unit
.GN200 Fiber Optic Patch Panel – Rack Mount
.GN210 Fiber Optic Patch Panel – Panel Mount
.GN215 Fiber Optic Patch Panel – Panel Mount – Enclosed

.GW Cabinet Power Supply Equipment

.GW001 Internal 24 VDC Power Distribution
.GW002 Internal 125 VDC Power Distribution
.GW003 Internal 120 VAC Power Distribution

.00 No Equipment Code

.00000

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 4 - Drawing Numbers, Types and Codes n 23
Component Codes (-)

Component Code Description

-A Assemblies and Sub-Assemblies
-B Transducers
-C Capacitors
-D Binary Elements
-E Special Components
-F Protective devices
-G Power Supplies
-H Signaling Devices
-K Relays, Contactors
-L Inductors
-M Motors
-N Amplifiers, controllers
-P Measuring Instruments, Testing Equipment
-Q Power switchgear
-R Resistors
-S Switches, Selectors
-T Transformers
-U Modulators, converters
-V Tubes, semiconductors
-W Transmission paths, wave guides, aerials
-X Terminals, Plugs, Sockets
-Y Solenoids, electrical positioners
-Z Terminations, balancing equipment, filters, limiters

Location Codes (+)

Location codes are divided into two places by a dot. The code before the dot is
typically the same as the function of the cabinet. The code after the dot is the
location within the cabinet, by row and column.

Example: +CJR01.AA000
Cabinet CJR01
Row A
Column A
Seq. # 000

For components within a cabinet the location code before the dot is typically left
off. For example, the following are typical location codes for ET200M Stations
within a cabinet:

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 4 - Drawing Numbers, Types and Codes n 24
 Location Description
+.B Cabinet Row B
+.BA000 ET200M Station +.BA000 Line up
+.BA001 Row B, Column A, Slot 1
+.BB000 ET200M Station +.BB000 Line up
+.BB005 Row B, Column B, Slot 5

+.C Cabinet Row C

+.CA000 ET200M Station +.CA000 Line up
+.CA002 Row C, Column A, Slot 2
+.CB000 ET200M Station +.CB000 Line up
+.CB001 Row C, Column B, Slot 1

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 4 - Drawing Numbers, Types and Codes n 25
5 - TXP Cabinets

Introduction
The TXP control system includes various cabinets, each designed for specific
functions. All TXP cabinets fall into the following general categories:

AP Application Processor cabinets

AUX Auxiliary cabinets
IO I/O cabinets
GOV Governor cabinets
CRY Network cabinets

Cabinet Types
There are several different types of cabinets available in each category. For
example, the AP cabinet category includes four cabinets: AP1, AP2, AP3 and
AP4.
The following characteristics define each of the different types of cabinets,
within their categories as well as across their categories:
§ Physical Size of the Cabinet
§ Type of Access (Front or Front and Rear)
§ 19" Rack Mount Rails or Panel Mount
§ ET200M I/O Station Capability
§ FUM Rack Capability

For example, the following general characteristics define each of the four AP
cabinet types:

AP1 - 900w x 400d x 2200h. Front Access Only. Two AP Racks. 19"
Rack Mount Rails. No FUM.

AP2 - 600w x 400d x 2200h. Front Access Only. One AP Rack. 19"
Rack Mount Rails. No FUM.

AP3 - 900w x 600d x 2200h. Front and Rear Access. One AP rack and
up to 3 ET200M mounted on panel. Terminal Blocks on rear in
two columns.

AP4 - 900w x 600d x 2200h. Front and Rear Access. Two AP Racks
and FUM. 19" Rack Mount Rails.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 26
 The following table lists the most common cabinets provided with the TXP
Control System, including size, access, and approximate weight:

Cabinet Size ( millimeters ) Access Approx.

Weight ( lbs )
AP1 900w x 400d x 2200h Front Access Only 600
AP2 600w x 400d x 2200h Front Access Only 400
AP3 900w x 600d x 2200h Front and Back Access 800
AP4 900w x 600d x 2200h Front and Back Access 1000

AUX1 900w x 1000d x 2200h Front and Back Access 1000

AUX2 600w x 1000d x 2200h Front and Back Access 1000

IO1 900w x 600d x 2200h Front Access Only 500

IO2 1200w x 600d x 2200h Front Access Only 1000
IO3 1200w x 600d x 2200h Front and Back Access 1500
IO4 900w x 600d x 2200h Front and Back Access 1000
IO6 600w x 600d x 2200h Front Access Only 400

GOV1 900w x 400d x 2200h Front Access Only 500

GOV2 600w x 400d x 2200h Front Access Only 500

CRY 800w x 600d x 1400h Front and Back Access 250

All of these cabinets except the CRY are based on the Siemens 8MF cubicle
system. These 8MF cabinets are rated NEMA 1 (IP20). They can be converted
to NEMA 12 (IP55) when equipped with solid doors and solid tops.
CRY network cabinets are rated NEMA 12.
The following additional NEMA 4 (IP66) remote I/O cabinets are available for
use when required. These cabinets include air conditioning units.

Cabinet Size ( millimeters ) Access Approx.

Weight ( lbs )
IO1 941w x 611d x 1830h Front Access Only 950
(RION4)
IO1 913w x 611d x 2286h Front Access Only 1100
(RION4)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 27
Cabinet Options
Cabinets are further characterized by the following additional options:

§ Number and type of AP Racks

§ H1 Bus Communication Devices
§ L2 Bus Communication Devices
§ Power Supplies
§ External System Communication Modules
§ ET200M I/O Stations
§ FUM Racks
§ Combustion Turbine Models
§ Combustion Turbine Fuel Options
§ Steam Turbine Options

NOTE: Not all of these options are available within each category of cabinets.

Cabinet Part Numbers

In order to specify a cabinet, the cabinet type and all of its options must be
identified. Cabinet part numbers are made up of all the required options, each
separated by a dash. The number of options depends on the type of cabinet.
The following describes the naming conventions for each type of cabinet.

AP Cabinet Part Numbers

AP cabinet part numbers are broken down into eight parts as follows:

AP cabinet type
AP1 900w x 400d x 2200h
AP2 600w x 400d x 2200h
AP3 900w x 600d x 2200h
AP4 900w x 600d x 2200h
-Number of AP Racks
-R0 1 Non-Redundant AP Rack
-R1 1 Redundant AP Rack
-R2 2 Redundant AP Racks
-R3 3 Redundant AP Racks
-H1 Bus Communication Devices
-GA 1 OSM for H1 Bus
-GB 2 OSM for H1 Bus
-GC 3 OSM for H1 Bus
-00 0 OSM for H1 Bus

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 28
 -L2 Bus Communication
-L1 1 OLM for L2 Bus
-L2 2 OLM for L2 Bus
-00 0 OLM for L2 Bus
-Power Supplies
-PA 125VDC/24VDC Redundant Power Supply 20A
-PB 230 or 120 VAC/24VDC Redundant Power 20A
-PJ 125VDC or 120VAC/24VDC Redundant Power 10A
-PK 125VDC or 120VAC/24VDC Redundant Power 20A
-PX 125VDC & 120VAC/24VDC Redundant Power 20A
-NP No Power Supplies
-External System Communication Modules
-CM1 1 CM388 Communication Module
-CM2 2 CM388 Communication Modules
-CM104 1 CM104 Communication Module
-XL1 1 X-LINK Communication Module
-XL2 2 X-LINK Communication Modules
-00 0 Communication Modules
-ET200M I/O Stations
-E1 1 ET200M I/O Station
-E2 2 ET200M I/O Stations
-E3 3 ET200M I/O Stations
-FUM Rack
-FUM 1 Redundant FUM Rack
-00 0 FUM Racks

For example: AP1-R2-GC-00-NP-CM2-00-00

This is a type AP1 cabinet, with two AP racks, three H1 Bus OSM's, no L2 Bus
OLM's, No Power Supplies, Two External System Communication Modules, No
Local I/O Stations, No FUM Rack.

AUX Cabinet Part Numbers

Auxiliary cabinet part numbers are broken down into three parts (or four parts if
for a Steam Turbine) as follows:
AUX cabinet type
AUX1
AUX2
-Combustion/Steam Turbine Model
-F 501F
-G 501G
-TPL Steam Turbine

NOTE: If the AUX cabinet is for a Steam Turbine, then the following
additional option is added:
-HE Single HP/IP/LP
-KN Dual HP/IP/LP

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 29
 -ET200M I/O Stations
-E2 2 ET200M Local I/O Stations
-E3 3 ET200M Local I/O Stations

For example: AUX2-F-E2

IO Cabinet Part Numbers

IO cabinet part numbers are broken down into seven parts as follows:
IO cabinet type
IO1
IO2
IO3
IO4
IO6
-ET200M I/O Stations
-E1 1 ET200M I/O Station
-E2 2 ET200M I/O Stations
-E3 3 ET200M I/O Stations
-L2 Bus Communication
-L1 1 OLM for L2 Bus
-L2 2 OLM for L2 Bus
-00 0 OLM for L2 Bus
-Power Supplies
-PC 125VDC/24VDC Redundant Power Supply 225W
-PD 120 or 230 VAC/24VDC Redundant Power 20A
-PE 125VDC/24VDC Redundant Power Supply 500W
-PF 125VDC/24VDC Redundant Power Supply 1000W
-PH 120VAC/24VDC Redundant Power Supply 40A
-PJ 125VDC or 120VAC/24VDC Redundant Power 10A
-PK 125VDC or 120VAC/24VDC Redundant Power 20A
-PX 125VDC & 120VAC/24VDC Redundant Power 20A
-NP No Power Supplies
-ET200U Stations
-U1 1 ET200U I/O Station
-U2 2 ET200U I/O Stations
-U3 3 ET200U I/O Stations
-00 0 ET200U I/O Stations
-95U Stations
-V1 1 95U Station
-V2 2 95U Stations
-00 0 95U Stations
-95F Stations
-W1 1 95F Station
-W2 2 95F Stations
-00 0 95F Stations

For example: IO3-E7-L2-PX-00-00-00

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 30
 GOV Cabinet Part Numbers
Governor cabinet part numbers are broken down into four or five parts as
follows:
GOV cabinet type
GOV1
GOV2
-Combustion/Steam Turbine Model
-D 501D Combustion Turbine
-F 501F Combustion Turbine
-G 501G Combustion Turbine
-TPL Steam Turbine
-Fuel Option or Throttle Valve option if ST
-GO Gas Only
-DF Dual Fuel
-HE Single HP/IP/LP
-KN Dual HP/IP/LP
-IO Type
-FIO Fast IO
-Redundancy
-NR Non-Redundant

For example: GOV1-G-DF-FIO

Note: If non-redundant option is selected the fifth part is usually left off.

Cabinet Colors
Cabinets are painted either Ergo Gray or ANSI 61 Gray per ASTM D-1535,
depending on project requirements.

Cabinet Handling
Lifting eye bolts are normally provided for lifting and moving. Cabinets are
packaged for shipment on pallets. For more information, refer to the Storage and
Handling section.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 31
Cabinet Cable Entry
Cable entry may be either from the top or bottom or both. Cable tie rails are
provided for securing field cables inside the cabinets. If a cabinet includes
analog or digital I/O where shielded cables are employed, shield bus bars are
provided for securing cable shields.

Cabinet Tops and Doors

Perforated tops are typically provided on processor cabinets and solid tops are
supplied on all other cabinets.
Cabinets may have front and rear entry doors. Doors have 63 mm floor
clearance and an opening angle of 130 degrees when in a lineup or 180 degrees
when standing alone.

Cabinet Labeling
Cabinets have a nameplate centered on the top trim strip that describes the
cabinet's function code, plant function and type of cabinet.

Cabinet Location Codes

In addition to functional identification, cabinets and the components within them
are identified with location codes. The codes are divided into two places by a
dot. The code before the dot is typically the same as the function of the cabinet.
The code after the dot is the location within the cabinet, by row and column.

Example: +CJR01.FA001
Cabinet CJR01
Row F
Column A
Sequential # 001

For more information, refer to Chapter 4 - Drawing Numbers, Types and Codes.
Drawings of the standard cabinets later in this section show the approximate
location of components within the various standard cabinets.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 32
Cabinet Power Distribution
Cabinets can be provided with several power supply options. The following
input voltages are typical, all with an output voltage of 24V DC:

125V DC
120V AC
125V DC and 120V AC

Some cabinets are fed 24V DC from another nearby cabinet. In the case of a
Combustion Turbine's TXP cabinet cluster, 125V DC is fed to the Auxiliary
cabinet and 24V DC is distributed to the other cabinets from there.

Cabinet Terminal Blocks

The following terminal blocks are typically provided for cabinet power
distribution and fault signals. Standard identifiers are as follows:

+.XL for +24 VDC power distribution +

+.XM for +24 VDC power distribution -
+.XW for fault signals (typically 7 to 12 terminals required)
+.XX for incoming power distribution (120V AC or 125V
DC)
+.XY for 120V AC power distribution to DCS powered
hardware keys (12 terminals)
+.XZ for 125 VDC power distribution to DCS powered
hardware keys (12 terminals)

(NOTE: AUX cabinets use +.XW for trip signals and +.XY for fault signals)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 33
Cabinet Power Consumption and Heat Loss
The following table lists the current requirements and heat loss for the most
common standard cabinets.

Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet

Supply Supply Heat Loss
Cabinet Part Number Voltage Current (A) (Watts)

AP1-R2-GC-00-NP-CM2-00-00 24V DC 16.5 with CM2 59

11 w/o CM2

AP2-R1-GB-00-NP-CM2-00-00 24V DC 13 with CM2 54

9 w/o CM2

AP3-R1-GB-00-PX-00-E2-00 125V DC 1.8 47

120V AC 1.8

AP4-R1-GB-L2-PX-CM1-00-FUM 125V DC 5.2 67

120V AC 5.3

AUX1-G-E2 125V DC 3.0 67

AUX2-F-E2 125V DC 3.0 67

IO1-E4-L2-PE-00-00-00 125V DC 1.7 38

IO2-E6-00-NP-00-00-00 24V DC 13.0 47

IO3-E7-L2-PX-00-00-00 125V DC 3.0 62

120V AC 3.1

IO4-E4-00-PX-00-00-00 125V DC 2.7 36

120V AC 2.7

IO6-E3-00-NP-00-00-00 24V DC 7.0 26

IO1(RION4)-E2-L2-PD-00-00-00 120V AC 1.0 21

IO1(RION4)-E4-L2-PD-00-00-00 120V AC 1.8 38

CRY01 120V AC 0.4 9

NOTE: Current consumption for BOP cabinets was determined by using the
following I/O distribution for a typical project:
Digital In 50%
Digital Out 15%
Analog In 30%
Analog Out 5%

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 34
Cabinet Grounding
All cabinets are provided with an Equipment Ground (EG) or Chassis Ground
pad. If the cabinet has DC power supplies, an isolated Central Grounding Point
(CEP) bar is provided. Shield Bus (SH) bars are provided for shield terminations
when required.
For more details on grounding, refer to the Electrical Installation Requirements
section in this manual.

Cabinet Environmental Requirements

Maximum operating temperature for TXP equipment is 104 °F . Permissible
humidity and temperature ranges are as follows:

Operation: 10% to 75%, Non condensing, temp. not below dew

point, 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)

Storage: 15% to 85%, Non condensing, temp. not below dew

point, -40 to 158 °F (-40 to 70 °C)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 35
Cabinet Arrangement for 501F Combustion Turbine
The following drawing shows the typical arrangement of TXP control cabinets
for a 501F Combustion Turbine. These cabinets are located in the electrical
package power control center (PCC).

Cabinet Arrangement for 501G Combustion Turbine

The following drawing shows the typical arrangement of TXP control cabinets
for a 501G Combustion Turbine. These cabinets are located in the electrical
package power control center (PCC).

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 36
Cabinet Arrangement for Steam Turbine (Cluster)
The following drawing shows the typical arrangement of TXP control cabinets
for a TPL Steam Turbine in Cluster Configuration.

Cabinet Arrangement for Steam Turbine (Line)

The following drawing shows the typical arrangement of TXP control cabinets
for a TPL Steam Turbine in Line Configuration.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 37
Cabinet Overview Drawings
The following drawings show cabinet details for each of the most common
standard cabinets.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 38
 AP1 Cabinet
The AP1 AS620B cabinet is typically used in 501G Combustion Turbine
applications. In such cases, 24V DC power to the cabinet is provided from the
Auxiliary/Measuring cabinet (CJQ01).
Part Number: AP1-R2-GC-00-NP-CM2-00-00
AP1 900 wide x 400 deep x 2200mm high AP cabinet
-R2 Dual AS rack with redundant AP's (2 racks)
-GC Three ITP62 OSM's on Device Panel, FO Patch Panel
-00 No Profibus OLM's
-NP No Power Supplies - 24V DC to Cabinet
-CM2 Two Communication Modules
-00 No ET200M I/O Stations
-00 No FUM Rack

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 39
 AP2 Cabinet
The AP2 AS620B cabinet is typically used in 501F Combustion Turbine
applications. In such cases, 24V DC power to the cabinet is provided from the
Auxiliary/Measuring cabinet (CJQ01).
Part Number: AP2-R1-GB-00-NP-CM2-00-00
AP2 600 wide x 400 deep x 2200mm high AP cabinet
-R1 AS rack with redundant AP (1 rack)
-GB Two ITP62 OSM's on Device Panel, FO Patch Panel
-00 No Profibus OLM's
-NP No Power Supplies - 24V DC to Cabinet
-CM2 Two Communication Modules
-00 No ET200M I/O Stations
-00 No FUM Rack

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 40
 AP3 Cabinet
The AP3 AS620B cabinet is typically used in Balance Of Plant applications
where local I/O is required. Cable tie brackets are provided on the rear side of
the cabinet between the terminal block rails to secure the field I/O cables. Field
cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on two 1630mm DIN rails.
Part Number: AP3-R1-GB-00-PK-00-E2-00
AP3 900 wide x 600 deep x 2200mm high AP Cabinet
-R1 AS rack with redundant AP's (1 rack)
-GB Two ITP62 OSM's on Device Panel, FO Patch Panel
-00 No Profibus OLM's
-PK 120V AC or 125V DC Power Supplies
-00 No Communication Modules
-E2 Two ET200M I/O Stations
-00 No FUM Rack

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 41
 AP4 Cabinet
The AP4 AS620B cabinet is typically used in Balance Of Plant applications
when a FUM rack is required. Cable tie brackets are provided on the rear side of
the cabinet between the terminal block rails to secure the field I/O cables. Field
cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on two DIN rails.
Part Number: AP4-R1-GB-L2-PK-00-00-FUM
AP4 900 wide x 600 deep x 2200mm high AP cabinet
-R1 AS rack with redundant AP (1 rack)
-GB Two ITP62 OSM's on Device Panel, FO Patch Panel
-L2 Profibus OLM's and Fiber Optic Patch Panel
-PK 120V AC or 125V DC Power Supplies
-00 No Communication Modules
-00 No ET200M I/O Stations
-FUM FUM Rack

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 42
 AUX1 Cabinet
The AUX1 cabinet is typically used in 501G Combustion Turbine applications.
Cable tie brackets are provided on each side in the rear of the cabinet to secure
field cables. These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on
2000mm DIN rails. Additional cables enter on the rear side to terminals on
560mm and 740mm DIN rails.
Part Number: AUX1-G-E2
AUX1 900 wide x 1000 deep x 2200mm high Auxiliary
Equipment cabinet
-G Auxiliary Components for 501G CT
-E2 Two ET200M I/O stations

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 43
 AUX2 Cabinet
The AUX2 cabinet is typically used in 501F Combustion Turbine applications.
Cable tie brackets are provided on each side in the rear of the cabinet to secure
field cables. These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on
2000mm DIN rails. Additional cables enter on the rear side to terminals on
300mm DIN rails.
Part Number: AUX2-F-E2
AUX2 600 wide x 1000 deep x 2200mm high Auxiliary
Equipment cabinet
-F Auxiliary Components for a 501F CT
-E2 Two ET200M I/O stations
(WIN TS) Option
(FUM) Option

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 44
 IO1 Cabinet
The IO1 cabinet is typically used for Balance of Plant Distributed I/O
applications. Cable tie brackets are provided on each side within the cabinet to
secure field cables. These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on
2000mm DIN rails.
Part Number: IO1-E4-L2-PK-00-00-00
IO1 900 wide x 600 deep x 2200mm high I/O Cabinet
-E4 Four ET200M I/O stations
-L2 Profibus OLM's and Fiber Optic Patch Panel
-PK 120V AC or 125V DC Power Supplies
-00 No ET200U Stations
-00 No 95U Stations
-00 No 95F Stations

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 45
 IO2 Cabinet
The IO2 cabinet is typically used in 501F Combustion Turbine Local I/O
applications. Cable tie brackets are provided on each side to secure field cables.
These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on 2000mm DIN rails.
Cable tie brackets are also provided on the front inside panel to secure field
cables. These cables are then terminated to terminal blocks on three 935mm
DIN rails.
Part Number: IO2-E6-00-NP-00-00-00
IO2 1200 wide x 600 deep x 2200mm high I/O cabinet
-E6 Six ET200M I/O stations
-00 No Profibus Optical Link Modules
-NP No Power - 24V DC to Cabinet
-00 No ET200U Stations
-00 No 95U Stations
-00 No 95F Stations

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 46
 IO3 Cabinet
The IO3 cabinet is typically used in Balance of Plant Distributed I/O
applications. Cable tie brackets are provided on the rear side panel to secure
field cables. These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on
2000mm DIN rails.
Part Number: IO3-E7-L2-PK-00-00-00
IO3 1200 wide x 600 deep x 2200mm high Local I/O
Cabinet
-E7 Seven ET200M I/O assembly station
-L2 Profibus OLM's and Fiber Optic Patch Panel
-PK 120V AC or 125V DC Power Supplies
-00 No ET200U Stations
-00 No 95U Stations
-00 No 95F Stations

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 47
 IO4 Cabinet
The IO4 cabinet is typically used in Balance of Plant Local I/O applications.
Cable tie brackets are provided on the rear side panel to secure field cables.
These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on 2000mm DIN rails.
Part Number: IO4-E4-00-PK-00-00-00
IO4 900 wide x 600 deep x 2200mm high I/O Cabinet
-E4 Four ET200M I/O stations
-00 No Profibus OLM's
-PK 120V AC or 125V DC Power Supplies
-00 No ET200U Stations
-00 No 95U Stations
-00 No 95F Stations

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 48
 IO6 Cabinet

The IO6 cabinet is typically used in 501F Combustion Turbine Local I/O
applications. Cable tie brackets are provided on each side to secure field cables.
These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on 2000mm DIN rails.
Part Number: IO6-E3-00-NP-00-00-00
IO6 600 wide x 600 deep x 2200mm high I/O cabinet
-E3 3 ET200M I/O stations
-00 No Profibus OLM's
-NP No Power Supplies - 24V DC to Cabinet
-00 No ET200U Stations
-00 No 95U Stations
-00 No 95F Stations

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 49
 GOV1 Cabinet

The GOV1 cabinet is typically used in 501G Combustion Turbine Governor

applications. Cable tie brackets are provided on the front panel to secure field
cables. These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on two 515mm
DIN rails.
Part Number: GOV1-G-GO-FIO
GOV1 900 wide x 400 deep x 2200mm high Governor
cabinet
-G 501G CT
-GO Gas Only
-FIO Fast I/O

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 50
 GOV2 Cabinet

The GOV2 cabinet is typically used in 501F Combustion Turbine Governor

applications. Cable tie brackets are provided on the front panel to secure field
cables. These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on two 515mm
DIN rails.
Part Number: GOV2-D&F-GO-FIO
GOV2 600 wide x 400 deep x 2200mm high Governor
cabinet
-D&F 501D/F
-GO Gas Only
-FIO Fast I/O

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 51
 CRY01 Cabinet

The CRY01 is used in Operation and Monitoring (OM) Network applications.

This cabinet is typically located in the plant's Central Control Room. Power
supply connections are on the rear of the cabinet.
Part Number: CRY01
800 wide x 623 deep x 1200mm high OM Network Cabinet

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 52
 IO1(RION4) Cabinet

The IO1(RION4) cabinet is typically used in Balance of Plant Distributed I/O

applications. Cable tie brackets are provided on each side to secure field cables.
These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on a 730mm DIN rail
on the left and a 1485mm DIN rail on the right.
Part Number: IO1(RION4)-E2-L2-PD-00-00-00
IO1(RION4) 941 wide x 611 deep x 1830mm high I/O
Cabinet
-E2 Two ET200M I/O stations
-L2 Profibus OLM's and Fiber Optic Patch Panel
-PD 120V AC Power Supplies
-00 No ET200U Stations
-00 No 95U Stations
-00 No 95F Stations

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 53
 IO1(RION4) Cabinet

The IO1(RION4) cabinet is typically used in Balance of Plant Distributed I/O

applications. Cable tie brackets are provided on each side to secure field cables.
These cables are terminated to terminal blocks mounted on a 1755mm DIN rail
on the left and a 1940mm DIN rail on the right.
Part Number: IO1(RION4)-E4-L2-PD-00-00-00
IO1(RION4) 913 wide x 611 deep x 2286 high I/O
Cabinet
-E4 Four ET200M I/O stations
-L2 Profibus OLM's and Fiber Optic Patch Panel
-PD 120V AC Power Supplies
-00 No ET200U Stations
-00 No 95U Stations
-00 No 95F Stations

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 54
Cabinet Footprints
The following are the footprint dimensions for each of the 8MF cabinets:

600 x 400 mm Cabinet

600 x 600 mm Cabinet

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 55
 600 x 1000 mm Cabinet

900 x 400 mm Cabinet

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 56
 900 x 600 mm Cabinet

900 x 1000 mm Cabinet

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 57
 1200 x 600 mm Cabinet

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 5 - TXP Cabinets n 58
6 - Hardware Keys

Introduction
TXP Hardware Keys are pre-engineered I/O assemblies designed to standardize
the design process. There are two families of Hardware Keys, depending on
which automation system they were designed for:
q S7 Hardware Keys
q Fast I/O Hardware Keys

S7 Hardware Keys are designed for the AS620B automation system. They
include I/O modules from the Siemens SIMATIC S7-300 family.
Fast I/O Hardware Keys are designed for the AS620T automation system. They
include the I/O available with the Siemens Add FEM Module (also know as a
Fast I/O module).
Most Hardware Keys include terminal blocks to which field devices are
terminated. Some Hardware Keys include interposing relays, optocouplers, or
isolators in which cases they may or may not include terminal blocks.
The power source for field devices can come from one of three sources and are
defined as follows:
Loop Powered Powered by the I/O Module
DCS Powered Powered by the DCS from a separate AC or
DC feeder
External Powered Powered by the Field Device or other
external source

All hardware keys represent the standard, most commonly used applications of
the S7 modules and the Add FEM module.

Hardware Key Naming Convention

The following lists the types of TXP Hardware Keys and the prefix naming
convention assigned to each type:

Analog Name Type

Analog In MI0xx Current (Loop, DCS, Ext. Power)
Analog In MU0xx Thermocouple
Analog In MV0xx Voltage (External Powered)
Analog In MR0xx RTD
Analog Out MI1xx Current (Loop Powered)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 59
 Digital Name Type
Digital In MF0xx Frequency Input
Digital In MK0xx
Digital Out MK13x, MK15x Loop or DCS Powered
Digital Out MK14x, MK16x External Powered
Digital In/Out MK2xx
Digital In SOE FUM2xx

S7 Hardware Key Terminals

A single letter suffix identifies the type of terminals utilized in the S7 Hardware
Key application. If no suffix is used, the Hardware Key does not have terminal
blocks. Field terminations, in these cases, are made directly to an interposing
device, such as the terminals on a relay.
The following are the common suffixes along with terminal types and part
numbers for each:

Suffix Terminal Type

A Single Stack Terminals Phoenix UK 5 N part number
3004362
B Double Stack Terminals Phoenix UKKB 5 part number
2771146
C Combicon Terminals Phoenix UK 3-MVSTB-5.08
part number 3002076
D Knife Disconnect Terminals Phoenix MTK-P/P part
number 3104013
E Ring Tongue Terminals
F Fused Terminals Phoenix UK 5-HESI part
number 3004100
G Fused on Pos., Knife Disc Neg. Phoenix UK 5-HESI and type
MTK-P/P
H Knife Disc Term on Pos. & Neg. Phoenix MTK-P/P part
number 3104013
J Fused w/ LED blown fuse indicator Phoenix UK 6.3-HESILED 24
part number 3004265
K Fused w/ neon blown fuse indicator Phoenix UK 6.3-HESILA 250
part number 3004249
L Knife Disc Terms, Double Stack Weidmuller part number
952807
M Fused on Pos., Knife Disc Neg Double Stack Weidmuller part
numbers 952807 and 953755
N Pluggable 250 Ohm resistor Phoenix types UK 5 N, UK 4-
TG, ST-BE
P Double Stack pluggable 250 Ohm res. Phoenix types UKK 5-TG and
ST-BE
R Surge Suppressor Diode Weidmuller type WDK 2.5 D
part number 102330

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 60
 S7 Hardware Key Location Codes
Up to eight S7 Hardware Key I/O modules can be arranged and configured in
one Siemens ET200M Distributed I/O station. Slots within an ET200M station
are numbered 001 through 008.
ET200M stations are identified in cabinets by their row and column location.
Hardware Key I/O modules are identified by the location of the ET200M station
and the slot in the station as follows:
+.AANNN = Card Location
where AA = Rack and NNN = Slot
(for example, +.CB003 identifies a hardware key I/O module in rack
CB, slot 003).

S7 Hardware Key Terminal Strips

S7 Hardware Key terminal strips (groups of terminal blocks) are named as
follows:
+.XAAN = Terminal Rail Location
where AA = rack and N = slot
(for example, +.XCB1 identifies the terminal strip that goes with rack
CB, slot 1).

S7 Hardware Key Power Distribution

Most S7 Hardware Keys require 24V DC power distribution to the I/O cards.
This distribution is shown on =.GW001 drawings. The 24V DC to the I/O cards
is fed through a fuse. The fuses for an entire ET200M station of up to eight I/O
cards are located in fuse blocks adjacent to or nearby the stations.
If the Hardware Key power source for the I/O is from the DCS, a separate feed
is required. This feed could be either 24V DC, 125V DC or 120V AC. In the
case of 24V DC DCS power, the feed for the I/O card may also provide the field
device power.
The following terminal block identifiers are used for DCS powered hardware
keys within TXP™ control cabinets:

+.XL, +.XM for 24V DC

(power distribution shown on =.GW001 drawings)

+.XY for 120V AC power distribution to DCS powered

hardware keys (12 terminals)
(power distribution shown on =.GW003 drawings)

+.XZ for 125V DC power distribution to DCS powered

hardware keys (12 terminals)
(power distribution shown on =.GW002 drawings)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 61
S7 Hardware Key Summary Sheets
All available S7 Hardware Keys are listed on Summary Sheets -- one for Analog
and one for Digital. The information on the summary sheets is as follows:

Field Description
RT I/O Type - DI, DO, AI, AO
HWKEY Hardware Key Name
Suffix List of all available suffixes for the
Hardware Key
I/O Card Siemens Part Number of the I/O Card
Signal Level Current Level, Voltage Level,
Thermocouple Type, RTD Type
Power Source Loop, DCS, External
Channels Number of available channels
Card Fuse Size of fuse used in powering the I/O card

The S7 Hardware Key summary sheets follow.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 62
 S7 Analog Hardware Key Summary

RT HW KEY Suffix I/O Card Part Number Signal Level Power Source Channels Card
Fuse
ANALOG IN (MI0xx) Current

AI MI021 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 4-20 mA Loop Powered 8 1 Amp

A
B
C
J
L
N
P
AI MI022 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 4-20 mA External Powered 8 1 Amp
A
B
C
J
L
N
AI MI023 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 4-20 mA DCS Powered 8 2 Amp
A
C
AI MI024 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 4-20 mA DCS Powered 8 2 Amp
A
B
AI MI025 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 4-20 mA External Powered 8 1 Amp
A
B
AI MI026 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 0-1 mA External Powered 8 1 Amp
A

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 63
 S7 Analog Hardware Key Summary
RT HW KEY Suffix I/O Card Part Number Signal Level Power Source Channels Card
Fuse
ANALOG IN (MU0xx) Thermocouple

AI MU021 6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0 T/C-K N/A 8 n/a

A
B
C
L
AI MU022 6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0 T/C-J N/A 8 n/a
A
B
C
L
AI MU023 6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0 T/C-E N/A 8 n/a
A
B
ANALOG IN (MV0xx) Voltage

AI MV022 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 0-10V External Powered 8 1 Amp

A
B
C

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 64
 S7 Analog Hardware Key Summary
RT HW KEY Suffix I/O Card Part Number Signal Level Power Source Channels Card
Fuse
ANALOG IN (MR0xx) RTD

AI MR021 6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0 100 Ohm-RTD N/A 4 n/a

A
B
C
AI MR022 6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0 100 Ohm-RTD N/A 4 n/a
A
B
C
L
ANALOG OUT (MI1xx)
Current
AO MI131 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0 4-20 mA Loop Powered 4 1 Amp
A
B
C
J
L
AO MI135 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0 4-20 mA External Powered 4 1 Amp
A

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 65
 S7 Digital Hardware Key Summary

RT HW KEY Suffix I/O Card Part Number Signal Level Power Source Channels Card Fuse

DIGITAL IN (MK0xx)

DI MK012 6ES7 321-7BH00-0AB0 24V DC Loop Powered 16 1 Amp

A
B
C
D
F
DI MK013 6ES7 321-1FH00-0AA0 120V AC External Powered 16 n/a
A
C
DI MK014 6ES7 321-7BH00-0AB0 120V AC External Powered 16 1 Amp
No Suffix
H
L
DI MK015 6ES7 321-7BH00-0AB0 24V DC Loop Powered 16 1 Amp
J
DI MK016 6ES7 321-1FH00-0AA0 120V AC DCS Powered 16 n/a
F
G
M
DI MK017 6ES7 321-7BH00-0AB0 24V DC Loop Powered 16 1 Amp
A
B
C
DI MK018 6ES7 321-7BH00-0AB0 125V DC External Powered 16 1 Amp
No Suffix
L
DI MK019 6ES7 321-7BH00-0AB0 24V DC External Powered 16 1 Amp
No Suffix

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 66
 S7 Digital Hardware Key Summary
RT HW KEY Suffix I/O Card Part Number Signal Level Power Source Channels Card Fuse

DIGITAL IN (MK0xx)

DI MK020 6ES7 321-7BH00-0AB0 125V DC DCS Powered 16 1 Amp

A
D
DI MK024 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 32 n/a
B
DI MK025 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 32 n/a
B
DI MK026 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 16 1 Amp
B DCS Powered
DI MK027 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 16 1 Amp
A DCS Powered
B DCS Powered
L DCS Powered
DI MK028 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 16 1 Amp
B
DI MK029 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 24V DC External Powered 32 n/a
A
DI MK030 6ES7 321-1CH80-0AA0 48V DC DCS Powered 16 n/a
A

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 67
 S7 Digital Hardware Key Summary
RT HW KEY Suffix I/O Card Part Number Signal Level Power Source Channels Card Fuse

DIGITAL OUT (MK13x - Loop/DCS Powered)

DO MK130 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 125V DC DCS Powered 16 2 Amp

A
DO MK131 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 125V DC DCS Powered 16 2 Amp
A
DO MK132 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 24V DC Loop Powered 16 4 Amp
A
B
C
L
DO MK133 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 16 2 Amp
A
DO MK134 6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0 120V AC DCS Powered 8 1 Amp
A
C
F
DO MK135 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 125V DC DCS Powered 16 2 Amp
No Suffix
DO MK136 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 120V AC DCS Powered 16 2 Amp
G
M
DO MK137 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 16 2 Amp
J
DO MK138 6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 8 1 Amp
A
F
DO MK139 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 125V DC DCS Powered 16 2 Amp
No Suffix
L
DO MK150 6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0 24V DC Loop Powered 8 4 Amp
B

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 68
 S7 Digital Hardware Key Summary

RT HW KEY Suffix I/O Card Part Number Signal Level Power Source Channels Card Fuse

DIGITAL OUT (MK14x - External Powered)

DO MK140 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 24V DC External Powered 16 2 Amp

J
L
DO MK141 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 125V DC External Powered 16 2 Amp
No Suffix
DO MK142 6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0 24V DC External Powered 8 1 Amp
A
B
C
DO MK144 6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0 120V AC External Powered 8 1 Amp
A
B
C
DO MK145 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 125V DC External Powered 16 2 Amp
No Suffix
DO MK146 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 120V AC External Powered 16 2 Amp
No Suffix
A
H
K
L
DO MK147 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 125V DC External Powered 16 2 Amp
No Suffix
A
L
DO MK148 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 125V DC External Powered 16 2 Amp
R
DO MK149 6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0 125V DC External Powered 8 2 Amp
No Suffix

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 69
 S7 Digital Hardware Key Summary

RT HW KEY Suffix I/O Card Part Number Signal Level Power Source Channels Card Fuse

DO MK160 6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0 125V DC External Powered 8 2 Amp

No Suffix
A
DIGITAL IN/OUT (MK2xx)

DI/DO MK212 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 16DI/16D 3 Amp

O
B
DI/DO MK213 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 16DI/16D 3 Amp
O
B
DI/DO AS00EA 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 16DI/16D 3 Amp
O
No Suffix
DI/DO AS00M 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 16DI/16D 3 Amp
O
No Suffix
DI/DO AS00MS 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 24V DC DCS Powered 16DI/16D 3 Amp
O
No Suffix
DIGITAL IN SEQUENCE OF EVENTS (FUM2xx)

DI- FUM210 6DP1 210-8BC 24V DC Loop Powered 28 n/a

SOE
No Suffix

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 70
S7 Hardware Key Field ST

The following S7 Hardware Keys are used on a typical 501F Combustion

Turbine TXP control system:

MI021N Analog Input, 4-20mA, Loop Powered (2-wire)

MI022N Analog Input, 4-20mA, External Powered (4-wire)
MI131C Analog Output, 4-20mA, Loop Powered (2-wire)
MR022C Analog Input, RTD (3-wire)
MU021C Analog Input, Thermocouple (Type K)
MK012C Digital Input, 24V DC, Loop Powered
MK135 Digital Out, 125V DC, DCS Powered
MK144C Digital Out, 120V AC, External Powered
MK145 Digital Out, 125V DC, External Powered

Drawings of each hardware key with Field ST (field wiring examples) are
shown on the following pages.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 71
 MI021N

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 72
 MI022N

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 73
 MI131C

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 74
 MR022C

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 75
 MU021C

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 76
 MK012C

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 77
 MK135

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 78
 MK144C

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 79
 MK145

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 80
Fast IO Hardware Keys

Add FEM Module

The Siemens Add FEM module is used with the AS620T turbine controller for
CT and ST Governor applications. The module comes complete with the
following I/O built-in:
12 Analog In
8 Analog Out
3 Counter Inputs for Frequency Measurement
12 Digital In
16 Digital Out
Note: The above I/O distribution is based on the most common Add FEM
configuration for CT and ST applications.

Connection of the Add FEM module to the Governor's Simadyn D Digital

Controller is via Profibus DP.
The Add FEM module is used in redundant configurations for Steam Turbines
and non-redundant configurations for Combustion Turbines.
Combustion Turbines use the following quantities of Add FEM modules in a
non-redundant configuration:
Gas Only 2 Modules
Dual Fuel 3 Modules
Steam Turbines use the following quantities of Add FEM modules in a
redundant configuration:
Type HE 2 Modules
Type KN 4 Modules

Add FEM Module Connectors

The Siemens Add FEM module has eight 10-pin I/O connectors to which the I/O
is distributed as follows:
Connector I/O Type Schematic Sheet
-X4A Analog Out =.ES001
-X4B Analog In =.ES002
-X5A Analog In =.ES003
-X5B Analog In =.ES004
-X6A Digital In =.EV001
-X6B Digital In =.EV002
-X7A Digital Out =.EV003
-X7B Digital Out =.EV004

For additional Add FEM modules, the schematic sheet numbers increment
beyond 4.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 81
 Fast IO Terminals
Fast IO terminal strips are designated in two different ways depending if the IO
is for a Combustion Turbine or a Steam Turbine:

Combustion Turbine Fast IO Terminals

Connector Terminal Strip
-X4A +.XAA
-X4B +.XAA
-X5A +.XAB
-X5B +.XAB
-X6A +.XAC
-X6B +.XAC
-X7A +.XAD
-X7B +.XAD

For additional Add FEM modules, the middle letter of the terminal strip name
increments. For example, +.XBA identifies the terminal strip for connectors
-X4A and -X4B on a second Add FEM module.
The following shows how Fast IO terminal strips are designated for Steam
Turbines:

Steam Turbine Fast IO Terminals

Connector Terminal Strip
-X4A +.XAA
-X4B +.XAB
-X5A +.XAC
-X5B +.XAD
-X6A +.XAE
-X6B +.XAF
-X7A +.XAG
-X7B +.XAH

For additional Add FEM modules, the middle letter of the terminal strip name
increments. For example, +.XBA identifies the terminal strip for connector
-X4A on a second Add FEM module.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 82
Fast IO Hardware Key Summary Sheets
All available Fast IO Hardware Keys are listed on Summary Sheets -- one for
Analog and one for Digital. The information on the summary sheets is as
follows:

Field Description
RT I/O Type - DI, DO, AI, AO
HWKEY Hardware Key Name
Signal Level Current Level, Voltage Level
Comment

The Fast IO Hardware Key summary sheets follow.

Analog Fast IO Hardware Key Summary

RT HW KEY Signal Level Comment

Analog In, Redundant

AI MI050 4-20 mA 4-Wire

AI MI053 4-20 mA 2-Wire

AI MI059 0 - 10 V
Analog In, Non Redundant

AI MI056H 4-20 mA 2-Wire, Hart Communicator

AI MI057H 4-20 mA 4-Wire, Hart Communicator

AI MI058H 0 - 10 V Hart Communicator

Analog Out, Redundant

AO MI157 +/-30mA or 4-20 mA

Analog Out, Non Redundant

AO MI156 +/-30mA

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 83
 Digital Fast IO Hardware Key Summary

RT HW KEY Signal Level Comment

Digital In, Redundant

DI MF057 24 VDC Frequency Input

DI MK054 24 VDC Synchronizing Device

DI MK055 24 VDC Generator Breaker Position

DI MK056 24 VDC Changeover

DI MK057 24 VDC Turbine Trip

DI MK058 24 VDC NAMUR Sensor

Digital In, Non Redundant

DI MK053 24 VDC

DI MF056 24 VDC Frequency Input

Digital Out, Redundant

DO MK157 24 VDC

Digital Out, Non Redundant

DO MK156 24 VDC

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 84
Fast IO Hardware Key Field ST

The following Redundant Fast IO Hardware Keys are used on a typical Steam
Turbine Governor System:
MI050 Analog Input, 4-20mA (4-wire)
MI053 Analog Input, 4-20mA (2-wire)
MI059 Analog Input, 0-10V
MI157 Analog Output, +/-30mA or 4-20mA
MF057 Digital Input, 24VDC, Frequency
MK054 Digital Input, 24VDC, Synchronizing Device
MK055 Digital Input, 24VDC, Generator Breaker Position
MK056 Digital Input, 24VDC, Changeover
MK057 Digital Input, 24VDC, Turbine Trip
MK157 Digital Input, 24VDC, Fast Closing Command
MK058 Digital Input, NAMUR Sensors

The following Non-Redundant Fast IO Hardware Keys are used on a typical

Combustion Turbine Governor System:
MI056H Analog Input, 4-20mA (2-wire)
MI057H Analog Input, 4-20mA (4-wire)
MI058H Analog Input, 0-10V
MI156 Analog Output, +/-30mA
MF056 Digital Input, 24VDC, Frequency
MK053 Digital Input, 24VDC
MK156 Digital Output, 24VDC

Drawings of each hardware key with Field ST (field wiring examples) are
shown on the following pages.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 85
 MI050

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 86
 MI059

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 87
 MI157

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 88
 MF057

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 89
 MK054

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 90
 MK055

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 91
 MK056

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 92
 MK057

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 93
 MK157

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 94
 MK058

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 95
 MI056H

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 96
 MI057H

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 97
 MI058H

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 98
 MI156

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 99
 MF056

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 100
 MK053

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 101
 MK156

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 102
Hardware Key Drawings
For the latest hardware key drawings, refer to the Attachment.
Project specific hardware key drawings are included with final documentation
on CD-ROM.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 6 - Hardware Keys n 103
7 - Fiber Optic Installation and
Testing

Fiber Optic Networks

In a typical TXP control system, an Industrial Ethernet fiber optic backbone
connects between the various plant buildings and equipment and forms a
redundant ring configuration. L2 Profibus networks are typically designed in
redundant linear bus systems. L2 Profibus fiber optic networks may be used as
required.
Field fiber optic backbone cables are terminated in patch panels mounted inside
the TXP control cabinets. From the patch panels, fiber optic patch cables
connect to the OSM's and OLM's.
A Plant Network Overview drawing is included with each project. This drawing
shows the overall network which includes a "Plant Bus" and, usually, a separate
"Terminal Bus". Refer to Appendix A, Drawing Numbers, Types and Codes for
typical drawing numbers.

Siemens Industrial Ethernet 10Base-FL 10Mbps LAN

The following components are typically used in a Siemens Industrial Ethernet
Optical 10Mbps (10Base-FL) LAN:
§ Optical Link Modules (OLM's)
§ Multimode glass Fiber Optic Cable type 62.5/125um
§ Fiber Optic Patch Panels
§ Fiber Optic Patch Cables

The optical ports of OLM’s operate at 850nm. Multimode glass fiber optic
cables between two OLM’s must meet the following specifications:
§ FO Power Loss at 850 nm <= 3.5 dB/km
§ Bandwidth Distance Product >= 200Mhz * km
§ Max Fiber Optic Cable length 3100 m

A maximum of 11 OLMs can be connected in a redundant optical ring. In a ring,

one OLM must operate in Redundancy mode. This is set by a DIP switch on the
OLM. To enable Redundancy Mode set the "RM" switch to ON. Make sure only
one OLM in the ring is set to RM mode.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 7 - Fiber Optic Installation and Testing n 104
 Siemens Industrial Ethernet 100Base-FX 100Mbps
Switched LAN
The following components are typically used in a Siemens Industrial Ethernet
Optical 100Mbps (100Base-FX) switched LAN:
§ Optical Switch Modules (OSM's)
§ Multimode glass Fiber Optic Cable type 62.5/125um
§ Fiber Optic Patch Panels
§ Fiber Optic Patch Cables

The optical ports of OSM's operate at 1300 nm. Multimode glass fiber optic
cables between two OSM's must meet the following specifications:
§ FO Power Loss at 1300 nm <= 1.6 dB/km
§ Bandwidth Distance Product >= 500Mhz * km
§ Max Fiber Optic Cable length 3000 m

A maximum of 50 OSM's can be connected in a redundant optical ring. In a

ring, one OSM must operate in Redundancy Manager mode. This is set by a DIP
switch on the OSM. To enable Redundancy Manager Mode set the "RM" switch
to ON. Make sure only one OSM in the ring is set to RM mode.

Siemens L2 PROFIBUS Optical Networks

The following components are typically used in a Siemens L2 Profibus Optical
Network:
§ L2 Profibus Optical Link Modules (L2 OLM's)
§ Multimode glass Fiber Optic Cable type 62.5/125um
§ Fiber Optic Patch Panels
§ Fiber Optic Patch Cables
The optical ports of Profibus type G12 OLM's operate at 860 nm. The maximum
distance between two OLM's is 3000 meters.

OLM Network Design Considerations

Checks must be performed to determine if an OLM-based fiber optic network
design meets the requirements specified in the IEEE 802.3 standard. The
following factors must be examined:
§ Power Budget/signal attenuation
§ Maximum signal propagation
§ Variability

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 7 - Fiber Optic Installation and Testing n 105
 OLM Network Power Budget
The Industrial Ethernet OLM fiber optic power budget for 62.5/125 um fiber is
14 dBm of which 3 dBm is set aside for reserve. This power budget can be "used
up" as power loss through the fiber optic transmission path. If the optical power
loss is less than or equal to the power budget, the planned fiber optic link can be
implemented.
The optical power loss is the cumulative value of all losses occurring in the fiber
optic transmission path. These losses can be attributed to the following:
§ Power loss in the fiber itself (at 850 nm) 3.5 dB/km
§ Power loss caused by splices 0.2 dB per splice
§ Power loss caused by connectors 0.4 dB per conn.

The maximum cable length or bridgeable distance can be calculated by taking

11 dBm (maximum OLM power budget minus 3 dBm reserve) and dividing by
3.5 dB/km which equals about 3100 meters. The values listed above are
approximate and can be used as a guideline when configuring a network. The
actual link loss must be checked after the link has been installed using a power
loss measuring device.
For further information, refer to the Bus System manual in the Teleperm XP
Manuals set and Chapter 3 of the Simatic Net Twisted Pair and Fiber Optic
Networks Manual.

OLM Network Signal Propagation Time

When designing OLM-based networks, the maximum signal propagation time
between all participants on the network must be calculated.
The propagation time equivalent is the propagation time delay a signal
experiences when passing through an active component. This value is specified
in meters.
The sum of all the cable lengths between the two farthest participants plus the
sum of the propagation time equivalents must not exceed 4520 meters.
The following are propagation time equivalents:

Component Propagation Time

Equivalent (meters)
OLM ITP-ITP Port 190
ITP-FO Port 360
FO-FO Port 260
Twisted Pair Transceiver 140
OTDE Optical Transceiver 100

For further information, refer to the Bus System manual in the Teleperm XP
Manuals set and Chapter 3 of the Simatic Net Twisted Pair and Fiber Optic
Networks Manual.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 7 - Fiber Optic Installation and Testing n 106
 OLM Network Variability
The variability of a component describes the fluctuations in the propagation time
of a data packet through that component. The sum of the variability values of all
components between two stations is the Path Variability Value (PVV). The PVV
must not exceed 40 Bit Times (BT). One BT equals 0.1us.
The following are Bit Times for typical bus components:

Component Propagation Time

Equivalent (meters)
OLM ITP-ITP Port 3
ITP-FO Port 6
FO-FO Port 3
Twisted Pair Transceiver 2
OTDE Optical Transceiver 2

For further information, refer to the Bus System manual in the Teleperm XP
Manuals set and Chapter 3 of the Simatic Net Twisted Pair and Fiber Optic
Networks Manual.

OSM Network Design Considerations

OSM-based networks do not require the same design considerations needed with
OLM-based networks. This is due to the way the OSM's operate with store-and-
forward switching. In switched LANs, every collision domain ends at the port of
an OSM. Therefore, signal propagation and variability do not need to be
calculated.
When structuring the network, the only considerations are that the maximum
lengths of Twisted Pair and Fiber Optic cables are not exceeded.

OSM Network Power Budget

The Industrial Ethernet OSM fiber optic performance budget for 62.5/125 um
fiber is 6 dBm of which 3 dBm is set aside for reserve.
The optical power loss is the cumulative value of all losses occurring in the fiber
optic transmission path. These losses can be attributed to the following:
§ Power loss in the fiber itself (at 1300 nm) 1.0 dB/km
§ Power loss caused by splices 0.2 dB per splice
§ Power loss caused by connectors 0.4 dB per connector

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 7 - Fiber Optic Installation and Testing n 107
 The maximum cable length or bridgeable distance between OSM's can be
calculated by taking 3 dBm (maximum OSM performance budget minus 3 dBm
reserve) and dividing by 1.0 dB/km which equals 3000 meters. The values listed
above are approximate that can be used as a guideline when configuring a
network. The actual link loss must be checked after the link has been installed
using a power loss measuring device.
For further information, refer to the Bus System manual in the Teleperm XP
Manuals set and Chapter 3 of the Simatic Net Twisted Pair and Fiber Optic
Networks Manual.

Fiber Optic Cable Specification

Backbone fiber optic cable shall be Corning Cable Systems part number
006KWZ-14130A20, type ALTOS/LSZH multimode 62.5/125um, six fiber,
with the following specifications:

Maximum Tensile Loading Installation 2700 N (600lbf)

Long Term Installed 600 N (135 lbf)
Operating/Storage Temperature -40 C to +70 C (-40 F to
158 F)
NEC Listing OFN-LS (UL 1685)
Nominal Diameter 14.0 mm (0.55 in)
Nominal Weight 171 kg/km (115 lb/1000
ft)
Minimum Bend Radius Loaded 21.0 cm (8.3 in)
Installed 14.0 cm (5.5 in)
Maximum Attenuation (850/1300 nm) 3.5 dB/km / 1.0 dB/km
Bandwidth Distance Product 200/500 MHz * km
Fiber Corning InfiniCor 300

Fiber Optic Cable Reel Initial Inspection

Single wavelength Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) testing on each
strand of new fiber optic cable reels shall be performed to confirm continuity
and length. Multi-mode fiber shall be tested at 1300 nm. Single-mode fiber shall
be tested at 1550 nm. Original OTDR traces shall be saved to disk to document
the received condition of the fiber.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 7 - Fiber Optic Installation and Testing n 108
Fiber Optic Cable Installation and Termination
All fiber optic cables are to be terminated in patch panels. No terminations are to
be made directly to equipment. Equipment is connected to the fiber optic cable
via patch cables to the patch panels.
Each cable shall be individually attached to the respective patch panel by
mechanical means. Each cable's strength member shall be securely attached to
the cable strain relief brackets in the patch panels.
Dust caps shall be kept on all fiber connectors and couplings at all times unless
they are in use and physically connected to equipment or patch panels.
Corning Cable Systems parts for installation and termination include:
§ Buffer Tube Fan Out Kit FAN-BT25-06
§ Unicam Multimode 62.5um ST Connectors 95-000-51
§ Tool Kit TKT-UNICAM

The Corning Unicam connectors have fiber stubs that are bonded into ferrules
and pre-polished in the factory. To terminate, the fiber must be stripped and
cleaved, and must butt up against the fiber stub. The most common installation
errors are poor cleave, short cleave and field fiber not touching fiber stub.

Fiber Optic Network Testing

Attenuation
All fiber strands shall be tested for attenuation with an optical power meter or an
optical time-domain reflectometer (OTDR). Data from either of these two field
measurement techniques shall be used to determine the integrity of the optical
fiber and installation.
Backbone multimode fiber shall be tested at both 850 nm and 1300 nm in one
direction. Test setup and performance shall be conducted in accordance with
ANSI / EIA / TIA-526-14A Optical Power Loss Measurements Of Installed
Multimode Fiber Cable Plant, Method B (one jumper reference).
One 2-meter patch cable shall be used for the test reference, and two 2-meter
patch cords shall be used for the actual test. This test method uses a one jumper
reference, two jumper test to estimate the actual link loss of the installed cables
plus the loss of two connector pairs. This measurement is consistent with the
loss network equipment experiences under normal installation and use. Test
evaluation for the panel to panel (backbone) shall be based on the values set
forth in the EIA/TIA-568-B.3, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard. The
testing contractor shall test each link from end to end to ensure the performance
of the system. After the link performance test has been successfully completed,
each link shall be OTDR tested.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 7 - Fiber Optic Installation and Testing n 109
 Single-mode optical fiber attenuation shall be measured at 1310 nm and 1500
nm using a laser light source and power meter. Tests shall be performed at both
wavelengths in one direction on each strand of fiber. The setup and test shall be
performed in accordance with the above method.
Attenuation testing shall be performed with a stable launch condition using two
meter jumpers to attach the test equipment to the cable plant. The light source
shall be left in place after calibration and the power meter moved to the far end
to take measurements.

OTDR Testing
Optical time-domain reflectometry shall be used to characterize optical fiber and
optical connection properties. An optical time-domain reflectometer (OTDR)
transmits an optical pulse through the installed fiber network then measures the
light that is reflected back. The reflected optical signal is displayed on the
OTDR as a plot showing signal power vs. fiber length.
All installed optical fibers or links of 50 meters (165 ft) or more in length shall
be OTDR tested. Each strand shall be tested from both directions with a
minimum of a 300 foot launch reel for multimode and 1000 feet for single-mode
fiber. Multimode fiber will be tested at 850 nm and 1300 nm. Single-mode fiber
shall be tested at 1310 nm and 1550 nm. OTDR tests shall be documented by
saving all traces electronically to compact disk. Each trace shall be labeled for
test site, far end, fiber number, date, time, and project location.

References
For further information, refer to these Siemens documents:

§ SIMATIC NET - Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM - Operating

Instructions - July 2002
Document Number C79000-Z8900-C068-08

§ SIMATIC NET - Industrial Twisted Pair and Fiber Optic Networks,

Edition 5/2001
Document Number C79000-G8976-C125-02
Order Number GK1970-1BA10-0AA1

§ Bus System for Teleperm XP (V3.0)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 7 - Fiber Optic Installation and Testing n 110
8 - OM Equipment

OM Equipment
Operation and Monitoring (OM) equipment generally consists of the following
hardware:
§ Operator Stations (OT)
§ MultiMedia Terminals (MMT)
§ Engineering Stations (ES)
§ Processing Units (PU)
§ Processing Units/Server Units (PU/SU)
§ Alarm Printers, Laser Printers, Color Printers
§ Remote Access Modems
§ Network Cabinets

For a detailed review of the TXP Operation and Monitoring System, refer to the
Teleperm XP Manuals, OM 650 Operation and Monitoring section, System
Components and Peripheral Devices chapter.

OM Cables
Unless requested otherwise by contract, Control Room cables for Plant Bus and
Terminal Bus connections to OM equipment will be 66 feet (20 meters).
Printer cables will be 6 feet (1.8 meters).
In order to connect a remote access modem, an analog telephone outlet must be
available near where the modem will be installed (normally in the Central
Control Room).

Network and OM Overviews

The following pages are typical network and Operation and Monitoring
overview drawings.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 8 - OM Equipment n 111
 OM Configuration Notes

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 8 - OM Equipment n 112
 OM System Overview

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 8 - OM Equipment n 113
 Plant Bus and Terminal Bus

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 8 - OM Equipment n 114
 Plant Bus and Terminal Bus

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 8 - OM Equipment n 115
 L2 Profibus Configuration

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 8 - OM Equipment n 116
 Cabinet Grounding Overview

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 8 - OM Equipment n 117
 Cabinet Power Distribution

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 8 - OM Equipment n 118
 CCR Power Distribution

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 8 - OM Equipment n 119
 Compact Unit Operator Terminal

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 8 - OM Equipment n 120
Appendix A – Power Consumption
and Heat Dissipation Tables

Summary
Hardware components used in the TXP control system utilize power and
dissipate heat. Values for heat dissipation are calculated based on the efficiency
of the individual components.
Typically, input voltage to a control cabinet is 125V DC. Power supplies inside
the cabinet convert the voltage to 24V DC. Power consumption and heat
dissipation for components are calculated at the 24V DC level. Calculated
values for OM equipment are shown for 120V AC.
The tables shown below display power and heat data for TXP components, OM
equipment, and I/O modules.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix A – Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation Tablesn 121
 Hardware Components

Current Current Voltage Level Power Power Heat Part Number

Device Consumption Consumption AC/DC Loss Consumption Dissipation
No Load Amps Full Load (watt) (BTU/h)
Amps
Power Supplies
120VAC/24VDC SITOP Power Supply /20(A) 0.300 6.300 120VAC 120 756 (VA) 409.46 6EP1 336-2BA00
120VAC/24VDC SITOP Power Supply /10(A) 0.210 3.290 120VAC 60 395 (VA) 204.73 6EP1 334-2BA00
120VAC/24VDC SITOP Power Supply /5(A) 0.090 1.790 120VAC 30 215 (VA) 102.36 6EP1 333-2BA00
120VAC/24VDC SITOP Power Supply /2(A) 0.080 0.772 120VAC 12 93 (VA) 40.95 6EP1 331-2BA00
Converter, 125VDC to 24VDC, 100A, 2500W 0.850 25.000 125VDC 625 3125(watt) 2132.59 SYS25KWQ6804
Converter, 125VDC to 24VDC, 20A, 500W 0.270 5.000 125VDC 125 625 (watt) 426.52 BAP419-A-Q4409
Converter, 125VDC to 24VDC, 12.5A, 300W 0.200 3.000 125VDC 75 375 (watt) 255.91 BAP65-A-Q4409
Converter, 125VDC to 24VDC, 40A, 1000W 0.520 10.000 125VDC 250 1250 (Watt) 853.04 2XBAP419-Q5818
Automation Processor
Power Supply Unit for AP Rack n/a 7.000 24VDC 25 228 (watt) 85.30 6ES5 955-7NC11
CPU 948 power supply n/a 0.750 24VDC 2 18 (watt) 6.82 6ES59557NC11
Interface Module, IM308 n/a 0.125 24VDC 0.33 3 (watt) 1.13 6ES5 308-3UA12
Interface Module, IM304 n/a 0.258 24VDC 0.66 6 (watt) 2.25 6ES53043UB11
Interface Module, IM324R n/a 0.208 24VDC 0.5 5 (watt) 1.71 6ES53243UR11
Communication Processor, CP1430 n/a 0.400 24VDC 1.39 12.5 (watt) 4.74 6GK11430TB01
ET 200M IO Station
ET 200M, IM153-2 n/a 0.625 24VDC 1.7 15 (watt) 5.80 6ES7 153-2AA00-
0XB0
FUM Devices
FUM, IM614 Interface module n/a 0.500 24VDC 5 12 (watt) 17.06 6DP16148BB
FUM210 Modules n/a 0.250 24VDC 0.66 6 (watt) 2.25 6DP 1210-8BB
FUM280 Modules n/a 0.325 24VDC 0.86 7.8 (watt) 2.93 6DP 1280-8AA

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix A – Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation Tablesn 122
 Hardware Components

Current Current Voltage Level Power Power Heat Part Number

Device Consumption Consumption AC/DC Loss Consumption Dissipation
No Load Amps Full Load (watt) (BTU/h)
Amps
Communication Devices
Industrial Ethernet OSM n/a 0.500 24VDC 1.33 12 (watt) 4.54 6GK1 105-4AA00
Industrial Ethernet OLM n/a 0.160 24VDC 0.43 3.84 (watt) 1.47 6GK1 102-4AA00
Industrial Ethernet ELM n/a 0.080 24VDC 0.21 1.92 (watt) 0.72 6GK1 102-5AA00
PROFIBUS OLM n/a 0.200 24VDC 0.53 4.8 (watt) 1.81 6GK1 502-3CB00
Simatic Net Starcoupler n/a 5.000 24VDC 21 120 (watt) 71.65 HIR943265101
Simatic Net Starcoupler n/a 5.000 24VDC 21 120 (watt) 71.65 HIR943263101
Simatic Net Starcoupler n/a 1.500 120VAC 24 180 (VA) 81.89 HIR943263001
Simatic Net Starcoupler n/a 1.500 120VAC 24 180 (VA) 81.89 HIR943265201
CM Modules
CM104, 500 Signals, Non-Redundant, n/a 1.100 24VDC 2.9 26.4 (watt) 9.897 6DP26587PC000AA0
4 Serial, Modbus
CM104, 5000 Signals, Non-Redundant, n/a 1.100 24VDC 2.9 26.4 (watt) 9.897 6DP26587PC510AA0
4 Serial, Modbus
CM104, 5000 Signals, Non-Redundant, n/a 1.100 24VDC 2.9 26.4 (watt) 9.897 6DP26587PC520AA0
Ethernet, GE-GSM
CM104, 5000 Signals, Redundant, n/a 1.100 24VDC 2.9 26.4 (watt) 9.897 6DP26587PC550AA0
3 Serial, Modbus
CM104, 5000 Signals, Redundant, n/a 1.100 24VDC 2.9 26.4 (watt) 9.897 6DP26587PC560AA0
Ethernet, GE-GSM
CM388 power supply n/a 2.0/2.5 120Vac/24Vdc 6.6 240 (VA) 61.42 307-1EA00-0AA0
CM388 processor n/a 0.870 24VDC 2.4 21 (watt) 36.85 388-4BN00-0AC0
CM388, Extension module EXM 378-2 n/a 0.095 24VDC 0.25 2.28(watt) 0.85 6ES7 378-2AB00-
0AC0
CM488 power supply n/a 1.14/4.5 120Vac/24Vdc 12 108 (watt) 112.60 PS 40X-10A
CM488 processor n/a 3.500 24VDC 9.3 84 (watt) 69.95 CPU 486-3

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix A – Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation Tablesn 123
 Hardware Components

Current Current Voltage Level Power Power Heat Part Number

Device Consumption Consumption AC/DC Loss Consumption Dissipation
No Load Amps Full Load (watt) (BTU/h)
Amps
Third Party Communications Devices
X-Link, Low voltage short box, V2 n/a 4.000 24VDC 9.1 96 (watt) 31.05 XL-S-2L
X-Link, Low voltage long box, V2 n/a 4.000 24VDC 9.1 96 (watt) 31.05 XL-L-2L
X-Link, short box, V1 n/a 0.400 120VAC 7.1 48 (VA) 24.23 XL-S-2
X-Link, long box, V1 n/a 0.400 120VAC 7.1 48 (VA) 24.23 XL-L-2
X-Link, Universal long box, V2 n/a 2.000 120VAC 35.8 240 (VA) 122.15 XL-L-2U
X-Link, Universal short box, V2 n/a 2.000 120VAC 35.8 240 (VA) 122.15 XL-S-2U
X-Link, wide box 5 Slot chassis, V2 n/a 4.000 120VAC 71.7 480 (VA) 244.65 XL-L-5
Miscellaneous
SICLOCK TM n/a 1.000 24VDC 2.7 24 (watt) 9.21 2XV94501AR22
HOPF 7001 GPS Systems n/a 0.500 24VDC 1.33 12 (watt) 4.54 FG7001G0

OM Equipment

Unit Current Unit Heat Unit Heat

Device Voltage Level Consumption Dissipation Dissipation Part Number
(A) (Watt) (BTU/h)

Compact Unit 120 VAC 0.70 10 34.1 6DP2601-6DE10-1AA1

MMT 120 VAC 0.50 10 34.1 Accu Sync 120
21" CRT's 120 VAC 0.70 10 34.1 Accu Sync 120
Alarm Printers 120 VAC 0.30 4 13.6 62410001
Color Printers 120 VAC 0.30 4 13.6 HP 990CXI
Laser Printer 120 VAC 5.20 156 532.3 HP 2200D

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix A – Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation Tablesn 124
 I/O Modules

Current Drawn Current Drawn Module Power Consumption

from Backplane from L+ Power (w) at 24V DC
Part Number Device Bus (mA) Loss Comments
(mA) (w)

6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0 Digital Input Module SM 321 10 25 3.5 0.6 Current from L+
DI 16 x 24 VDC estimated
6ES7 321-1CH80-0AA0 Digital Input Module SM 321 40 25 4.3 0.6 Current from L+
DI 16 x 24 VDC estimated
6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 Digital Input Module SM 321 15 25 6.5 0.6 Current from L+
DI 32 x 24 VDC estimated
6ES7 321-7BH00-0AB0 Digital Input Module SM 321 55 40 4 0.96
DI 16 x 24 VDC (w/o sensor supply)

6ES7 321-1FH00-0AA0 Digital Input Module SM 321 29 25 4.9 0.6 Current from L+
DI 16 x 120 VAC estimated
6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 Digital Output Module SM 322 80 8A 4.9 192 Maximum 0.5A load
DO 16 x 24 VDC/0.5A (max with load) (max at full load) per channel

6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0 Relay Output Module SM 322 40 8A 4.2 192 Load is at 120Vac
DO 8 x 230 VAC/0.5A (max with load) (max at full load)
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0 Digital Output Module SM 322 70 4A 5 96 Maximum 0.5A load
DO 16 x 24 VDC/0.5A (max with load) (max at full load) per channel

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 Digital I/O Module SM 323 80 4A 6.5 96 Maximum 0.5A load
I16/DO16 x 24 VDC/0.5 A (max with load) (max at full load) per channel

NOTE: Cards selected in an ET200M configuration cannot exceed a backplane current draw of 1.2A. The backplane voltage is 5V.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix A – Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation Tablesn 125
 Current Drawn Current Drawn Module Power Consumption
from Backplane from L+ Power (w) at 24V DC
Part Number Device Bus (mA) Loss Comments
(mA) (w)

6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 Analog Input Module SM 331; 60 80 1.3 1.92

AI 8 0-20mA
6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0 Analog Input Module SM 331; N/A N/A N/A 0
AI 8 xTC
6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0 Analog Output Module SM 60 240 3 5.76
332; AO 4 x 12Bit

NOTE: Cards selected in an ET200M configuration cannot exceed a backplane current draw of 1.2A. The backplane voltage is 5V.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix A – Power Consumption and Heat Dissipation Tablesn 126
Appendix B – I/O Database

Database Structure
The I/O Database contains all of the standard tables, queries, reports and macros
needed to manage a project.
The following is the structure of the main table, TB - IO LIST

Field Name Field Description

Width
RT 2 Record Type (DI, DO, AI, AO)
POINTNAME WBS 16 Device tag name (WBS) (Customer's tag name)
*POINTNAME 16 Device tag name (KKS / TXP)
KKS / TXP (SWPC internal tag name if different)
DESCRIPTION 25 English Description (to be used for FUP title)
FRQ 4 Scan time in milliseconds (default = 1000)
*SIGDEF 4 Signal Definition (XG01, XQ01, ZV01, ZQ01, etc.)
FIELDST 2 Field type (FT, LS, LT, TT, etc.)
*FC 2 Function Complex (GT, ST, B1, H1, etc.)
*FGC 6 Function Group Complex (YMBA, YMKA, etc.)
FXMTHRNG 8 Field transmitter High point of input range
FXMTLRNG 8 Field transmitter Low point of input range
FXMTUNITS 8 Field transmitter Engineering Units
OPHIRANG 8 Operating range High of transmitter in engineering units
OPLORANG 8 Operating range Low of transmitter in engineering units
EUNITS 8 Engineering units of measurement
SETTING 8 Defines the state of a signal. For analog the range should
be entered. For digital signals the entry should reflect
the state for logical “1”.
ZERO STATE 8 Defines the state of a digital signal which reflects the
state for logical “0”.
SOE 1 Sequence of Events point ? (1=yes, 0=no)
LV1 8 Limit Value 1 - 1st alarm setpoint (analog point)
(Low-Low)
LV2 8 Limit Value 2 - 2nd alarm setpoint (analog point)
(Low)
LV3 8 Limit Value 3 - 3rd alarm setpoint (analog point)
(High)
LV4 8 Limit Value 4 - 4th alarm setpoint (analog point)
(High-High)
LV1SET 8 Description which corresponds to LV1
LV2SET 8 Description which corresponds to LV2
LV3SET 8 Description which corresponds to LV3
LV4SET 8 Description which corresponds to LV4
ALARMPRI 1 Alarm priority (A,W,T,C = highest to lowest)
PWRSRC 1 Power Source (I = internal or DCS, E = external)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix B – I/O Database n 127
 Field Name Field Description
Width
SIGNAL LEVEL 9 Signal type for analog, or voltage level for digital
(4-20mA, 24VDC, 125VDC)
CURRENT RATING 9 Current Rating for external powered digital signals
*HWKEY 8 Circuit type identifier (MI021N, MK131A, etc.)
*CABINET 7 Cabinet designation (11CJP01, 12CJR01, etc.)
*AP 2 AP processor number (11, 12, 21, 22, etc.)
*L2_LINE 1 Designates the AP/ L2 line number (1, 2, 3... etc)
*STATION 2 I/O station location number (CA, CB, DA, EA, etc.)
*SLOT 3 I/O station slot number (1 through 8)
*CHANNEL 2 I/O module channel (1 through 4, 8, or 16)
*TB 5 Terminal Block identifier
*POS 5 Positive terminal number
*NEG 5 Negative terminal number
*SPR 5 Spare terminal number
*RTN 5 Return terminal number
*REVDATE Date Date of latest revision
*REVKEY 1 Type of revision (A=Add, C=Change, D=Delete)
**COMMENT1 50 Comment field 1
**COMMENT2 50 Comment field 2
**COMMENT3 50 Comment field 3

NOTE:
Fields marked with * are supplied by SWPC Engineering
Fields marked with ** are optional
All other fields are supplied by Customer / AE

I/O Database Field Definitions

The following provides a more detailed descriptions of some of the I/O database
fields.

RT
Defines the basic I/O type:
DI = Digital Input
DO = Digital Output
AI = Analog Input
AO = Analog Output

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix B – I/O Database n 128
 FRQ
Defines the execution cycle in the Automation Processor.
1000 stands for 1000ms. Steps in 100ms are possible. The
fastest cycle is 100ms.

SIGDEF
Designates a signal. TXP uses the tag name and the signal to
identify a point uniquely.
XG01 = OPEN
XG02 = CLOSE
XQ01 = used for analog signals

FC, FGC
Describes the relationship of an I/O point in a hierarchical
structure. FC stands for “Functional Complex”, FGC for
“Functional Group Complex”. This field is also used to group
the SW.

PLANT

FC-Level ST CT HRSG BOP

FGC-Level LUBE OIL GAS GEN

I/O TAG TAG TAG

SETTING
For Digital Signals, this is the description of the point when
the signal is a "1" or True state. For Analog Signals, this is the
upper and lower range of the variable in engineering units.
For standard cabinet faults, all are 1 = fault except for OSM,
OLM and Star Coupler which are 1 = OK.

ZERO STATE
For Digital Signals, this is the description of the point when
the signal is a "0" or False state.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix B – I/O Database n 129
 SOE
If set to 1 the specific signal will be time stamped with a
resolution of 10msec.

LV#, LV#SET
These fields are only used for analog input points. It is
possible to define up to 4 limit values for a single point with
LV1-LV4. LV#SET indicates the quality of a signal i.e.
HIGH, >>MAX etc.

ALARMPRI
Defines the alarm priority. Possible alarm states are:
State Meaning Priority
A ALARM 1 (highest)
W WARNING 2
T TOLERANCE 3
C CONDITION 4

PWRSCR
Defines whether the field or the DCS provides power to a
circuit.
I = Internal (powered by DCS)
E = External (powered by field device)

SIGNAL LEVEL
If analog, defines the signal type. If digital, defines the voltage
level.

CURRENT RATING
If digital, defines the current rating of the external powered
device.

HWKEY
Defines the I/O circuit type. The HWKEY defines the I/O
module, circuit wiring and terminal blocks.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix B – I/O Database n 130
Appendix C – Cable Lists

Cable List Database

The cable list database contains all of the standard tables, queries, reports and
macros needed to manage a project’s cable list. The following is the structure of
the main table.

Field Name Description

CABLE NO Cable number assignment
FROM ROOM Room From (area) Cabinet location
FROM CABINET Cabinet designation
(11CJP01, 12CJR01, etc.)
FROM TB From terminal block (Number group) or device
FROM TERM # From position number
(terminal block, individual number)
TO ROOM Room To (area) Cabinet location
TO CABINET Cabinet designation
(11CJP01, 12CJR01, etc.)
TO TB To terminal block (Number group) or device
TO TERM # To position number
(terminal block, individual number)
CABLE CODE SWPC Cable type code or Parts database ID
CABLE MAKE Vendor cable construction
WIRE ID Wire Code
(Number and / or pairs)
LV Voltage level
L- Analog, C - Digital, P - Power
FB System function
(CT, ST, WS - BOP, HR - HRSG, SA - SYS AUX)
TOTAL LGT Cable, Total length
(Assigned or FV = Field to verify)
VB Installation code of vendor
POINTNAME KKS Device tag name (KKS / WBS)
(SWPC internal tag name if different)

Note: There are additional fields in the database that are not described but are
required only for engineering design.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix C – Cable Lists n 131
Cable List Database Field Definitions
Cable No
Cable numbers consist of the Unit, Function Code, and a four digit number. The
four digits that follow the Function Code are broken down as follows:
0001 – 0999 Power Cables, > 1kV
1000 – 1499 Power Cables, < 600V
1500 – 1600 Power Cables, < 600V (Used by LA – F)
2001 – 2999 Control cable for I&C systems, > 60V
3001 – 3999 CT/PT Cables
4000 – 4799 Control and Measuring cable for I&C systems, <60V
4800 – 4899 Control and Measuring cable for I&C systems, <60V
5000 – 5099 H1 Cables
5100 – 5199 L2 Profibus Cables

When cables run between cabinets, they are numbered based on the unit and
function code of the cabinet which is alphanumerically the lesser of the two
cabinets between which the cable is routed.

When cables run from similar type cabinets (e.g. CPA01, CPA02) the cable
numbers are in the same sequence as the cabinet, (e.g. Lower cable numbers for
CPA01).
A typical cable number is
11 CJF 5100 A.
Unit Function Cable # Further Cable Spec
Here the 11CJF is the unit and function that is alphanumerically the lesser of the
two cabinets. The 5100 is for L2 Profibus cables. The A on the end signifies that
this cable is the L2 bus "A".
The following is a more detailed explanation of the cable list fields:

From Room
Room From (area) or Cabinet location
EP = Electrical package

From Cabinet
Cabinet designation

From TB
From terminal block (Number group) or device

From Term #
From position number (terminal block, individual number)

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix C – Cable Lists n 132
 To Room
Room To (area) or Cabinet location

To Cabinet
Cabinet designation

To TB
To terminal block (Number group) or device

To Term #
To position number (terminal block, individual number)

Cable Type Code

SWPC Cable type code or ID number from the parts database
(for custom made cables).
The digits are broken down as follows:
800 series Power cables
1900 series Control cables
4500 series Digital I/O cables
4600 series Analog I/O cables
5000 series Network cables

Cable Make
Vendor cable construction. For example:
L2 Profibus Cable
EPR/CPE 1PR#16 SHLD
CAT5 SHLD, 2 TW PR, DB9 MALE - RJ45, 5m

Wire ID
Describes the wire code, color, number and / or number of
pairs.

LV
Voltage level for Routing. Refer to Chapter 3 - Electrical
Installation Requirements for more information.
L - Analog
C - Digital
P - Power 60V – 480V

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix C – Cable Lists n 133
 FB
System function
CT - Combustion Turbine
ST - Steam Turbine
WS - Balance of Plant
HR - HRSG
SA - Auxiliary System

Total LGT
Cable, Total length
50 feet
FV = Field to verify

VB
Installation code to identify the vendor that will provide the
cable.
M = Manufactured pre-installed cable
F = Field supplied and installed cable
MSS = Manufactured Shipping Split. Cable supplied
with one end installed by cabinet vendor,
other end installed by others.
SS = Cable supplied with system , final installation
by others.

Pointname KKS (or WBS)

The KKS or WBS Tag assigned to an I/O point

Example Cable List Drawing

The following is a typical cable list drawing showing interconnect cables for a 501F
Combustion Turbine's control cabinets.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix C – Cable Lists n 134
 Interconnect Cable List

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix C – Cable Lists n 135
Appendix D – Change Control

NOTE: This section is presently not released

Change Control
Guidelines are being continually developed to improve communication between
project sites and SWPC Alpharetta Engineering of technical developments. The
purpose of these guidelines and procedures is to track changes and quickly
resolve field or engineering issues.
It is important to first identify the customer’s relationship (External or Internal
customers) to SWPC Alpharetta Engineering when requests and/or issues arise:
.

External Customers
External customers are normally an Architect Engineer (AE) firm or end
customer and have a direct contact to PG LAF. Projects of this type would
typically be Balance of Plant (BOP) or retrofit projects. The following methods
for communication are currently in use:

Field Information Request (FIR)

A Field Information Request (FIR) is used by field personnel to request
a change or clarification to resolve a technical issue with Alpharetta
Engineering.

Out to the Field Information Request (OUTFIR)

An Out to the Field Information Request (OUTFIR) is used by
Alpharetta Engineering to respond to the specific FIR submittal.

Field Change Notification (FCN)

A Field Change Notification (FCN) is used by the field to notify
Alpharetta Engineering of customer driven changes. The lead Field
Service engineer at the site is responsible for documenting and tracking
all FCN's.

Product Change Request (PCR)

A Product Change Request (PCR) is used by Alpharetta Engineering to
communicate a design change to the field after the affected equipment
has shipped.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix D – Change Control n 136
 Internal Customers
Internal customer projects are those contracted with SWPC Orlando divisions
(usually A, G and S). Projects of this type would typically be Combustion
Turbine or Steam Turbine projects. The following methods for communication
are currently in use:

Field Action Request (FAR)

A Field Action Request (FAR) is used by the field to request a change
or clarification from Orlando Engineering. Use of the FAR system is
mandatory and is the only approved method of requesting Orlando
engineering support.

Out to the Field Action Request (OUTFAR)

An Out to the Field Action Request (OUTFAR) is used by Engineering
to resolve a problem or provide a clarification to field personnel, or to
request information from the field. The OUTFAR is not intended as a
design change mechanism, but can be used to allow limited changes
such as changes to tuning constants, graphic displays and non-
protection related setpoints.

Product Modification (PRODMOD)

A Product Modification (PRODMOD) is used to communicate a design
change to the field after the affected equipment has been shipped. All
changes after Factory Acceptance Testing to TXP system configuration
are not allowed without a PRODMOD from Orlando or Alpharetta
Engineering. Changes to TXP system configuration are defined as any
deviation from the "As Shipped" design which affects the logic, process
automation or design philosophy applied.

Engineering Change Management Instruction (ECMI)

An ECMI is used by the Orlando Engineering groups to instruct
Alpharetta Engineering to make design changes. It is used during the
manufacturing and production phase of a project and may be applied up
to a date at which the design change can be made and tested during the
Factory Acceptance Test. Subsequent to that date, changes required
must the use the PRODMOD change process noted above.

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Appendix D – Change Control n 137
Attachment - Hardware Keys

Copyright © 2002 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation. All rights reserved.

Site Preparation Manual v1.0 Attachment - Hardware Keys n 138
 DCS Cabinet Inspection Protocol
For DCS Cabinets Placed in Storage for >4 Months

Inspection Requirements

Storage Facility Requirements:

Ø See the “TXPTM Equipment Storage and Protection” Section of the SWPC Site Preparation Manual. Contact the
Storage Coordinator for the latest version of the Manual or any questions.

Weekly Inspections:

The following items must be inspected and recorded on the Weekly Section of the Inspection Protocol. Copies of this
protocol must be forwarded to the SWPC Storage Coordinator on a Monthly Basis. If the cabinets are stored in separate
areas of a facility, a separate protocol must be completed for each area.

Ø Facility Temperature. (Measured within 5ft of the cabinet storage area.)

Ø Facility Humidity. (Measured with 5ft of the cabinet storage area.)
Ø Insure Perforated Plastic is on cabinets and undamaged.
Ø Insure that there is no evidence of moisture on or under the Plastic Covering.

Monthly Inspections:

The first week of every month requires the completion of the Entire Inspection Protocol. Copies of this protocol must
be forwarded to the SWPC Storage Coordinator on a Monthly Basis. The Plastic has to be removed from each cabinet for
this inspection.

Ø All Weekly Inspection items (above).

Ø Cleanliness: Internal cleanliness inspection. Insure that there is no build up of dust anywhere in the cabinet.
All surfaces and components should be free of dust, grease, and contaminants.
Ø Rodent: Inspect for any evidence of Rodent Infestation. Check the wires for bite marks or other rodent
indications. Check the floor of the skid for rodent droppings.
Ø Moisture: Inspect for Moisture effects. Inspect surfaces for any indication of current or past moisture. In
particular, inspect the metal surfaces of the cabinet, DIN Rail, Components, etc.
Ø Damage: General Damage Inspection. Inspect the cabinet (inside and out) for any evidence of damage.

DCS Cabinet Inspection Protocol Page 1 of 3 fjh Rev. 00

 DCS Cabinet Inspection Protocol
For DCS Cabinets Placed in Storage for >4 Months

Inspection Date: Name of Inspector:

Inspection Time: Storage Location:

Note: Any rejected inspection item MUST be reported to the SWPC Storage Coordinator IMMEDIATELY.

Weekly Inspection
Acceptance
Measurement Accept Reject Comments
Range
Temperature 65°F – 80°F

Humidity 15% - 80%

Non Condensing
Intact /
Plastic Covering Undamaged
Moisture No Evidence

DCS Cabinet Inspection Protocol Page 2 of 3 fjh Rev. 00

 DCS Cabinet Inspection Protocol
For DCS Cabinets Placed in Storage for >4 Months

Monthly Inspection
First Week of Every Month

See Instruction Page for detail on Inspection Items

Cabinet Cleanliness Rodent Moisture Damage
Project Name Number Acc’t Rej Acc’t Rej Acc’t Rej Acc’t Rej Comments

Note: Copy this page for more cabinets. Be sure to number additional pages.
DCS Cabinet Inspection Protocol Page 3 of 3 fjh Rev. 00
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: TXP

Sequence Number: 36000 CNS Number: 8411

Equipment Category: TXP Storage Sensitivity Rating: High

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC L I&C

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-36000.xls 1/22/2004
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 1 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

Handling, and Long Term Storage. Quality Manufacturing Manual

(Over 3months, up to 48 months)
1.0 Scope
1.1 This instruction covers the Higgott-Kane requirements for the handling, and long term storage of
all equipment.

2.0 Purpose
2.1 The purpose of this instruction is to provide the client or end user with the minimum Higgott-
Kane requirements.

2.2 Any special requirements will be described in the contract documents.

3.0 Responsibility
3.1 It is the responsibility of the client or end user to implement these instructions for all equipment.

4.0 Instruction
4.1 Handling
4.1.1 Lifting lugs shown on the H-K drawings are provided for installation use only. Use of these lugs
by the client or end user must be as per the contract lifting drawings or as a minimum as shown
below. Spreader beams if required are not supplied by Higgott-Kane.

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 2 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.1.2 Client or end user requiring special handling techniques may contact H-K for engineering
direction on an as required basis.

4.1.3 Shipping braces and beams must be installed during all handling when specified by the H-K
drawings. All temporary items should be painted yellow. Braces must be positively secured with
nylon nuts or locknuts to prevent loosening during transportation.

4.1.4 Every precaution shall be taken to ensure that the insulation is not allowed to become wet
during handling / storage or transportation.

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 3 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.2 Storage
4.2.1 Storage may be required for periods of up to 48 months from contract delivery date.

4.2.2 Insulation in lined ducts must be kept as dry as possible at all times. Store ducting with liners
protected against rain or fully tarp while in storage.

4.2.3 Outdoor storage shall provide for “high and dry” storage of the products and consist of a secure,
fully fenced compound with gated access.

4.2.4 Damage to products due to vandalism or accidents will be the responsibility of the client / end
user.

4.2.5 Painted surfaces are warranted for 12 months, unless contract specifies otherwise.
Damage due to handling, accidents, vandalism or acid rain is not covered under this warranty.
Damage to paint color due to U.V exposure or acid rain is not covered under this warranty.
Painted surfaces should be inspected every 6 months.

4.2.6 Areas of components, protected by weldable primer are not subject to this warranty. Some
minor corrosion is expected in these areas and will require surface preparation and painting
after field welding.

4.2.7 Stainless steel surfaces should be protected at all times with tarps or covers.

4.2.8 Refer to the contract documents for special requirements (if applicable).

4.3 Weather Protection

The following components are supplied prepackaged for storage up to 3 months from
manufacture. For long term storage and U.V. protection, the components should be fully
tarped. Tarps should be overlapped and tied down securely. Horizontal surfaces should be
peaked for drainage.

4.3.1 G.T. Intake Systems

To maintain compliance with the critical cleanliness requirements for G.T. Intake Systems,
special attention is needed to provide adequate protection and sealing of the components,
during storage.

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 4 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.3.1.1 Complete Assemblies/Small Ducts

Typical Storage Method

4.3.1.2 Large field assembled sections

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 5 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.3.1.3 Inspection of the stored components should take place every 6 months by the client / end user
with a brief written report issued to Higgott-Kane.

4.3.1.4 If any original covers or poly sealing membranes are damaged, they must be repaired to
maintain the original system protection.

4.3.2 G.T. Exhaust Systems

4.3.2.1 Complete Assemblies/Small Ducts

Storage per instruction 4.3.1.1.

4.3.2.2 Large Field Assembled Sections

Storage as per instruction 4.3.1.2

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 6 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.3.3 Silencer Baffles

(When shipped loose for field installation) shall be loaded by the manufacturer on a truck in a
staggered pattern to facilitate easy off-loading

4.3.3.1 All baffles, shipped loose for field installation shall have adhesive sticker, see figure 1, affixed
to each baffle. A letter size copy of these stickers will also be attached to the bills of lading.
Handling and storage shall comply with these instructions

Figure 1

Baffles are supplied with individual shrunk-wrapped coverings, but this is not 100%
waterproof.
Stacked baffles should be completely covered with tarps during storage.

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 7 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.3.3.2 If baffles are shipped installed in the silencer casings, the entire assembly shall be tarped and
stored as per 4.3.1.1

4.3.4 Steelwork/Platforms
Block high and dry, and store separated to allow for inspection access. Tarps are not
required.

4.3.5 Ventilation/Miscellaneous Ducts

Store per instruction 4.3.1.1.

4.3.6 Enclosures, Plenums, etc.

Store high and dry on timbers and provide full tarp as per 4.3.1.1

4.3.7 Doors
Doors must be positively secured. Padlock or secure door from inside to prevent accidental
opening during storage or handling.

4.3.8 Windows
Protect from stone chips by covering with corrugated paper and poly, taped or mechanically
fastened into position. Mark “GLASS” on outside of covering.

4.3.9 Fans/Dampers/Expansion Joints or other electro/mechanical components shall be stored

indoors in a climate-controlled environment. All long-term storage instructions from the OEM
shall be adhered too.

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 8 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.3.10 Hardware / Gaskets should be stored, unopened in the original packing crate and covered
with tarps.

4.3.11 Bundles of insulation shall be neatly stacked high and dry and covered with tarps.

4.4 Preservation
4.4.1 Client / end user will be responsible for providing protection for all products or surfaces
susceptible to corrosion. Any scratches, dings or other damage to the paint or primer shall be
touched up suitable for length of storage.

4.4.2 Refer to the contract documents for any special requirements.

4.5 Delivery
4.5.1 Client / end user may be responsible for the transportation of the equipment to the destination.
Refer to the contract documents for details.

4.5.2 Client / end user will be responsible for the condition of the equipment during shipment, until it is
received and accepted by the job site or client, if para. 4.5.1 is applicable.

4.5.3 Client / end user is responsible for ensuring that all braces, covers, non welded liner bolts,
packaging, hardware, doors etc. are positively attached for shipping and cannot vibrate loose
during delivery.

5.0 References
5.1

RECORD OF REVISION
Rev Level Description of Revision Author Revision Date
A Initial Issue R Skeard 2003-02-12

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 1 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

Handling, and Long Term Storage. Quality Manufacturing Manual

(Over 3months, up to 48 months)
1.0 Scope
1.1 This instruction covers the Higgott-Kane requirements for the handling, and long term storage of
all equipment.

2.0 Purpose
2.1 The purpose of this instruction is to provide the client or end user with the minimum Higgott-
Kane requirements.

2.2 Any special requirements will be described in the contract documents.

3.0 Responsibility
3.1 It is the responsibility of the client or end user to implement these instructions for all equipment.

4.0 Instruction
4.1 Handling
4.1.1 Lifting lugs shown on the H-K drawings are provided for installation use only. Use of these lugs
by the client or end user must be as per the contract lifting drawings or as a minimum as shown
below. Spreader beams if required are not supplied by Higgott-Kane.

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 2 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.1.2 Client or end user requiring special handling techniques may contact H-K for engineering
direction on an as required basis.

4.1.3 Shipping braces and beams must be installed during all handling when specified by the H-K
drawings. All temporary items should be painted yellow. Braces must be positively secured with
nylon nuts or locknuts to prevent loosening during transportation.

4.1.4 Every precaution shall be taken to ensure that the insulation is not allowed to become wet
during handling / storage or transportation.

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 3 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.2 Storage
4.2.1 Storage may be required for periods of up to 48 months from contract delivery date.

4.2.2 Insulation in lined ducts must be kept as dry as possible at all times. Store ducting with liners
protected against rain or fully tarp while in storage.

4.2.3 Outdoor storage shall provide for “high and dry” storage of the products and consist of a secure,
fully fenced compound with gated access.

4.2.4 Damage to products due to vandalism or accidents will be the responsibility of the client / end
user.

4.2.5 Painted surfaces are warranted for 12 months, unless contract specifies otherwise.
Damage due to handling, accidents, vandalism or acid rain is not covered under this warranty.
Damage to paint color due to U.V exposure or acid rain is not covered under this warranty.
Painted surfaces should be inspected every 6 months.

4.2.6 Areas of components, protected by weldable primer are not subject to this warranty. Some
minor corrosion is expected in these areas and will require surface preparation and painting
after field welding.

4.2.7 Stainless steel surfaces should be protected at all times with tarps or covers.

4.2.8 Refer to the contract documents for special requirements (if applicable).

4.3 Weather Protection

The following components are supplied prepackaged for storage up to 3 months from
manufacture. For long term storage and U.V. protection, the components should be fully
tarped. Tarps should be overlapped and tied down securely. Horizontal surfaces should be
peaked for drainage.

4.3.1 G.T. Intake Systems

To maintain compliance with the critical cleanliness requirements for G.T. Intake Systems,
special attention is needed to provide adequate protection and sealing of the components,
during storage.

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 4 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.3.1.1 Complete Assemblies/Small Ducts

Typical Storage Method

4.3.1.2 Large field assembled sections

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 5 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.3.1.3 Inspection of the stored components should take place every 6 months by the client / end user
with a brief written report issued to Higgott-Kane.

4.3.1.4 If any original covers or poly sealing membranes are damaged, they must be repaired to
maintain the original system protection.

4.3.2 G.T. Exhaust Systems

4.3.2.1 Complete Assemblies/Small Ducts

Storage per instruction 4.3.1.1.

4.3.2.2 Large Field Assembled Sections

Storage as per instruction 4.3.1.2

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 6 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.3.3 Silencer Baffles

(When shipped loose for field installation) shall be loaded by the manufacturer on a truck in a
staggered pattern to facilitate easy off-loading

4.3.3.1 All baffles, shipped loose for field installation shall have adhesive sticker, see figure 1, affixed
to each baffle. A letter size copy of these stickers will also be attached to the bills of lading.
Handling and storage shall comply with these instructions

Figure 1

Baffles are supplied with individual shrunk-wrapped coverings, but this is not 100%
waterproof.
Stacked baffles should be completely covered with tarps during storage.

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 7 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.3.3.2 If baffles are shipped installed in the silencer casings, the entire assembly shall be tarped and
stored as per 4.3.1.1

4.3.4 Steelwork/Platforms
Block high and dry, and store separated to allow for inspection access. Tarps are not
required.

4.3.5 Ventilation/Miscellaneous Ducts

Store per instruction 4.3.1.1.

4.3.6 Enclosures, Plenums, etc.

Store high and dry on timbers and provide full tarp as per 4.3.1.1

4.3.7 Doors
Doors must be positively secured. Padlock or secure door from inside to prevent accidental
opening during storage or handling.

4.3.8 Windows
Protect from stone chips by covering with corrugated paper and poly, taped or mechanically
fastened into position. Mark “GLASS” on outside of covering.

4.3.9 Fans/Dampers/Expansion Joints or other electro/mechanical components shall be stored

indoors in a climate-controlled environment. All long-term storage instructions from the OEM
shall be adhered too.

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
 Instruction: QM-STD-1501 Page: 8 of 8
Higgott-Kane Issue Date:
Issued By:
2003-02-12
R Skeard
Rev. Date:
Rev. Number: A
Industrial Noise Controls Ltd. Approved By: PDJ

4.3.10 Hardware / Gaskets should be stored, unopened in the original packing crate and covered
with tarps.

4.3.11 Bundles of insulation shall be neatly stacked high and dry and covered with tarps.

4.4 Preservation
4.4.1 Client / end user will be responsible for providing protection for all products or surfaces
susceptible to corrosion. Any scratches, dings or other damage to the paint or primer shall be
touched up suitable for length of storage.

4.4.2 Refer to the contract documents for any special requirements.

4.5 Delivery
4.5.1 Client / end user may be responsible for the transportation of the equipment to the destination.
Refer to the contract documents for details.

4.5.2 Client / end user will be responsible for the condition of the equipment during shipment, until it is
received and accepted by the job site or client, if para. 4.5.1 is applicable.

4.5.3 Client / end user is responsible for ensuring that all braces, covers, non welded liner bolts,
packaging, hardware, doors etc. are positively attached for shipping and cannot vibrate loose
during delivery.

5.0 References
5.1

RECORD OF REVISION
Rev Level Description of Revision Author Revision Date
A Initial Issue R Skeard 2003-02-12

Controlled Document
QM-STD-1501.Htm Print Date: 02/12/03 11:16 AM
Equipment Storage Requirements
SEQUENCE # : 84960

CNS # : 3542

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION : CABLES

STORAGE CODE : C

FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONS : 90 DAYS

FORMS REQUIRED: WALK-DOWN INSPECTION LOG

STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Maintain supplier original shipping packaging. Store in a clean, dry and protected location. Ensure that
all cable ends are appropriately sealed for weather protection.

Maintain storage temperature between –4 degrees F and 122 degrees F. Cables may be damaged if the
ambient temperature is deviates from this range.

Cable reels must be stored on a hard surface. Align reels flange to flange. Each reel should be chocked.

PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Refer to inspection checklist.

Storage Codes:
A OUTDOOR STORAGE – TARP AS REQUIRED D WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE CONTROLLED
B OUTDOOR ROOFED STORAGE AREA 1 HEATER WITH POWER SOURCE
C WAREHOUSE – CLIMATE NOT CONTROLLED 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
 Post Storage Rehabilitation Requirements

Equipment Description: Bulk Cable

Sequence Number: 84960 CNS Number: 7081

Equipment Category: cable Storage Sensitivity Rating: Low

Authorized to Perform Assessment: SWPC or Customer

Authorized to Perform Rehabilitation: N/A

Life Time Limited Considerations

None

Equipment Recommendations for Assessment

Hand tools, inspection tools

Special Considerations/Recommendations

None

Comments

Assessment, Rejuvenation, can be performed at site

RHv1-84960.xls 1/23/2004
Lube Oil/Seal Oil Carbon Steel Pipe Spools

Preservation: Reapply Mobil Vaprotec Light every 12 months. Sealing pipe spools:
All pipe spools without Nitrogen purge/blanket system must be
adequately sealed to prevent rust and corrosion. All open flanges must
be covered with a minimum of 1/8” thick steel end plates using a
minimum of 1/16” rubber or neoprene ring type or full-face gaskets. For
flanges with 8 bolt holes or less, use a minimum of 4 bolts for mounting
the end plates. For flanges with more than 8 bolt holes, 50% bolting
shall be used. For tack welded flanges, the gasket shall cover the full
face of the piping opening. Tack welded flanges shall be located a
maximum of 1/8” from the pipe end. A polyethylene plastic bag shall
fully cover the flange and end plate, and be securely taped over the pipe.
All hardware such as nuts, bolts, and washers shall be galvanized.

Inspection: Before reapplying Mobil Vaprotec Light (12-month intervals), inspect pipe
spool for signs of rust. If rust is detected on surfaces of interfacing
flange, it shall be removed with Carbon Steel wire brush and sprayed
with a zinc-rich rust inhibitor, such as “ZRC”. Use flashlight and mirrors
to inspect internal surfaces of pipe. Any rust detected in accessible
areas shall be removed with a wire (Carbon Steel) brush.

If rust is detected in areas that are not accessible, it shall be recorded in

the inspection log. At the end of storage the pipe spool shall be blast-
clean, degreased, repickled and preserved in accordance with SWPC
requirements.

Inspect pipe spools for a shrink-wrap damage at 3-month intervals.

If a wrap is intact no other action is required.
If a wrap is defected, discard old wrap, and inspect pipe spool end
sealing. If rust is detected on surfaces of interfacing flange, it shall be
removed with Carbon Steel wire brush and sprayed with a zinc-rich rust
inhibitor, such as “ZRC”.

Also Refer to Generic Requirements.

PIPING2,LUBE OIL-SEAL OIL CARBON STEEL PIPE SPOOLS

Carbon Steel (Internally Uncoated) Pipe
Spools other than Lube Oil/Seal Oil

Preservation: Reapply VCI-309 every 12 months. All pipe spools without Nitrogen
purge/blanket system must be adequately sealed to prevent rust and
corrosion. All open flanges must be covered with a minimum of 1/8”
thick steel end plates using a minimum of 1/16” rubber or neoprene ring
type or full face gaskets. For flanges with 8 bolt holes or less, use a
minimum of 4 bolts for mounting the end plates. For flanges with more
than 8 bolt holes, 50% bolting shall be used. For tack welded flanges,
the gasket shall cover the full face of the piping opening. Tack welded
flanges shall be located a maximum of 1/8” from the pipe end. A
polyethylene plastic bag shall fully cover the flange and end plate, and
be securely taped over the pipe. All hardware such as nuts, bolts, and
washers shall be galvanized.

Inspection: Before reapplying VCI-309 (12-month intervals), inspect pipe spool for
signs of rust. The VCI-309 corrosion inhibitor shall be completely
removed from the pipe spool interior using high-pressure air. If rust is
detected on surfaces of interfacing flange, it shall be removed with
Carbon Steel wire brush and sprayed with a zinc-rich rust inhibitor, such
as “ZRC”. Use flashlight and mirrors to inspect internal surfaces of pipe.
Any rust detected in accessible areas shall be removed with a wire
(Carbon Steel) brush.

If rust is detected in areas that are not accessible, it shall be recorded in

the inspection log. At the end of storage the pipe spool shall be
blastclean and preserved in accordance with the requirements of SWPC.
Seal pipe spools, replace a shrink-wrap.

Inspect pipe spools for a shrink-wrap damage at 3-month intervals.

If a wrap is intact no other action is required. If a wrap is defected,
discard old wrap, and inspect pipe spool end sealing. If rust is detected
on surfaces of interfacing flange, it shall be removed with Carbon Steel
wire brush and sprayed with a zinc-rich rust inhibitor, such as “ZRC”.
If the seal is defected, it must be replaced.

Also Refer to Generic Requirements.

PIPING3, CARBON STEEL INTERNALLY UNCOATED PIPE SPOOLS

Stainless Steel Pipe Spools

Preservation: Pipe spools must be must be sealed, and pipe ends shrink-wrapped.
All pipe spools without Nitrogen purge/blanket system must be
adequately sealed to prevent rust and corrosion. All open flanges must
be covered with a minimum of 1/8” thick steel end plates using a
minimum of 1/16” rubber or neoprene ring type or full face gaskets. For
flanges with 8 bolt holes or less, use a minimum of 4 bolts for mounting
the end plates. For flanges with more than 8 bolt holes, 50% bolting
shall be used. For tack welded flanges, the gasket shall cover the full
face of the piping opening. Tack welded flanges shall be located a
maximum of 1/8” from the pipe end. A polyethylene plastic bag shall
fully cover the flange and end plate, and be securely taped over the pipe.
All hardware such as nuts, bolts, and washers shall be galvanized.

Inspection: Inspect pipe spools for a shrink-wrap damage. If a wrap is intact no other
action is required. If a wrap is defected, discard old wrap, and inspect
pipe spool end sealing. If the seal is intact, replace a shrink-wrap, and no
other action is required. If the seal has been compromised, inspect pipe
spool for signs of rust. If rust is detected on surfaces of interfacing
flange, it shall be removed. For Carbon Steel flanges use Carbon Steel
wire brush and spray with a zinc-rich rust inhibitor, such as “ZRC”. For
Stainless Steel flanges use Stainless Steel wire brush. Use flashlight
and mirrors to inspect internal surfaces of pipe. Any rust that is detected
in accessible areas shall be removed with a Stainless Steel wire brush.

If rust is detected in areas that are not accessible, it shall be recorded in

the inspection log. At the end of storage period, the pipe spool shall be
blast-cleaned.

Seal pipe spools and replace a shrink-wrap in accordance with SWPC

specifications.

Also Refer to Generic Requirements.

PIPING4, STAINLESS STEEL PIPE SPOOLS

Stainless Steel Tube and Tube Fittings

Preservation: Maintain original Supplier packaging (if undamaged, otherwise replace).

Tubing assemblies must be stored indoors. Store each tubing assembly
separately, permanently marked with tubing assembly description,
drawing and sequence number.

To prevent any damage, no other assembly shall be stored on the top of

the tubing.

Tube and tube Fitting ends shall be covered with plastic caps or with
waterproof plastic covered cloth tape, in accordance with SWPC
specifications.

Inspection: Inspect for original packaging damage. If it has been defected, replace
packaging as required.

PIPING5,STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND TUBE FITTINGS

Pipe Support Components

Material: Grinnell parts, such as: Spring Hangers, Protection Saddles, Sway
Struts, Trapeze Assemblies, Pipe Clamps (Carbon Steel and Alloy), Pipe
Clevises, U-Bolts, Beam Attachments, Welding Lugs, Eye Nuts,
Threaded Rods, Eye Rods, Nuts, Brackets.
Structural members, baseplates, sliding plates (Carbon and Stainless),
Lubrite Plates, Fluorotemp Assemblies, etc.

Preservation: Maintain original Supplier packaging (if undamaged, otherwise replace)

and shrink-wrap when practical. Use permanent markers to mark spring
cans, lubrite plates and structural steel members with pipe support
number, piping assembly description, and drawing number.
Store hardware for each piping assembly separately in wooden crates,
permanently marked with piping assembly description, drawing and
sequence number.

Inspection: Inspect for original packaging or a shrink-wrap damage.

If it is intact no other action is required.
If a wrap is defected, discard old wrap, and inspect part for signs of rust.
If rust is detected, it shall be removed.
For Carbon Steel parts use Carbon Steel wire brush and spray with a
zinc-rich rust inhibitor, such as “ZRC”.
For Stainless Steel parts use Stainless Steel wire brush.
Replace a shrink-wrap.

Also Refer to Generic Requirements.

PIPING6,PIPE SUPPORT COMPONENTS

Pipe Flange Hardware

Material: Loose Pipe Flanges, Bolts, Studs, Nuts and Lockwashers, Flange
Gaskets.

Preservation: Maintain original Supplier packaging (if undamaged, otherwise replace)

and shrink-wrap when practical. Store flange hardware for each piping
assembly separately in wooden crates, permanently marked with piping
assembly description, drawing and sequence number. Do not mix flange
hardware supplied with different PO numbers. Spray B7 bolting monthly
with a rust preventative, such as “Defense EF Metal Protector.”

Inspection: Inspect for original packaging or a shrink-wrap damage. If it is intact no

other action is required. If a wrap is defected, discard old wrap, and
inspect part for signs of rust. If rust is detected, it shall be removed.
For Carbon Steel parts use Carbon Steel wire brush and spray with a
zinc-rich rust inhibitor, such as “ZRC”. For Stainless Steel parts use
Stainless Steel wire brush.

Replace a shrink-wrap.

PIPING7,PIPE FLANGE HARDWARE

Valves and/or Other In-Line Components

Material: In-line components supplied with piping assemblies, such as: small size
drain/vent valves, steam traps, expansion joints, orifice plates,
pressure/temperature gauges, etc.

Preservation: Maintain standard supplier shipped packaging (if undamaged, otherwise

replace). Store in an indoor clean, dry location and ensure that
equipment is properly packaged to adequately protect from damage and
moisture. Cap ends on valves. Wrap valve and actuator assembly in
protective plastic with desiccant inside. Ensure storage is such that the
disc will be protected from any impact.

Inspection: All equipment, materials, tools, spares, and other items are to be
inspected periodically (every 30 days) to determine general condition.
Extenuating circumstances such as severe weather conditions will
necessitate more frequent inspections.
Inspect equipment, materials, spares, and other items for the following:

1. Traces of moisture or condensation

2. Normal operation of all heating or air conditioning units

3. Any deterioration in protective coatings

4. Any break-down of packaging materials

5. Evidence of rust or corrosion

6. Presence of dirt and dust

7. Evidence of scratches or pitting of metal or painted surfaces

8. Evidence of rodent or vermin presence

9. If problems are found document, and take immediate action to resolve

10. Maintain supplier package wherever possible

PIPING8, VALVES AND-OR OTHER IN-LINE COMPONENTS

 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................ 1

2.0 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................ 1
3.0 SCOPE................................................................................................................................. 1
4.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................... 4
5.0 MINIMUM REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION........................................................................ 10

1.0 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to define the functional and design requirements
for a Nitrogen Purge/Blanket system for piping assemblies inside the W501
Turbine Pipe Rack.
The Nitrogen Purge/Blanket will be provided to remove oxygen and moisture
from the interior of pipe rack components, thus reducing the possibility of
oxidation during long-term storage.

2.0 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

The following documents shall be used in conjunction with this document.
a) “Turbine Piping Package Assembly” design document released under Seq#
76000:
- 22T spec – for W501F or W501D frame projects
- A–size drawing – for W501G frame projects
These documents define all piping assemblies, and other components released
for the specific project and installed inside the Turbine Pipe Rack.
b) 21T4150 “Piping and Tubing Specification for Combustion Turbine
ECONOPAC Systems”

3.0 SCOPE
The Nitrogen Purge/Blanket system will be applied to the following piping
assemblies inside Turbine Pipe Rack that contain in-line components.

A. Standard assemblies:

1. CA/CB Ppg Assy – TPR

NITROGEN PURGE-BLANKET SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 The assembly consists of the following systems with in-line components:

PIPE
FRAME PIPING SYSTEM IN-LINE COMPONENTS NOTE
MATERIAL
W501F Rotor Air Cooler – Rotor Carbon Steel RAC Filter, Pipe internally coated
Cooling downstream of RAC Filter
RAC Filter Bleed valve
10th Stg – 3rd Stg Carbon Steel DC3 valve, Pipe internally coated except
for 3” NPS DC3 control line
HP Bleed valve
and 16” HP Bleed
13th Stg – 2nd Stg Carbon Steel DC2 valve Pipe internally coated except
for 4” NPS DC2 control line
W501D Rotor Air Cooler – Rotor Carbon Steel RAC Filter, Pipe internally coated
Cooling downstream of RAC Filter
RAC Filter Bleed valve
11th Stg – 3rd Stg Carbon Steel DC3 valve, Pipe internally coated except
for 3” NPS DC3 control line
HP Bleed valve and 14” HP Bleed
14th Stg – 2nd Stg Carbon Steel DC2 valve Pipe internally coated except
for 4” NPS DC2 control line

PIPE
FRAME PIPING SYSTEM IN-LINE COMPONENTS NOTE
MATERIAL
W501G 6th Stg – 4th Stg Carbon Steel DC4 valve,
LP Bleed valve
11th Stg – 3rd Stg Carbon Steel DC3 valve, Pipe internally coated except
for 4” NPS DC3 control line
HP Bleed valve and 20” HP Bleed

2. Instrument Air Ppg Assy – TPR

PIPE
FRAME PIPING SYSTEM IN-LINE COMPONENTS NOTE
MATERIAL
W501G Instrument Air Ppg Assy - Stainless Valves
TPR Steel

B. Optional assemblies:

3. Atomizing Air Ppg Assy – TPR

NITROGEN PURGE-BLANKET SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 PIPE
FRAME PIPING SYSTEM IN-LINE COMPONENTS NOTE
MATERIAL
W501D Atomizing Air Ppg Assy – Carbon and Shutdown Purge valve, Only applications with Fuel
TPR Stainless Atomizing Blower Back Oil and conventional NOx
W501F Steel Pressure Control valve, control
Atomizing Air Dump valve,
Atomizing Air Manifold
Drain valve

This spec details a Nitrogen Purge/Blanket system only for the CA/CB Piping
inside the W501F Turbine Pipe Rack.
If required for the W501D/W501G frames or the specified above optional
assemblies, this system shall be modified accordingly.
The total volume of pipes subject to Nitrogen Purge/Blanket, as well as type
and number of required connections, can be determined based on
information provided in design documents listed in Section 2.0 (a) of this
specification.

NITROGEN PURGE-BLANKET SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 4.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The Nitrogen Purge/Blanket system will be used to remove oxygen and moisture
from the interior of the pipe rack components by initial Nitrogen Purge and then
maintaining an inerting Nitrogen Blanket for long-term storage of the Turbine
Pipe Rack.

4.1 W501F CA/CB Piping inside Turbine Pipe Rack – Arrangement

11
13

14 9

W501F Turbine Pipe Rack 12

Steel Frame dimensions:
Length 40FT x Width 7F.67 FT x Height 12FT
CA/CB Pipes Total Volume: 162.2 [SCF]

10
7
1
½” NPT Instrument
Air Connection
8 2
5
3
W501F Turbine Pipe Rack
CA/CB Piping Interface Flanges
6

NITROGEN PURGE-BLANKET SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 4.2 W501F CA/CB Piping inside Turbine Pipe Rack – Provisions for Nitrogen
Purge/Blanket
The CA/CB piping (subject to Nitrogen Purge/Blanket) inside the Turbine Pipe
Rack has the following interface flanges:

NPS Rating
No Connection Description
[IN] [LBs]
1 10 300 To Rotor Cooling
2 3 300 To CT Torque Tube Cooling
3 2 300 To Customer Air
4 12 150 Bleed from 10th Stage
5 8 150 To 3rd Stg Cooling
6 16 150 HP CPRSR Bleed
7 10 300 Bleed from 13th Stage
8 8 300 To 2nd Stg Cooling
9 10 300 To Rotor Cooling
10 14 300 From RAC Cooler
11 12 150 Bleed from 10th Stage
12 8 150 To 3rd Stg Cooling
13 10 300 Bleed from 13th Stage
14 8 300 To 2nd Stg Cooling

All interface flanges are closed for shipment from the vendor shop as per the
requirements of Section 6.4 of the 21T4150.

FULL FACE RUBBER OR 1/8 " STEEL PLATE

NEOPRENE GASKET

SLIP-ON FLANGE

All steel end plates and rubber (or neoprene) ring type (or full face) gaskets shall
be removed from the above CA/CB flanges.

NITROGEN PURGE-BLANKET SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 The VCI-309 corrosion inhibitor shall be completely removed from the interiors
of uncoated Carbon Steel pipe spools using high-pressure air.
The Instrument Air tubing to the Finnned Tube located inside the pipe rack, shall
be disconnected from the ½” NPT threadolet on the Customer Air line. The
threadolet shall be plugged in and tubing capped off.
All in-line components shall remain in place, and all orifice flange taps shall be
plugged in.
The CA/CB piping (subject to Nitrogen Purge/Blanket) interface flanges shall be
closed with matching Carbon Steel blind flanges, and Flexitallic CG Style gaskets
matching flange rating. Bolting shall be per Appendix B1 of 21T4150.

FLEXITALLIC CG BLIND FLANGE

STYLE GASKET

1/4 " NPT

PIPE NIPPLE
3/16 "
5/8 "

4"

1/16 "
SLIP-ON FLANGE

All blind flanges shall be drilled through and have ¼” NPT carbon steel pipe
nipple welded-in in accordance with the 21T4150, in order to provide provisons
for installation of an Nitrogen Purge/Blanket system.
No other modification to the CA/CB piping to provide for an Nitrogen
Purge/Blanket system installation, such as drilling holes in the pipe, is required.

NITROGEN PURGE-BLANKET SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 VENT
CA/CB PIPING INSIDE PIPE RACK TO ATMOSPHERE
TOTAL PIPE VOLUME: 162.2 [SCF] PURGE
VALVE

VENT
CA/CB PIPING INSIDE PIPE RACK TO ATMOSPHERE
TOTAL PIPE VOLUME: 162.2 [SCF] PURGE
10" VALVE
PI
TO ROTOR

14"
FROM RAC CLR
14"X10" 14"NPS
10"
PI
TO ROTOR

1" 14"
COMB SHELL - ROTOR 14"X10"
RAC FILTER
FROM RACBLEED
CLR
14"NPS
1/2 "
INSTRUMENT AIR

14"X10"
2" 1"
COMB SHELL - ROTOR RAC
CUST FILTER BLEED
AIR
1/2 "
INSTRUMENT AIR
10" 3"
TO ROTOR 14"X10" TO CT TORQUE
2"
CUST AIR

12" 8"
10" 3"
FROM 10TH TO 3RD
TO ROTOR TO CT TORQUE

16"X12" 3"NPS 12"X8"

12" 8"
FROM 10TH TO 3RD
12"NPS

10 TH STG - 3RD STG 16"X12" 3"NPS 12"X8"

12"NPS
12"X8"
16"X12"
10 TH STG - 3RD STG

12" 8" 16"

FROM 10TH TO 3RD HP BLEED PRESSURE RELIEF
16"X12"
12"X8" VALVE

PRESSURE
REGULATOR
12" 8" 16"
10" TO 3RD8" HP BLEED PRESSURE RELIEF
FROM 10TH
FROM 13TH TO 2ND VALVE SHUT-OFF
VALVE
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
12"X10" 12"X8"
4"NPS
10" 8"
FROM 13TH TO 2ND SHUT-OFF
12"NPS
VALVE N2
13 TH STG - 2ND STG 12"X10" 12"X8"
4"NPS

12"NPS
N2
12"X10" 12"X8"
13 TH STG - 2ND STG

10" 8" COMPRESSED GAS

FROM 13TH TO 2ND CYLINDER
12"X10" 12"X8"

10" 8" COMPRESSED GAS

FROM 13TH TO 2ND CYLINDER

4.3 Nitrogen Purge/Blanket System - Schematics:

NITROGEN PURGE-BLANKET SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 4.4 Nitrogen Purge/Blanket System – Design Requirements

The following design requirements shall be used by system/equipment supplier:

Total pipe volume of the CA/CB system inside the W501F Turbine Pipe Rack: 162.2 [SCF]
Required positive pressure for Nitrogen Blanket system: + 3 [PSIG]
Nitrogen system shall be connected to the CA/CB pipes through ¼” NPT pipe nipples that
will be provided with blind flanges.
Number of Nitrogen Supply connections: 8
Number of Vent connections: 6
Duration of Turbine Pipe Rack storage: up to 4 years

The Nitrogen Purge/Blanket equipment supplier shall ensure that the system is
capable of:
- performing an initial Nitrogen Purge of the piping inside the pipe rack equal
to at least 3 total pipe volumes
- ensuring a Nitrogen Blanket for piping and in-line component interior for the
entire duration of the Turbine Pipe Rack storage

The Nitrogen Purge/Blanket equipment shall:

- be located in close vicinity to the Turbine Pipe Rack
- be capable to withstand exposure to the weather (Outdoor storage)
- ensure safe handling and operation of the system (Outdoor/ Indoor storage)

The Nitrogen Purge/Blanket equipment supplier is responsible that the system

conforms to the requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation, the
Compressed Gas Association, and any other applicable regulatory requirements.

4.5 Nitrogen Purge/Blanket System – Description

Compressed gas cylinder

- Nitrogen shall be supplied from the high-pressure cylinder(s) that meets the
requirements of the DOT
- Cylinder(s) may be rented from the Nitrogen gas supplier

NITROGEN PURGE-BLANKET SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

 - The equipment supplier shall determine size, pressure, and number of
cylinders required for the uninterrupted operation of the system for entire
duration of the Turbine Pipe Rack storage
Pressure Regulator
- Two-stage pressure regulator (such as the Scott Model 218 or equivalent)
shall be attached to the cylinder
- The equipment supplier shall determine appropriate delivery pressure
- Regulator shall be equipped with two gauges – a cylinder pressure gauge and
a delivery gauge
Shut-Off Valve
- Cylinder pressure regulator shall be supplied with an outlet shut-off valve
(needle or diaphragm packless) to provide means to isolate the regulator and
cylinder from downstream of the system
Pressure Relief Valve
- A pressure relief valve (such as the Scott Model 65 Series or equivalent) shall
be installed downstream of the shut-off valve
- This valve shall be sized to prevent over-pressurization of the downstream
components beyond its rating, by safely releasing excessive pressure in the
event that a regulator creeps or fails
- The relief valve set pressure shall not exceed 200 PSIG
Purge Valve
- Vent valve (such as the Western Model 215-AR or equivalent) shall be
provided to perform an initial Nitrogen Purge of the piping, or to vent piping
if required
Pressure Gauges
- Pressure gauge shall be installed in vent side of the system in order to monitor
pressure of the Nitrogen Blanket
- The equipment supplier shall determine frequency of required inspections, and
recommend methods of testing for Nitrogen leak
Installation
- The equipment supplier shall determine and supply all pipe/tube/fittings/flex
hoses required for the system installation, and ensure they are in accordance
with the requirements of the Compressed Gas Association

NITROGEN PURGE-BLANKET SYSTEM DESCRIPTION